Novo Nordisk A/S

MANAGEMENT REPORT

Annual review

Sustainability

statement

Financial statements and

additional information

Introducing Novo Nordisk

Message from the Chair and the CEO

2025 at a glance

Five-year overview

Purpose, strategy and culture

Value creation

Inside the discovery of semaglutide

Strategic Aspirations

Strategic Aspirations 2025

Financial performance

Commercial execution

Innovation and therapeutic focus

Sustainability commitment

Governance

Executive Management

Board of Directors

Corporate governance

Risk management

132

General information

Prioritised topics

Other material topics

Additional Sustainability

statement information

120

125

131

Consolidated financial

statements

Statements and auditor’s reports

Financial statements of

the parent company

More information

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025

Introducing

Novo Nordisk

4 Message from the Chair and the CEO

7 2025 at a glance

8 Five-year overview

9 Purpose, strategy and culture

10 Value creation

11 Inside the discovery of semaglutide

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 3

Sharpening our focus

for a new era

As we reflect on 2025 and look towards the future, we write at a pivotal

moment in Novo Nordisk’s journey. The past year has been one of profound

transformation; testing our resilience, sharpening our focus and positioning

us for sustainable success in an increasingly dynamic healthcare landscape.

For decades, Novo Nordisk flourished in the diabetes market, building expertise patient by patient,

innovation by innovation. Our entry into obesity treatment – a field we pioneered and shaped – thrust

us into an era of unprecedented growth that, frankly, surprised even us. This huge demand changed

everything: people with obesity actively seeking our medicines, self-paying consumers seeking faster

access and a global spotlight on our every move.

This extraordinary period taught us important lessons about serving consumer-driven markets. We

discovered that people living with obesity face completely different challenges than those living with

diabetes. Instead of fear, they often feel shame or stigmatisation. Instead of conventional clinical support,

they want discretion. This realisation demanded different approaches than our traditional physician-

focused model, forcing us to rethink our traditional approaches to patient care and market access.

The competitive landscape has evolved just as dramatically. Where we once enjoyed clear market

leadership in obesity treatment, virtually every major pharmaceutical company now recognises this as

an attractive market. This competition, whilst challenging, validates the therapeutic area we pioneered

and drives continued innovation for patients. We are not intimidated by this new reality; after all, our

century-long experience in diabetes has taught us how to compete successfully in crowded markets.

What sets us apart remains compelling: unmatched global reach, extensive manufacturing investments

and an unparalleled understanding of metabolic diseases. We have also seen encouraging recognition

from the World Health Organization, which has acknowledged the multiple health benefits of GLP-1

treatments and has committed to exploring ways to expand access globally. This growing institutional

support opens exciting new pathways to bring our life-changing treatments to more people with obesity

and diabetes, wherever they are.

Chair of the Board of

Directors Lars Rebien

Sørensen (left) and

President and CEO

Maziar Mike Doustdar

(right).

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Annual review / Introducing Novo Nordisk / Message from the Chair and the CEO 4

In response to these market shifts, we have made decisive changes to remain the leader in obesity and

diabetes care. We have refocused our strategy on these core therapeutic areas – not as a limitation, but

as recognition that serving the two billion people living with obesity, overweight or diabetes provides

massive opportunities for growth and impact. This sharpened focus reflects our DNA: throughout our

history, we have always succeeded when concentrating our efforts where we make the greatest

difference.

Operationally, we have merged our research and development functions to accelerate innovation

without compromise, creating seamless progression from early research through clinical development.

We have also simplified governance structures to increase our operational speed whilst maintaining our

commitment to ethics and compliance.

The most challenging decision of 2025 was the reduction of our workforce – the largest in our company’s

history. After scaling up rapidly during a period of hyper-growth, we recognised staffing levels had

become unsustainable as market dynamics shifted, requiring difficult but necessary action to ensure

financial discipline. We approached this with deep respect for those colleagues affected, conducting

the process swiftly and with dignity, consistent with the Novo Nordisk Way. These actions preserved

our ability to redirect resources towards obesity and diabetes growth opportunities essential to serving

patients and driving our future success.

Furthermore, changes to the composition of our Board reflect our commitment to having the right

competencies for this new business reality. Following dialogue between Novo Nordisk’s Board and the

board of the Novo Nordisk Foundation, different visions for the pace and extent of board renewal made

an extraordinary general meeting necessary to provide clarity on governance. Our reconfigured Board

stands ready to support management in responding rapidly to market conditions in this dynamic

environment. Moving forward, we are committed to constructive engagement with shareholders,

ensuring that their perspectives help shape the road ahead.

Our path forward centres on expanding access whilst accelerating innovation. We will develop products

for different patient needs, price points and preferences. Just as we serve people living with diabetes with

multiple insulin formulations, we will build a comprehensive obesity portfolio offering diverse treatment

options. This means developing therapies that address the full spectrum of patient circumstances – from

those seeking the highest efficacy outcomes to those who need different delivery methods, dosing

frequencies or treatment profiles that better suit their individual needs.

A significant milestone has been the record-breaking launch of the Wegovy

pill – the world’s first and

only once-daily oral GLP-1 therapy approved for weight management. This breakthrough addresses

patient preferences whilst leveraging the proven efficacy and safety profile of semaglutide, positioning

us uniquely in an increasingly competitive field.

With our expanding treatment options, we view the upcoming loss of exclusivity for semaglutide in

certain markets as an opportunity, not a threat. When you have multiple ways to serve patients, patent

cliffs become stepping stones to broader access. Generic competition will expand access to obesity

treatments, creating a stronger foundation for next-generation innovations whilst our oral formulation,

higher-strength versions and novel mechanisms will serve diverse patient needs.

As our transformation continues, so does our long-standing commitment to sustainable business

practices. The triple bottom line – balancing financial performance with social responsibility and

environmental stewardship – remains fundamental to our identity. Long-term value creation requires

attention to these broader impacts, and we continue to invest in sustainable practices whilst setting

realistic, achievable targets that we can deliver upon.

Throughout this evolution, we remain anchored by the same patient-first obsession that has guided

us for more than a century. Every decision and every innovation must ultimately serve the health and

wellbeing of the more than 45.6 million patients who depend on us today, and the hundreds of millions

more we aim to serve in future. This patient-centric approach extends across our entire value chain:

from researchers designing molecules with real-world patient needs in mind, to pricing strategies

reflecting diverse affordability requirements, to commercial approaches that meet people where and

how they want to access care.

As we look to 2026 and beyond, we are not promising a rapid return to the extraordinary growth rates

of recent years. Market conditions have evolved, competition has intensified and expanding access to

our life-changing medicines means finding new ways to reach more patients whilst continuing to invest

in the breakthrough treatments of tomorrow. In response, we are building a stronger, more focused

organisation that can deliver sustainable value whilst fulfilling our mission to defeat obesity, diabetes

and related comorbidities.

The year ahead will test our resolve and capabilities. We face it with confidence, knowing that our

renewed focus, strengthened competencies and uncompromising commitment to people with serious

chronic diseases position us well for the challenges and opportunities ahead.

Thank you for your continued trust and support as we write Novo Nordisk’s next chapter.

Lars Rebien Sørensen

Chair of the Board of Directors

Maziar Mike Doustdar

President and CEO

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Annual review / Introducing Novo Nordisk / Message from the Chair and the CEO 5

Q&A WITH THE CEO

Leading through change

The soaring demand for obesity treatment has also highlighted critical patient safety issues with unapproved

compounded products that do not undergo rigorous review for safety, effectiveness and quality. This reinforces

why authentic, thoroughly tested medicines matter. Our responsibility extends beyond serving people with obesity

to actively seeking to protect them from the safety and efficacy risks posed by unapproved compounded products.

How does Novo Nordisk’s portfolio strategy address these diverse patient needs?

Reaching millions more people means we need a portfolio that works for everyone – from affordable options to

cutting-edge treatments. In obesity, we are building a strong pipeline with higher-dose and oral formulations of

Wegovy

and exciting next-generation therapies like zenagamtide (amycretin) and CagriSema. But that is just

part of the story. We are also focused on diabetes with the continued rollout of Awiqli

and the EU approval of

Kyinsu

(IcoSema), plus we are preparing for the launch of denecimig (Mim8) for people living with haemophilia A.

Different patients have different motivations and preferences. Some need treatment to address serious

underlying health risks, others to improve their quality of life. Some prefer oral medications whilst others

are comfortable with injections. Our portfolio must reflect this segmentation.

The impending loss of exclusivity for semaglutide actually strengthens this approach. Generic competition will

help establish an affordable foundation whilst we build differentiated innovations on top of that. We will not shy

away from business development activities that complement our focused strategy, ensuring we serve people

with serious chronic diseases with as many treatment options as needed.

What should stakeholders expect as Novo Nordisk moves forward?

As we enter 2026, I want to set realistic expectations. As you can see in our financial outlook for the year ahead,

we are projecting a sales decline in 2026 and are not promising a rapid return to the extraordinary growth rates

of recent years. We are focused on sustainable, long-term value creation by expanding our reach and advancing

our pipeline. This means providing access to many more people while building the foundation for future growth.

We are pursuing impact growth, measured by how many additional people gain access to life-changing

treatments, rather than revenue growth for its own sake. This means building sustainable competitive

advantages through breakthrough science, strategic partnerships and access programmes that serve people

with serious chronic diseases regardless of their economic circumstances.

What gives you confidence in Novo Nordisk’s future?

When you reflect on the history of Novo Nordisk, you can see that it has never been one smooth ride. Innovation

is never a straight line – what has made us successful over the past 102 years is our ability to show resilience and

create new innovations time and again. That same spirit drives us today.

The hundreds of millions of people we are yet to reach represent an enormous opportunity. We have the right

people, guided by the right values, to meet that challenge whilst living up to our triple bottom line principle.

Most importantly, I see colleagues who genuinely care about the patients we serve. That focus on putting

patients’ health and wellbeing first remains our greatest strength. This combination of proven resilience and

untapped potential is why our best years are still ahead of us.

In his first Annual Report as CEO, Maziar Mike Doustdar

reflects on a challenging year, the strength of Novo

Nordisk's foundations and his vision for sustainable

growth through innovation and expanded access.

This has been a difficult year for Novo Nordisk. How do you reflect on your first six months as CEO?

It has been a difficult year for our employees and our shareholders. We said goodbye to many good

colleagues and we were not able to meet our growth expectations, which has been tough on our colleagues

and shareholders alike. Our hyper-growth period led to unsustainable increases in staffing and costs that

required difficult but necessary corrections to ensure we could redirect resources towards obesity and

diabetes growth opportunities – the areas that will ultimately serve patients. But I have no doubt that the

foundations of this company are as strong as ever. We serve millions of people across obesity, diabetes and

rare diseases, with so many more yet to reach.

During my first six months as CEO, I have interacted with colleagues from across the value chain, and I

am more persuaded each time that we have an incredibly talented workforce. What strikes me most is the

sense of purpose that guides us: an unwavering commitment to innovation and a genuine obsession to

serve patients that has defined our 102-year journey, always guided by the Novo Nordisk Way.

How do you view the competitive landscape in obesity treatment?

We have pioneered an area of unmet need that has created robust competition, and competition has

always served innovation and the needs of patients. What motivates me is that the obesity market contains

hundreds of millions of people with diverse needs; this is not a constraint, it is an enormous opportunity for

a company with our capabilities.

The competitive environment has also taught us valuable lessons about truly understanding our patients.

For example, we have learned that some people living with obesity prefer accessing treatment through

online providers from the privacy of their homes rather than in traditional clinical settings. Understanding

these real patient preferences is crucial to our success.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Annual review / Introducing Novo Nordisk / Message from the Chair and the CEO 6

2025 at

a glance

Novo Nordisk is a leading global

healthcare company, founded in

1923 and headquartered in Denmark.

GEOGRAPHICAL AREAS

45.6

million people living with

obesity and diabetes reached

(45.2 million in 2024)

6.4%

sales growth as reported

(25% in 2024)

countries with Wegovy

available

(17 in 2024)

11.70

dividend per share

(DKK 11.40 in 2024)

673

submissions and approvals

of new products

(593 in 2024)

69,505

employees worldwide

(77,349 in 2024)

KEY EVENTS

Acquisitions and licencing to

enhance portfolio of treatments.

Included the acquisition of Akero

Therapeutics, Inc. and its phase 3

asset (MASH) and licence

agreements with The United

Laboratories (triple receptor

agonist) and Septerna, Inc. (small

molecules).

Maziar Mike Doustdar

appointed as president

and chief executive officer

of Novo Nordisk.

Maziar Mike Doustdar, formerly

executive vice president of

International Operations,

succeeded Lars Fruergaard

Jørgensen in the role.

Wegovy

approved in the US

for the treatment of MASH.

The Food and Drug

Administration (FDA)

approval positioned Wegovy

as the first and only GLP-1

treatment approved for MASH,

complementing proven weight

loss and cardiovascular benefits.

Company-wide

transformation plan to

streamline operations and

reinvest for growth.

Included a global workforce

reduction of around 9,000

positions with annualised

savings of DKK 8 billion from

2026 and onwards redirected

to obesity and diabetes

growth opportunities.

Expanded affordability

options to bring our

GLP-1s to more Americans.

Expanding access and

affordability for our

semaglutide medicines on

top of existing initiatives

such as lower self-pay prices

and collaborations with select

telehealth providers.

Advanced pipeline

programmes and submitted

new medicines for approval.

Key progress included

advancing zenagamtide

(amycretin) to initiate phase 3

trials in 2026, and filing weight

management medicine

CagriSema to the FDA.

FDA approval and launch

of Wegovy

pill in the US.

First and only approved once-

daily oral GLP-1 medicine for

weight management. With

efficacy on par with injectable

semaglutide and more

optionality, this advancement

opens new possibilities for the

more than 100 million people

living with obesity in the US.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Annual review / Introducing Novo Nordisk / 2025 at a glance 7

Five-year overview

Financial performance

Change

DKK million 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2024-25

Net sales 140,800 176,954 232,261 290,403 309,064 6.4%

Sales growth as reported 10.9% 25.7% 31.3% 25.0% 6.4%

Sales growth in constant exchange rates

13.8% 16.4% 35.6% 25.7% 10.3%

Operating profit 58,644 74,809 102,574 128,339 127,658 (0.5%)

Operating profit growth as reported 8.3% 27.6% 37.1% 25.1% (0.5%)

Operating profit growth in constant exchange rates

12.7% 14.6% 43.7% 26.2% 6.0%

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment losses 6,025 7,362 9,413 19,107 21,982 15.0%

EBITDA

1,2

64,669 82,171 111,987 147,446 149,640 1.5%

EBITDA growth as reported

1, 2

8.0% 27.1% 36.3% 31.7% 1.5%

EBITDA growth in constant exchange rates

1, 2

12.0% 14.9% 42.4% 32.7% 7.3%

Net financials 436 (5,747) 2,100 (1,148) 2,882

Profit before income taxes 59,080 69,062 104,674 127,191 130,540 2.6%

Effective tax rate

19.2% 19.6% 20.1% 20.6% 21.5%

Net profit 47,757 55,525 83,683 100,988 102,434 1.4%

Adjusted net profit

49,146 57,370 86,229 110,557 116,407

Purchase of property, plant and equipment 6,335 12,146 25,806 47,164 60,140 28%

Purchase of intangible assets 1,050 2,607 13,090 4,145 29,973 623%

Cash used for acquisition of businesses 18,283 7,075 — 82,163 —

Free cash flow

29,319 57,362 68,326 (14,707) 28,295

Total assets 194,508 241,257 314,486 465,630 542,902 17%

Net debt

(5,031) 2,319 8,950 (69,713) (95,424) 37%

Equity 70,746 83,486 106,561 143,486 194,047 35%

1. See Non-IFRS financial measures. 2. EBITDA is defined as ’net profit’, adjusted for 'income taxes', 'financial items', 'depreciation and amortisation'

and 'impairment losses and reversals'. 3. See Financial definitions and ratios. 4. Total dividend for the year including interim dividend of DKK 3.75

per share, corresponding to DKK 16,663 million, which was paid in August 2025. The remaining DKK 7.95 per share, corresponding to

DKK 35,312 million, will be paid subject to approval at the Annual General Meeting in March 2026. 5. Total number of patients reached by obesity

and diabetes products. 6. GHG: Greenhouse Gas.

Financial ratios Change

DKK million 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2024-25

Gross margin

83.2% 83.9% 84.6% 84.7% 81.0%

Sales and distribution costs in percentage of sales 26.3% 26.1% 24.4% 21.4% 20.8%

Research and development costs in percentage of sales 12.6% 13.6% 14.0% 16.6% 16.8%

Cash to earnings

61.4% 103.3% 81.6% (14.6%) 27.6%

Operating margin

41.7% 42.3% 44.2% 44.2% 41.3%

Net profit margin

33.9% 31.4% 36.0% 34.8% 33.1%

Return on invested capital

69.0% 73.6% 88.5% 63.9% 39.3%

Share performance and capital allocation

Basic earnings per share/ADR in DKK

10.40 12.26 18.67 22.67 23.06 1.7%

Diluted earnings per share/ADR in DKK

10.37 12.22 18.62 22.63 23.03 1.8%

Adjusted diluted earnings per share/ADR in DKK

10.67 12.62 19.18 24.77 26.17 5.7%

Total number of shares (million), end of year 4,620 4,560 4,510 4,465 4,465 0.0%

Dividend per share in DKK

5.20 6.20 9.40 11.40 11.70 2.6%

Total dividend (DKK million)

23,711 27,950 41,987 50,683 51,975 2.5%

Dividend payout ratio

49.6% 50.3% 50.2% 50.2% 50.7%

Share repurchases (DKK million) 19,447 24,086 29,924 20,181 1,388 (93%)

Closing share price (DKK) 368 469 698 624 325 (48%)

Sustainability performance

Total number of patients reached (in millions)

34.9 36.9 41.6 45.2 45.6 1%

Total number of employees (headcount) 48,478 55,185 64,319 77,349 69,505 (10%)

Total GHG

emissions – market-based (1,000 tonnes CO

e) — — 1,836 2,261 2,690 19%

Plastic footprint per patient (kg/patient) — — — 0.38 0.36 (5%)

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Annual review / Introducing Novo Nordisk / Five-year overview 8

Purpose, strategy and culture

PURPOSE

At Novo Nordisk, our purpose remains clear: driving change to defeat serious chronic diseases. Alongside our purpose,

balancing our triple bottom line of financial, social and environmental responsibility remains fundamental to our identity.

CULTURE

The Novo Nordisk Way Essentials

1 We create value by having a patient-centred

business approach.

2 We set ambitious goals and are empowered to

achieve them.

3 We are accountable for our financial, environmental

and social performance.

4 We are curious and innovate for the benefit of

patients and society at large.

5 We build and maintain good relations with

our stakeholders.

6 We value diversity and treat everyone with respect.

7 We focus on performance and personal development.

8 We have a healthy and engaging working environment.

9 We strive for agility and simplicity in everything we do.

10 We never compromise on quality and ethics.

STRATEGY

Our strategy focuses on leading in Obesity, Diabetes

& related comorbidities, through patient centricity,

innovation and affordable access. In Obesity, we

will lead by addressing patients’ diverse needs and

supporting them throughout their care journey.

In Diabetes, we will strengthen leadership with a

cardiorenal focus. In addition, we will continue to

strengthen Rare Disease leadership in rare blood

and rare endocrine disorders.

Significant unmet need persists with almost

1 billion people living with obesity and around

600 million living with diabetes. This represents a

major opportunity and obligation to serve many

more patients.

The updated strategy marks a shift from expansion

into new, dedicated therapy areas as standalone

(CVD, CKD, MASH) towards going deeper into our core

areas, Obesity and Diabetes.

1. Chronic kidney disease. 2. Cardiovascular disease. 3. Metabolic

dysfunction-associated steatohepatitis.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Annual review / Introducing Novo Nordisk / Purpose, strategy and culture 9

Value creation

We focus on creating lasting value for society and our business with a strong commitment to our triple bottom line.

Following the Novo Nordisk Way, we are dedicated to delivering long-term value for people with serious chronic

diseases, our employees, partners, shareholders and society. Our value chain covers every stage from identifying

new treatments through R&D, manufacturing, supplier partnerships and distribution to the people we serve.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Annual review / Introducing Novo Nordisk / Value creation 10

The molecule that changed everything:

Inside the discovery

of semaglutide

The breakthrough came through clever chemistry: attaching a fatty acid to semaglutide. This allowed

the drug to bind with albumin, a natural blood protein, creating a protective shield that prevented

breakdown by the kidneys and kept it circulating in the body for longer. What surprised them most was

semaglutide’s superior efficacy. The engineering for once-weekly dosing had also created a more potent

GLP-1 receptor agonist than ever before.

“We set out to create a weekly GLP-1 therapy – that was the task,” Jesper reflects. “But we had also created

something much more potent, with unique properties leading to significantly greater effects on both blood

sugar and appetite regulation.” Today, their molecule has evolved beyond its original injectable form.

Novo Nordisk has successfully developed oral semaglutide – first as Rybelsus

for diabetes, and more

recently as the Wegovy

pill, the first and only FDA-approved oral GLP-1 therapy for weight management.

Semaglutide now represents the vast majority of our revenue. Clinical trials continue confirming its

unforeseen potential in cardiovascular, kidney and liver diseases – research that reinforces Thomas’s

evolving perspective: “I used to be sceptical about treating obesity with medicine, but I’m now convinced

that it’s both meaningful and necessary,” he says. “It lowers the risk of various comorbidities, and it saves

society money in the long run.”

Although their names are on the patent, the pair are quick to credit colleagues across Novo Nordisk

who have also played key roles in bringing their invention to life. “Successful drug development is always

a team effort,” Jesper adds. “It’s fantastic knowing you’ve been part of creating something with such a

profound impact on human health.” The journey so far, born from a reluctant chemist’s leap into the

unknown, has already changed millions of lives – and the story continues.

A chance encounter with peptide chemistry

led a team of Novo Nordisk scientists on a

seven-year journey to create one of modern

medicine’s most transformative treatments.

Jesper Lau (left) and Thomas Kruse (right).

Thomas Kruse still remembers the moment he was asked to park his expertise in organic chemistry and

move into peptides. It was spring 2002, and the Danish researcher had spent nearly a decade crafting small

molecules in Novo Nordisk’s laboratories. But his boss, then-Chief Scientific Officer Mads Krogsgaard Thomsen,

had a different vision – one that would ultimately reshape how the world treats obesity and diabetes.

“I sometimes describe myself as one of Mads Krogsgaard’s guinea pigs,” Thomas jokes. The transition to

peptide engineering wasn’t easy, but this reluctant shift would become the foundation for the creation of

semaglutide, a medicine now changing millions of lives worldwide.

By late 2002, Thomas had been joined by Jesper Lau, another chemist who shared the daunting task

of establishing Novo Nordisk’s new protein and peptide engineering department. Together with laboratory

technician Paw Bloch (who is now enjoying his retirement) and a team of “repurposed” small molecule

scientists, they embarked on a seemingly impossible task: creating a once-weekly injectable GLP-1

receptor agonist.

The scientific challenge was formidable. Natural GLP-1 – which stimulates insulin production and regulates

appetite – has a half-life of just minutes; far too short for therapeutic use. The team needed to extend

this dramatically whilst maintaining potency. Years of painstaking work followed. The team synthesised

compound after compound. Semaglutide was compound number 217 – meaning 216 previous attempts

had fallen short.

“The real challenge was solving several difficult technical problems at once,” Jesper explains. “It was about

half-life, optimal potency and physical stability.”

Unlocking the value of semaglutide

Broader adoption of semaglutide can relieve pressure

on health systems by reducing obesity- and diabetes-

related complications, hospitalisations and productivity

losses. According to a detailed UK analysis from 2023,

GLP-1 medicines can reduce hospitalisations and bed

days by almost 10%, potentially saving approximately

GBP 1.68 billion vs glucose‑only care by 2040. With

global healthcare costs related to chronic diseases

projected to surge 56% – from USD 10.2 trillion today

to an estimated USD 15.9 trillion worldwide by 2050 –

scaling access to semaglutide offers a unique path to a

healthier society and more sustainable public finances.

Source: Novo Nordisk. Unlocking the full value of GLP‑1 for

people, health systems and society. 2025. Available at:

www.novonordisk.com/content/dam/nncorp/global/en/media/

pdfs/novonordisk-unlocking-the-power-of-glp-1.pdf.

UK modelling shows expanded

GLP-1 use could deliver...

fewer CV events

fewer hospitalisations

fewer bed days

– than a glucose

management approach

GBP

~1.68

billion

in UK cost savings

by 2040

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Annual review / Introducing Novo Nordisk / Inside the discovery of semaglutide 11

Strategic

Aspirations

13 Strategic Aspirations 2025

14 Financial performance

20 Commercial execution

26 Innovation and therapeutic focus

32 Sustainability commitment

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 12

Strategic

Aspirations

2025

Strategic Aspirations 2025 Progress in 2025

Financials

Deliver solid sales and operating profit growth • Sales growth of 10% (CER)

• Operating profit growth of 6% (CER), impacted by one-off restructuring costs related to a company-

wide transformation as well as acquisition of three former Catalent sites

• Had Novo Nordisk not incurred such restructuring costs, of around DKK 8 billion, operating profit

would have increased by 13% (CER)

Drive operational efficiencies • Operational leverage reflecting sales growth when adjusting for restructuring costs

Enable attractive capital allocation to shareholders • Free cash flow of DKK 28.3 billion

• DKK 52 billion returned to shareholders

The 2025 Strategic Aspirations were introduced in 2019 and are set to

conclude this year:

• Sales have more than doubled, reaching DKK 309 billion in 2025

with a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 17%.

• Operating profit has more than doubled, reaching DKK 128 billion in

2025 with a CAGR of 16%.

• Obesity care sales have increased from DKK 6 billion in 2019 to DKK

82 billion in 2025.

• Rare Disease positioned for sustained growth with late-stage

pipeline of denecimig (Mim8) and etavopivat.

• DKK 306 billion has been returned to shareholders from 2020 to

2025.

• Treatment provided to 46 million people living with obesity and

diabetes, an increase of ~16 million patients since 2019.

Novo Nordisk expects to introduce new Strategic Aspirations as part

of Capital Markets Day on 21 September 2026. Until that time,

reporting and tracking of progress will continue across key

dimensions of the Novo Nordisk business.

Innovation and

therapeutic

focus

Develop superior treatment solutions for Obesity • In-license agreements of a triple agonist and two oral molecules

• Novo Nordisk to advance subcutaneous and oral zenagamtide (amycretin) for weight management

into phase 3

• Semaglutide 2.4 mg approved in the US for the treatment of MASH

• Phase 3 programme with cagrilintide initiated

• Closing of Akero acquisition and its phase 3 FGF21 analogue in MASH

• Semaglutide 7.2 mg submitted in the EU and in the US

• Wegovy

pill for weight management approved in the US and submitted in the EU

• Phase 1a/2b trial initiated with UBT251, a triple agonist

• CagriSema submitted for regulatory approval in the US

Further raise innovation bar for

Diabetes treatment

• Ozempic

approved by EMA for the treatment of peripheral arterial disease in the EU

• Resubmission of Awiqli

in the US for treatment of type 2 diabetes

• Phase 3 trial with coramitug initiated in people living with Amyloid Transthyretin (ATTR)

cardiomyopathy

• IcoSema (Kyinsu

) approved in the EU for the treatment of type 2 diabetes in adults

• Evoke phase 3 trials did not demonstrate a statistically significant reduction in Alzheimer's disease

progression

• Phase 3 trial with CagriSema, REIMAGINE 2 and 3, in diabetes successfully completed

• Phase 2 trial successfully completed with subcutaneous and oral zenagamtide (amycretin)

Strengthen and progress Rare disease pipeline • Alhemo

approved in the US for the treatment of haemophilia A and B without inhibitors

• Sogroya

non-replacement indications submitted in the US and Japan

• Denecimig (Mim8) submitted for regulatory approval in the EU and in the US

• Closing of the acqusition of clinical-stage MASP-3 inhibitor zaltenibart

• Sogroya

approved in China

Commercial

execution

Strengthen Diabetes leadership to more than one-third • Diabetes value market share declined by 3.6 percentage points to 30.1% (MAT)

More than DKK 25 billion in Obesity care sales by 2025 • Obesity care sales increased by 31% (CER) to DKK 82.3 billion

Secure a sustained growth outlook for Rare disease • Rare disease sales increased by 9% (CER) to DKK 19.6 billion

Purpose and

sustainability

Progress towards zero environmental impact • Overall CO

e emissions (scope 1, 2 and full scope 3) increased by 19% compared to 2024

Adding value to society and being recognised as a

sustainable employer

• Medical treatment provided to 42.0 million people living with diabetes and 3.6 million people

living with obesity

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Annual review / Strategic Aspirations / Strategic Aspirations 2025 13

2025 performance

Financial performance

Sales increased by 6% measured in Danish kroner and by 10% at CER to DKK 309,064 million in 2025. Novo

Nordisk’s 2025 sales and operating profit performance measured at CER were within the ranges provided

in November 2025. The effective tax rate, capital expenditure, free cash flow as well as depreciation,

amortisation and impairment losses were all in line with the guidance.

Geographic sales development

Sales in US Operations increased by 3% measured in Danish kroner and by 8% at CER.

Sales in International Operations increased by 10% measured in Danish kroner and by 14% at CER. Sales in

EUCAN increased by 15% measured in Danish kroner and by 16% at CER. Sales in Emerging Markets increased

by 3% measured in Danish kroner and by 8% at CER. Sales in APAC increased by 19% measured in Danish

kroner and by 25% at CER. Sales in Region China increased by 1% measured in Danish kroner and by 5% at CER.

Sales development across therapeutic areas

Sales of Obesity care products increased by 26% measured in Danish kroner and by 31% at CER. Sales in

Diabetes care remained unchanged in Danish kroner and increased by 4% at CER. Rare disease sales

increased by 5% measured in Danish kroner and by 9% at CER.

In the following sections, unless otherwise noted, market data are based on moving annual total (MAT) from

November 2024 and November 2025 provided by the independent data provider IQVIA. EUCAN covers Europe

and Canada, Emerging Markets covers mainly Latin America, the Middle East and Africa. APAC covers Japan,

Korea, Oceania, and Southeast Asia. Region China covers Mainland China, Hong Kong and Taiwan.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Annual review / Strategic Aspirations / Financial performance 14

Obesity care

Sales of Obesity care products increased by 26% measured in Danish kroner and by 31% at CER to DKK

82,347 million. Sales growth was driven by both US Operations and International Operations. The volume

growth of the global branded GLP-1 obesity market was 104%. Novo Nordisk is the global market leader with

a branded volume market share of 59.6%. In International Operations, tirzepatide is categorised under GLP-1

diabetes only in IQVIA data, despite having indications for diabetes and obesity in most launched countries.

Diabetes care

Sales in Diabetes care remained unchanged in Danish kroner and increased by 4% at CER to DKK 207,109

million, mainly driven by growth of GLP-1-based products. Novo Nordisk's global diabetes value market

share decreased by 3.6 percentage points over the last 12 months to 30.1%. The market share

development was driven by market share losses in US Operations and International Operations.

GLP-1-based therapies for type 2 diabetes

Sales of GLP-1-based products for type 2 diabetes increased by 2% measured in Danish kroner and by 6%

at CER to DKK 152,202 million. The estimated global GLP-1 share of total diabetes prescriptions increased

to 8.1% compared with 6.7% 12 months ago. It is possible for a patient to have a prescription for more

than one diabetes treatment. Novo Nordisk has a value market share of 45.8%.

• Ozempic

sales increased by 6% measured in Danish kroner and by 10% at CER to DKK 127,089 million.

Sales growth was driven by both US Operations and International Operations. US sales were positively

impacted by gross-to-net sales adjustments.

• Rybelsus

sales decreased by 5% measured in Danish kroner and by 2% at CER to DKK 22,093 million.

Sales growth was driven by International Operations, offset by decreasing sales in US Operations. Sales

in US and International operations are negatively impacted by a reprioritisation of activities towards

other GLP-1 treatments.

• Victoza

sales decreased by 45% measured in Danish kroner and by 43% at CER to DKK 3,020 million.

The decline was driven by the GLP-1 diabetes market moving towards once-weekly treatments and in

line with portfolio priorities in both US Operations and International Operations.

Insulin sales

Sales of insulin decreased by 4% measured in Danish kroner and by 1% at CER to DKK 53,137 million.

Rare disease

Rare disease sales increased by 5% measured in Danish kroner and by 9% at CER to DKK 19,608 million.

Rare endocrine disorders

Sales of rare endocrine disorder products increased by 19% measured in Danish kroner and by 24% at

CER to DKK 5,959 million.

Rare blood disorders

Sales of rare blood disorder products decreased by 2% measured in Danish kroner and increased by 2%

at CER to DKK 11,955 million.

Development in costs and operating profit

The cost of goods sold increased by 32% measured in Danish kroner and by 31% at CER to DKK 58,788

million, resulting in a gross margin of 81.0%, measured in Danish kroner, compared with 84.7% in 2024. The

decline in gross margin is impacted by amortisations and depreciations related to the three former Catalent

manufacturing sites as well as one-off restructuring costs related to the company-wide transformation. In

addition, costs are related to ongoing capacity expansions and negative currency impacts, partially

countered by a positive product mix, driven by increased sales of GLP-1-based treatments.

Sales and distribution costs increased by 4% measured in Danish kroner and by 7% at CER to DKK 64,310

million. The increase in costs is driven by both US Operations and International Operations. In US

Operations, the cost increase is mainly driven by promotional activities related to Wegovy

. In International

Operations, the increase is primarily related to the Wegovy

launches and promotional activities. Sales and

distribution costs amount to 20.8% as a percentage of sales, including impact from one-off restructuring

costs related to the company-wide transformation.

Research and development costs increased by 8% measured in Danish kroner and by 10% at CER to DKK

52,039 million, driven by investments within Obesity care, reflecting increased late-stage clinical trial activity,

increased early research activities, and increased development investments related to the cardiovascular

portfolio. This is partially countered by the impairment loss related to ocedurenone of DKK 5.7 billion and

other impairments of intangible assets in 2024. Research and development costs amounted to 16.8% as a

percentage of sales, including one-off restructuring costs related to the company-wide transformation.

Administration costs increased by 13% measured in

Danish kroner and by 16% at CER to DKK 5,969

million, or 1.9% of sales. Administration costs are

impacted by severance costs related to previously

announced changes in Executive Management and

one-off restructuring costs related to the company-

wide transformation.

Other operating income and expenses (net) showed a

loss of DKK 300 million compared to a loss of DKK

2,103 million in 2024. Other operating income in 2024

was impacted by impairments related to a partnership

agreement of a company and transaction costs

related to the Catalent transaction.

Operating profit decreased by 1% measured in Danish

kroner and increased by 6% at CER to DKK 127,658

million, mainly impacted by one-off restructuring

costs related to the company-wide transformation

during the third quarter of around DKK 8 billion and

by impacts

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Annual review / Strategic Aspirations / Financial performance 15

related to the acquisition of the three former Catalent manufacturing sites. This is partially countered by

the impairment loss related to ocedurenone in 2024.

Had Novo Nordisk not incurred such restructuring cost amounting to around DKK 8 billion, operating

profit would have increased by 6% in Danish kroner and 13% at CER.

Financial items (net) and tax

Financial items (net) showed a net gain of DKK 2,882 million, compared with a net loss of DKK 1,148

million in 2024. This primarily reflects gains from hedging the US dollar, which is partly offset by

financing costs related to the funding of the Catalent transaction.

In line with Novo Nordisk’s treasury policy, the most significant foreign exchange risks for Novo Nordisk

have been hedged, primarily through foreign exchange forward contracts. The foreign exchange result

was a net gain of DKK 6,007 million compared with a net loss of DKK 1,023 million in 2024. At the end of

December 2025, a positive market value of financial contracts of DKK 4,339 million had been deferred

for recognition in 2026.

The effective tax rate was 21.5% in 2025, compared with an effective tax rate of 20.6% in 2024.

Net profit increased by 1% to DKK 102,434 million and diluted earnings per share increased

by 2% to DKK 23.03.

2026 outlook

Novo Nordisk will from 2026 present outlook for sales and operating profit using new non-IFRS measures of

adjusted sales growth and adjusted operating profit growth. For further details, please see Company

Announcement No 4 / 2026.

Guidance Full-year expectations 3 February 2026

Adjusted sales growth

at CER

-5% to -13%

as reported in Danish kroner

Around 3 percentage points lower than at CER

Adjusted operating profit growth

at CER

-5% to -13%

as reported in Danish kroner

Around 5 percentage points lower than at CER

1. On a non-adjusted basis, the mid-point of sales and operating profit growth guidance for 2026, both at CER, would be -1% and 11%, respectively

Key modelling considerations

Financial items (net)

Gain of around 2.3 bDKK

Effective tax rate

21% to 23%

Capital expenditure (PP&E)

Around 55 bDKK

Free cash flow

Between 35 and 45 bDKK

Note: Expectations are as reported in Danish kroner, if not otherwise stated

Note: Free cash flow defined as net cash generated from operating activities, less purchase of property, plant and equipment

Cash flow and capital allocation

Free cash flow in 2025 was DKK 28.3 billion

compared to DKK (14.7) billion in 2024. The

increase in free cash flow compared to last year

is mainly due to the USD 11.7 billion acquisition

of the three former Catalent manufacturing

sites in 2024, partially countered by increased

capital expenditures.

Capital expenditure for property, plant and

equipment was DKK 60.1 billion compared with DKK

47.2 billion in 2024, primarily reflecting investments

in additional capacity for active pharmaceutical

ingredient (API) production and fill-finish capacity

for both current and future injectable and oral

products. Capital expenditure related to intangible

assets was DKK 30.0 billion in 2025 compared with

DKK 4.1 billion in 2024, reflecting business

development activities, mainly related to the

acquisition of Akero Therapeutics, Inc.

1. Expectations for 2026.

Adjusted sales growth is expected to be -5% to -13% at CER, with fluctuations in growth rates expected across

quarters. Given the current exchange rates versus the Danish krone, adjusted sales growth reported in Danish

kroner is expected to be 3 percentage points lower than at CER, primarily due to depreciation of the USD/DKK

exchange rate. The outlook reflects expectations for sales growth within International Operations and

expectations for a sales decline within US Operations. In 2026, the global GLP-1 market expansion is assumed

to continue, enabling Novo Nordisk to increase patient reach and expand volumes. This is countered by lower

realised prices, including the MFN ("Most Favoured Nations") agreement in the US and the loss of exclusivity

for the semaglutide molecule in certain markets in International Operations. Lastly, positive impacts related to

US gross-to-net sales adjustments during 2025 are not anticipated to reoccur.

In International Operations, the outlook is based on current growth trends, including continued volume

penetration from GLP-1 treatments and market expansion, mainly within obesity, as well as intensifying

competition and negative impacts from the compound patent expiry of the semaglutide molecule in certain

markets. Novo Nordisk continues to roll-out Wegovy

in more markets during 2026 and expects to introduce

the 7.2 mg dose in a number of countries. In US Operations, the outlook is based on current prescription

trends for the injectable GLP-1 portfolio, intensifying competition as well as negative impact from reduced

obesity medication coverage in Medicaid. Further, lower realised prices linked to investments in market

access, amplified by the MFN agreement with the US Administration to bring GLP-1s to more Americans at a

lower cost is assumed.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Annual review / Strategic Aspirations / Financial performance 16

Novo Nordisk further focuses on expanding access to Wegovy

, particularly in the self-pay channel

through NovoCare

Pharmacy and collaborations with telehealth organisations. Uptake related to the

launch of Wegovy

pill in January 2026 is reflected in the outlook, based on a range of assumptions

related hereto such as market penetration, potential negative impact on the growth of the injectable

obesity medication category as well as channel mix.

Adjusted operating profit growth is expected to be -5% to -13% at CER. Adjusted operating profit growth

reported in Danish kroner is expected to be 5 percentage points lower than at CER. The expectation for

adjusted operating profit growth primarily reflects the sales outlook, combined with targeted

investments in current and future growth opportunities within R&D and Commercial, partly funded by re-

investment of savings from the company-wide transformation in 2025 as well as further optimisation

initiatives. Within R&D, investments are related to the continued expansion and progression of the early

and late-stage pipeline mainly within Obesity and Diabetes, and includes impact related to acquisition of

Akero Therapeutics, Inc. Commercial investments are mainly related to the GLP-1 portfolio within Obesity

and Diabetes.

Key modelling considerations

Novo Nordisk expects financial items (net) for 2026 to amount to a gain of around DKK 2.3 billion. This is

driven by gains on hedged currencies, mainly the US dollar, partially countered by increased interest

expenses related to net debt. The effective tax rate for 2026 is expected to be in the range of 21-23%.

Capital expenditure is expected to be around DKK 55 billion in 2026 compared to DKK 60 billion in 2025,

reflecting the expansion of the global supply chain. The investments will create additional capacity and

flexibility across the supply chain, including the manufacturing of active pharmaceutical ingredients (API),

additional aseptic production and finished production processes as well as packaging capacity. In the

coming years, the capital expenditure investments are expected to decline. To better reflect the

underlying cash generation, Novo Nordisk, as of 2026, defines free cash flow as net cash generated from

operating activities, less purchase of property, plant and equipment. The free cash flow is expected to be

DKK 35-45 billion, reflecting the lower sales, primarily within US Operations, and related cash flow

implications amplified by the US gross-to-net system, combined with CAPEX expenditure.

All of the above expectations are based on assumptions that the global or regional macroeconomic and

political environment will not significantly change business conditions for Novo Nordisk during 2026,

including energy and supply chain disruptions, the potential implications from major healthcare reforms

and legislative changes, taxation changes, including changes in tariffs, duties and pricing policies, (incl Most

Favoured Nations in the US), as well as outcome of legal cases, and that the currency exchange rates,

especially the US dollar, will remain at the current level versus the Danish krone. The guidance is also based

on assumptions in relation to the estimation of gross-to-net developments in the US. Finally, the guidance

does not include the financial implications of any new significant business development transactions.

Novo Nordisk has hedged expected net cash flows in a number of invoicing currencies, and, all other

things being equal, movements in key invoicing currencies will impact Novo Nordisk’s operating profit as

outlined in note 4.4 on Financial risks.

Forward-looking statements

Novo Nordisk’s statutory Annual Report 2025, Form 20-F, any quarterly financial reports, and written

information released, shown, or oral statements made, to the public in the future by or on behalf of

Novo Nordisk, may contain certain forward-looking statements relating to the operating, financial

and sustainability performance and results of Novo Nordisk and/or the industry in which it operates.

Forward-looking statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate to historical or current

facts and include guidance. Words such as ‘believe’, ‘expect’, ‘may’, ‘will’, ‘plan’, ‘strategy’, ‘transition plan’,

‘prospect’, ‘foresee’, ‘estimate’, ‘project’, ‘anticipate’, ‘can’, ‘intend’, ‘target’ and other words and terms

of similar meaning in connection with any discussion of future operating, financial or sustainability

performance identify forward-looking statements. Examples of such forward-looking statements include,

but are not limited to:

• Statements of targets, future guidance, (transition) plans, objectives or goals for future operations,

including those related to operating, financial and sustainability matters, Novo Nordisk’s products,

product research, product development, product introductions and product approvals as well as

cooperation in relation thereto;

• Statements containing projections of or targets for revenues, costs, income (or loss), earnings per

share, capital expenditures, dividends, capital structure, net financials and other financial measures;

• Statements regarding future economic performance, future actions and outcome of contingencies,

such as legal proceedings; and

• Statements regarding the assumptions underlying or relating to such statements.

These statements are based on current plans, estimates, opinions, views and projections. Although Novo

Nordisk believes that the expectation reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, there

can be no assurance that such expectation will prove to be correct. By their very nature, forward-looking

statements involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions, both general and specific, and actual results

may differ materially from those contemplated, expressed or implied by any forward-looking statement.

Factors that may affect future results include, but are not limited to, global as well as local political,

economic and environmental conditions, such as interest rate and currency exchange rate fluctuations

or climate change, delay or failure of projects related to research and/or development, unplanned loss

of patents, interruptions of supplies and production, including as a result of interruptions or delays

affecting supply chains on which Novo Nordisk relies, shortages of supplies, including energy supplies,

product recalls, unexpected contract breaches or terminations, government-mandated or market-

driven price decreases for Novo Nordisk’s products, introduction of competing products, reliance on

information technology including the risk of cybersecurity breaches, Novo Nordisk’s ability to successfully

market current and new products, exposure to product liability and legal proceedings and investigations,

changes in governmental laws and related interpretation thereof, including on reimbursement,

intellectual property protection and regulatory controls on testing, approval, manufacturing and

marketing, and taxation changes, including changes in tariffs and duties, perceived or actual failure to

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Annual review / Strategic Aspirations / Financial performance 17

adhere to ethical marketing practices, investments in and divestitures of domestic and foreign companies,

unexpected growth in costs and expenses, strikes and other labour market disputes, failure to recruit and

retain the right employees, failure to maintain a culture of compliance, epidemics, pandemics or other

public health crises, effects of domestic or international crises, civil unrest, war or other conflict and

factors related to the foregoing matters and other factors not specifically identified herein.

For an overview of some, but not all, of the risks that could adversely affect Novo Nordisk’s results or the

accuracy of forward-looking statements in the Annual Report 2025, reference is made to the overview of

risk factors in ‘Risk management’ of the Annual Report 2025. None of Novo Nordisk or its subsidiaries or

any such person's officers, or employees accept any responsibility for the future accuracy of the opinions

expressed in the Annual Report 2025, Form 20-F, any quarterly financial reports, and written information

released, shown, or oral statements made, to the public in the future by or on behalf of Novo Nordisk or

the actual occurrence of the forecasted developments.

Unless required by law, Novo Nordisk has no duty and undertakes no obligation to update or revise any

forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise.

Shares and capital structure

Through open and proactive communication, Novo Nordisk aims to provide the basis for fair and

efficient pricing of our shares.

The company’s A shares are not listed and are held by Novo Holdings A/S

, a Danish public limited liability

company wholly owned by the Novo Nordisk Foundation. According to the Articles of Association of the

Foundation, the A shares cannot be divested.

Special rights attached to A shares include pre-emptive subscription rights in the event of an increase in

the A share capital and pre-emptive purchase rights in the event of a sale of A shares, while B shares take

priority for liquidation proceedings. A shares take priority for dividends below 0.5%, and B shares take

priority for dividends between 0.5 and 5%. However, in practice, A and B shares receive the same amount

of dividend per share.

As of 31 December 2025, Novo Holdings A/S held a B share capital of a nominal value of DKK 17,756,050.

Together with the A shares, Novo Holdings A/S’s total ownership amounted to a nominal value of DKK

125,243,250. Novo Holdings A/S ownership is reflected in the ‘Ownership structure’ chart.

Share capital and ownership

Novo Nordisk’s share capital of DKK 446.5 million is divided

into A and B share capital. The A and B shares are calculated

in units of DKK 0.10, amounting to 4.5 billion shares. The A

share capital, consisting of 1,075 million shares, has a

nominal value of DKK 107,487,200 and the B share capital,

consisting of 3,390 million shares, has a nominal value of

DKK 339,012,800. Each A share of a nominal value of DKK

0.10 carries 100 votes and each B share of a nominal value

of DKK 0.10 carries 10 votes. Novo Nordisk’s B shares are

listed on Nasdaq Copenhagen and on the New York Stock

Exchange (NYSE) as American Depository Receipts (ADRs).

The general meeting has authorised the Board of Directors

to distribute extraordinary dividends, issue new shares in

accordance with the Articles of Association and repurchase

shares in accordance with authorisations granted.

1. Split of shareholders is denoted according to the location of legal deposit-owners. 2. Treasury shares are included; however, voting rights of treasury shares cannot be exercised. 3. Novo Holdings A/S’s registered address is Tuborg Havnevej 19, DK-2900 Hellerup, Denmark.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Annual review / Strategic Aspirations / Financial performance 18

There is no complete record of all shareholders; however, based on available sources of information,

as of 31 December 2025 it is estimated that shares were geographically distributed as shown in the

‘Geographical split of shareholders’ chart.

As of 31 December 2025, the free float of listed B shares was 94.13% (of which approximately 15.31% are

listed as ADRs), excluding Novo Holdings A/S and Novo Nordisk’s holding of shares. As of 31 December

2025, Novo Holdings A/S and Novo Nordisk’s holding of B shares equaled 198,935,780 shares and had a

nominal value of DKK 19,893,578. For details about the share capital, see note 4.3 to the consolidated

financial statements.

Capital structure

Novo Nordisk’s Board of Directors and Executive Management consider that the current capital and

share structure of Novo Nordisk serves the interests of the shareholders and the company well. Novo

Nordisk’s capital structure strategy offers a balance between long-term shareholder value creation and

competitive shareholder return in the short-term.

In 2025, Novo Nordisk issued Eurobonds totaling EUR 10 billion. The total outstanding Eurobonds as of

the end of 2025 amounted to EUR 16.3 billion. For details on issuance of Eurobonds, refer to note 4.6 in

the Consolidated financial statements.

Dividend policy

The company’s dividend policy, which applies a pharmaceutical industry benchmark to ensure a

competitive payout ratio for dividend payments, may be complemented by share repurchase programmes.

The final dividend for 2024 paid in 2025 after the AGM in March was equal to DKK 7.90 per A and B share of

DKK 0.10, as well as for ADRs. The total dividend for 2024 was DKK 11.40 per A and B share of DKK 0.10,

corresponding to a payout ratio of 50.2%. The 2024 pharma peer group average was 58.9%.

In August 2025, an interim dividend was paid equaling DKK 3.75 per A and B share of DKK 0.10, as well

as for ADRs. For 2025, the Board of Directors will propose a final dividend of DKK 7.95 to be paid in March

2026, equivalent to a total dividend for 2025 of DKK 11.70 and a payout ratio of 50.7%. The company expects

to distribute an interim dividend in August 2026. Further information regarding this interim dividend will be

announced in connection with the financial report for the first six months of 2026. Dividends are paid from

distributable reserves. Novo Nordisk does not pay a dividend on its holding of treasury shares.

Share repurchase programme for 2026

For the next 12 months, Novo Nordisk has decided to implement a new share repurchase programme.

The expected total repurchase cash value of B shares, for the 12 months beginning 2026, is up to DKK 15

billion. The total programme may be reduced in size if significant business development opportunities

arise during 2026. Novo Nordisk expects to conduct the new share repurchase programme according to

the safe harbour rules under the EU Market Abuse Regulation (MAR).

Share price development

Between the end of December 2024 and end of December 2025, Novo Nordisk’s share price

decreased from DKK 624 to DKK 325, a decrease of -48%. The total market value of Novo Nordisk’s B

shares, excluding treasury shares and Novo Holdings A/S shares, was DKK 1,037,935,269,555 as of

30 December 2025.

Share price performance 2025

Novo Nordisk share price and indexed peers

(%)

2026 financial calendar

Annual General Meeting 2026 26 Mar 2026

Ex-dividend, B shares 27 Mar 2026

Ex-dividend, ADRs 30 Mar 2026

Record date, B shares and ADRs 30 Mar 2026

Payment, B shares 31 Mar 2026

Payment, ADRs 7 Apr 2026

Financial statement for the first three months of 2026 6 May 2026

Financial statement for the first six months of 2026 5 Aug 2026

Ex-dividend, B shares 14 Aug 2026

Ex-dividend, ADRs 17 Aug 2026

Record date, B shares and ADRs 17 Aug 2026

Payment, B shares 18 Aug 2026

Payment, ADRs 25 Aug 2026

Capital Markets Day 21 Sep 2026

Financial statement for the first nine months of 2026 4 Nov 2026

Financial statement for 2026 and Annual Report 2026 3 Feb 2027

4. OMXC25 and pharmaceutical industry development have been rebased to Novo Nordisk share price in January 2025. 5. AstraZeneca, Bristol-Meyers, Eli Lilly, GlaxoSmithKline, Lundbeck, Merck, Novartis, Pfizer, Roche and Sanofi.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Annual review / Strategic Aspirations / Financial performance 19

We are not standing still. Our commercial strategy is built for real‑world impact: expanding access,

protecting patient safety and competing where it counts. Guided by our purpose of driving change to

defeat serious chronic diseases, we bring scale, speed and responsibility to the challenge, reaching

45.6 million people living with obesity and diabetes in 2025.

Central to this approach is defending and expanding our leadership in the increasingly competitive market

for GLP-1 therapies, where we hold close to 43% market share of global volumes. Powered by semaglutide,

these game-changing medicines address two of the world’s most pressing health challenges: obesity,

impacting over 1 billion people worldwide, and diabetes, affecting around 600 million. Semaglutide is the

only molecule that demonstrates cardiovascular protection in both diseases. Our portfolio spans injectable

and oral options with FDA‑approved indications to reduce risk of heart attack, stroke or cardiovascular (CV)

death – giving us unmatched therapeutic breadth.

We are acting urgently to strengthen our portfolio through targeted investment in next‑generation

therapies and business development. Our pipeline across obesity, type 2 diabetes and related comorbidities

continues to advance, whilst we enhance optionality by tailoring solutions to individual needs. Building this

market taught us that what works for diabetes does not necessarily work for obesity – people with obesity

have different concerns, different needs and often prefer more discreet ways to access treatment.

Executing this strategy demands market-specific approaches deployed at speed.

“We are acting urgently to strengthen our portfolio through targeted investment

in next‑generation therapies and business development”

The US remains our biggest market and demands our boldest moves. We are transforming our position

through multiple direct-to-consumer pathways by rapidly expanding our NovoCare

direct-to-patient

platform to simplify access and reduce costs, forging new telehealth collaborations and securing retail

pharmacy agreements including CVS to improve continuity of care. From 2026, our new agreement with the

US Administration – once finalised – will lower prices across Medicare Part D and Medicaid programmes whilst

piloting broader obesity coverage – significantly expanding Wegovy

access. We are also pursuing legal action

against unlawful sales and marketing of mass compounded drugs, working with regulators, law enforcement

and healthcare professionals to protect patients, the US drug approval framework and market integrity.

Outside the US, we are turning challenges into opportunities. As semaglutide nears loss of exclusivity

in certain key markets, we are acting decisively, launching second brands in lower‑priced segments,

fast‑tracking differentiated devices and sharpening our channel strategies, while reinforcing quality

and pharmacovigilance as generics enter the market.

We are playing to win. Backed by robust evidence and patient‑centred execution, we are not just competing

in an increasingly challenging landscape – we are reshaping it. Every decision, every initiative and every

innovation is driven by our unwavering commitment to get our life-changing medicines to the people who

need them – faster than ever before.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Annual review / Strategic Aspirations / Commercial execution 20

OBESITY& RELATED COMORBIDITIES

Expanding the global reach

and impact of Wegovy

Obesity is one of the defining health challenges of our time, impacting almost 1 billion people worldwide.

Our goal is to translate scientific leadership into choice, access and evidence – bringing new options to

patients and meeting needs across related comorbidities. In 2025, our obesity portfolio delivered 31%

sales growth at constant exchange rates (CER), reaching 3.6 million people worldwide.

We have recently expanded the Wegovy

brand with two new offerings: higher‑dose Wegovy

(semaglutide 7.2 mg), which demonstrated 20.7% weight loss in phase 3 studies, and the Wegovy

pill,

offering 16.6% weight loss and the convenience of once-daily oral dosing. The latter is the world’s first

and only oral GLP‑1‑based medicine to be approved for chronic weight management and is now being

produced domestically in the US, with API manufactured at our Clayton, North Carolina site and tablets

made and packed at our Durham, North Carolina site.

Momentum continued across launches and label expansions. By the end of 2025, Wegovy

had almost

doubled its global footprint to reach 52 countries – with further roll‑outs planned in 2026, subject to local

regulatory approvals. In the US, the label was expanded to include treatment of adults with metabolic

dysfunction-associated steatohepatitis (MASH) with moderate to advanced liver fibrosis – an important

milestone given the high overlap between obesity and metabolic liver disease.

“By the end of 2025, Wegovy

had almost doubled its global footprint to

reach 52 countries”

New clinical and real‑world evidence further strengthened the profile of Wegovy

in obesity care.

Real‑world data from STEER show a 57% lower risk of heart attack, stroke or death associated with

Wegovy

compared with tirzepatide. STEER was conducted among adults with overweight or obesity

and established cardiovascular disease, without type 2 diabetes, during periods of continuous treatment

(no treatment gaps longer than 30 days). While observational by design and subject to the usual

limitations of real‑world data, these findings add to growing evidence that Wegovy

delivers proven

cardiovascular protection in addition to meaningful weight loss benefits for appropriate patients.

Beyond clinical endpoints, we are also advancing understanding of how obesity treatments affect

everyday life. INFORM, a survey‑based real‑world evidence study, suggested that people taking

Wegovy

experienced reduced food noise – persistent, intrusive and unwanted thoughts about food

– and improved mental wellbeing. These insights are important for sustained behaviour change and

long‑term outcomes, reinforcing the role of GLP‑1 therapy alongside lifestyle support.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Annual review / Strategic Aspirations / Commercial execution 21

OBESITY& RELATED COMORBIDITIES

Breaking down obesity

care barriers in the US

Obesity care in the US is at an inflection point. Demand for GLP‑1 medicines is surging, while access

remains limited by uneven insurance coverage, affordability barriers and administrative hurdles. In

parallel, the spread of unapproved compounded products poses quality and safety risks and can disrupt

continuity of care. We are acting across the system – providing near‑term relief for self‑pay patients,

partnering to broaden coverage and safeguarding patient safety – so more people can access

authorised, FDA‑approved medicines through trusted pathways.

To provide immediate relief for self-paying patients, in November 2025, we introduced an introductory

self‑pay offer of USD 199 per month for the first two doses (0.25 mg and 0.5 mg) of Wegovy

Ozempic

for new self‑pay patients through 31 March 2026, and lowered the standard monthly self‑pay

price to USD 349 thereafter. These offers are available across more than 70,000 pharmacies nationwide,

with home delivery through NovoCare

Pharmacy and telehealth partners, and are designed to help

patients afford authentic, FDA‑approved semaglutide medicines and reduce the lure of unapproved,

compounded alternatives.

“We introduced an introductory self‑pay offer of USD 199 per month for the first

two doses (0.25 mg and 0.5 mg) of Wegovy

or Ozempic

”

Patient safety underpins everything we do. With the expiry of all FDA grace periods for shortage‑based

semaglutide compounding in May 2025, it is now illegal under US compounding laws to make or sell

compounded semaglutide drugs, with rare exceptions. Since then, we have stepped up action – pursuing

legal remedies against unlawful marketing and sales, and working with regulators, law enforcement,

healthcare professionals, patient and provider groups and other stakeholders to protect patients and

uphold the integrity of the FDA drug approval framework. We are raising awareness among healthcare

professionals and consumers about the safety and efficacy risks of unapproved compounded products,

while expanding access to FDA‑approved medicines through trusted pathways, including NovoCare

Pharmacy and telehealth partners.

In addition, we have agreed to a framework with the US Administration to lower semaglutide prices

across Medicare Part D (government insurance for seniors), Medicaid (government insurance for

low-income Americans) and direct‑to‑patient channels from 2026 onwards, and to broaden coverage

through a Medicare pilot programme for Part D beneficiaries with qualifying comorbidities. This

agreement is a significant step toward expanding access to authentic, FDA-approved obesity and

diabetes medicines for millions of people living in the US. We are finalising details and remain

committed to constructive dialogue.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Annual review / Strategic Aspirations / Commercial execution 22

DIABETES& RELATED COMORBIDITIES

Additional Ozempic

benefits drive

strengthened diabetes leadership

Simplifying insulin treatment

with once-weekly options

The global burden of diabetes and related complications is

vast. By developing products that meet the complex needs

of people living with diabetes, our innovations create long-

term value for health systems and society. In 2025, we

reached 42 million people with our diabetes portfolio,

delivering 4% sales growth at CER.

Against this backdrop, the clinical profile of semaglutide

– our flagship GLP-1 innovation – continued to strengthen.

Regulatory authorities in Europe and the US now recognise

its cardiovascular benefits, with the FDA approving

Rybelsus

(oral semaglutide) to reduce the risk of major

adverse cardiovascular events in adults with type 2 diabetes

at high risk. Rybelsus

is the only oral GLP‑1 therapy shown

to lower blood glucose and body weight with a confirmed

cardiovascular benefit, highlighting the comprehensive

benefits of semaglutide.

Meanwhile, Ozempic

– the injectable form of semaglutide

approved for the treatment of type 2 diabetes – is proving its

worth in new areas. The phase 3b STRIDE study showed that

Ozempic

helped people with peripheral arterial disease

walk further without pain, leading European regulators to

update the medicine's label to reflect these mobility and

quality-of-life improvements. In the US, the FDA approved

Ozempic

– based on results from the FLOW trial – to reduce

the risk of kidney disease progression, kidney failure and

cardiovascular death in adults with type 2 diabetes and

chronic kidney disease (CKD), making Ozempic

the only

medicine in its class with a CKD indication.

For many adults with diabetes, basal insulin is essential yet

burdensome: daily injections, complex titration and busy

schedules can hinder adherence. Awiqli

– the world’s first

and only once‑weekly basal insulin – reduces the treatment

burden, helping both people with diabetes and healthcare

professionals stay focused on achieving and maintaining

individual glycaemic targets. As a once‑weekly option, it

reduces the weekly injection burden from seven to one.

Awiqli

is approved in the EU and 12 other countries,

with launches progressing across markets. In the US, we

resubmitted the Biologics License Application to the FDA

in September 2025, following a 2024 action letter. Further

reviews are underway in other markets and additional

approvals are expected in 2026.

This rollout is underpinned by evidence from ONWARDS

– five phase 3a trials in about 4,000 adults with type 2

diabetes – where change in HbA1c was the primary

endpoint, supporting clinical decision‑making.

Alongside Awiqli

, our once‑weekly portfolio advanced with

the European Commission’s approval of Kyinsu

(IcoSema),

a once‑weekly combination of basal insulin icodec and the

GLP‑1 RA semaglutide. The decision, based on the COMBINE

phase 3a programme where all three trials met primary

endpoints, confirms a well‑tolerated safety profile and

expands options for adults insufficiently controlled on

basal insulin or GLP‑1 RAs.

Nathalia de Souza Santos lives with type 1

diabetes in Brazil.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Annual review / Strategic Aspirations / Commercial execution 23

RARE DISEASE PRODUCTION

Expanding therapeutic impact in rare

bleeding and growth disorders

Strategic investments to

expand manufacturing capacity

Novo Nordisk has a rich legacy and an enduring commitment

to people living with rare diseases. Our portfolio is focused

on innovative medicines that combine strong efficacy profiles

with simple administration to ease the treatment burden.

In 2025, our rare disease portfolio delivered 9% sales growth

at CER, with Sogroya

leading in the long‑acting growth

hormone segment across launch markets and Alhemo

expanding its presence in haemophilia prophylaxis.

Sogroya

, our long-acting growth hormone treatment,

gained significant momentum in 2025 as new international

consensus guidance standardised the approach to paediatric

growth hormone deficiency. This clinical framework –

covering diagnosis, dosing and weekly monitoring

regimens – is helping clinicians deliver more consistent

care and expanding access to treatment. Building on this

foundation, we maintained Sogroya

’s leadership across

its first five launch markets whilst expanding into France,

Argentina and Canada, with further entries planned for 2026.

In rare bleeding disorders, the FDA and EMA approved

expanded use of Alhemo

for people aged 12 or older with

haemophilia A or B without inhibitors, broadening access

and sustaining our momentum in this therapy area while

addressing the remaining unmet needs in haemophilia B.

In February 2025, the FDA declared the shortage of

semaglutide injectables resolved, confirming that supply

meets or exceeds current and projected US demand. To

ensure consistent, sustainable access to authentic,

FDA‑approved medicines, we are continuing to expand US

manufacturing capacity and to strengthen our supply chain.

Patient safety and uninterrupted care remain our top

priorities. Following the FDA’s declaration, we continue to

work closely with regulators and supply partners to ensure

consistent availability and reduce the risk of interruptions

as demand continues to evolve.

We strive to operate our US production facilities around the

clock and have accelerated capital expenditure, including

approximately USD 2 billion in US manufacturing in 2025

and plans to invest a further USD 5.6 billion towards 2028.

These investments will add new lines, increase fill‑finish and

packaging capacity, and significantly expand multiple US

sites to address national supply needs.

This complements ongoing work to scale production across

our global manufacturing network, with major expansions

underway in Denmark, France, Brazil and China. Following

our 2024 acquisition of three fill‑finish sites formerly

operated by Catalent Inc., these facilities are now being

transitioned into our network. Once fully integrated, they

will enhance flexibility and optionality across the supply

chain and complement our significant internal expansions.

Expansion at our Clayton, North Carolina site

in the US.

“Our portfolio is focused

on innovative medicines

that combine strong

efficacy profiles with simple

administration to ease the

treatment burden”

“Patient safety and

uninterrupted care remain

our top priorities”

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Annual review / Strategic Aspirations / Commercial execution 24

Product overview

Patent status for products with

marketing authorisation

OBESITY& RARE DISEASE

GLP-1

• Saxenda

, liraglutide 3.0 mg

• Wegovy

, semaglutide 2.4 mg

• Wegovy

pill, semaglutide 25 mg

Obesity delivery systems

• Saxenda

, FlexTouch

• Wegovy

, Single Dose Device and

FlexTouch

GLP-1

• Victoza

, liraglutide

• Ozempic

, semaglutide

• Rybelsus

, oral semaglutide

Pre-filled delivery systems

• FlexTouch

, U100, U200, U700

• FlexPen

• InnoLet

• Ozempic

, FlexTouch

Durable delivery systems

• NovoPen

• NovoPen Echo

Plus

• NovoPen Echo

Other delivery systems

• PumpCart

, NovoRapid

and Fiasp

cartridge to be used in pump

• Penfill

cartridge

Oral antidiabetic agents

• NovoNorm

, repaglinide

Glucagon

• GlucaGen

, glucagon (vial and

Hypokit

)

• Zegalogue

, dasiglucagon

Needles

• NovoFine

Plus

• NovoFine

• NovoTwist

• NovoFine

AutoCover

Rare blood disorders

• NovoSeven

®4

, eptacog alfa

• NovoEight

®5

, turoctocog alfa

• Esperoct

, turoctocog alfa pegol, N8-GP

• Alhemo

, concizumab

• Refixia

®6

, nonacog beta pegol, N9-GP

• NovoThirteen

®7

, catridecacog

Rare haemato-renal disorders

• Rivfloza™, nedosiran

Rare endocrine disorders

• Norditropin

, somatropin

• Sogroya

, somapacitan

Pre-filled human growth hormone

delivery systems

• FlexPro

Other delivery systems

• PenMate

, automatic needle inserter

for FlexPro

Hormone replacement therapies

• Vagifem

®8

, estradiol hemihydrate

• Activelle

, estradiol/norethisterone acetate

• Eviana

, estradiol/norethisterone acetate

• Kliogest

, estradiol/norethisterone acetate

• Novofem

, estradiol/norethisterone acetate

• Trisequens

, estradiol/norethisterone acetate

• Estrofem

, estradiol

The patent expiry dates for products with marketing authorisation

are shown in the tables below. The dates

provided are for expiry in the US, China, Japan and Europe of patents on the active ingredient, unless otherwise

indicated, and include actual and estimated extensions of patent term, when applicable. For several products,

in addition to the active ingredient patent, Novo Nordisk holds other patents on manufacturing processes,

formulations or uses that may be relevant for exclusivity beyond the expiration of the active ingredient patent.

Furthermore, regulatory data protection and/or orphan exclusivity may apply.

DIABETES& Product US China Japan Europe

Once-weekly insulin

• Awiqli

, insulin icodec

New generation insulin and

combinations

• Tresiba

, insulin degludec

• Ryzodeg

, insulin degludec/insulin

aspart

• Fiasp

, fast-acting insulin aspart

• Xultophy

®2

, insulin degludec/

liraglutide

Modern insulin

• Levemir

, insulin detemir

• NovoRapid

®3

, insulin aspart

• NovoMix

30, biphasic insulin aspart

• NovoMix

50, biphasic insulin aspart

Human insulin

• Insulatard

isophane (NPH) insulin

• Actrapid

, regular human insulin

• Mixtard

30, biphasic human insulin

• Mixtard

50, biphasic human insulin

OBESITY&

Wegovy

injection 2032 2026 2031 2031

Wegovy

pill 2032 2026 2031 2031

Saxenda

Expired Expired Expired Expired

DIABETES&

Ozempic

2032 2026 2031 2031

Rybelsus

2032 2026 2031 2031

Tresiba

2029 Expired 2027 2028

Xultophy

2029 Expired Expired 2028

Ryzodeg

2029 Expired Expired 2028

Victoza

Expired Expired Expired Expired

Human insulin and Modern insulins

Expired Expired Expired Expired

RARE DISEASE

NovoSeven

Expired Expired Expired Expired

Norditropin

Expired Expired Expired Expired

1. Products listed may not be available or approved in all markets. 2. In the US approved under the brand name Xultophy

100/3.6.

3. In the US approved as NovoLog

. 4. In the US approved as NovoSeven

RT. 5. In the US approved as Novoeight

. 6. In the US approved

under the name of REBINYN

. 7. In the US approved under the name tretten

. 8. In the UK also approved as gina

1. This overview excludes products that account for less than 1% of Novo Nordisk’s total sales. 2. Patent status varies from country to country. The

figures in the table are based on Germany. 3. Modern insulins are NovoRapid

(NovoLog

), NovoMix

30 (NovoLog

Mix 70/30), NovoMix

50,

NovoMix

70 and Levemir

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Annual review / Strategic Aspirations / Commercial execution 25

Building on Novo Nordisk’s long-standing expertise in obesity and diabetes, our Research & Development

(R&D) organisation is developing multi‑target medicines addressing weight, blood glucose, cardiovascular

risk and other related comorbidities together.

Our innovation engine builds on decades of leadership in incretin biology, exemplified by semaglutide,

and is now advancing dual and triple agonists to deliver stronger, more comprehensive outcomes tailored

to different patient needs.

Key assets include CagriSema, a once-weekly combination therapy in phase 3 trials, and zenagamtide, a

novel unimolecular GLP-1 and amylin receptor agonist in phase 3 development for obesity and diabetes.

These assets target clinically meaningful weight reduction and improved glycaemic control, alongside

favourable effects on blood pressure and other comorbidities. Aligned with our updated corporate strategy,

we prioritise programmes with the greatest potential to improve outcomes in obesity and diabetes.

Our pipeline continues to deliver breakthrough results, with recent approvals for higher‑dose Wegovy

(semaglutide 7.2 mg) and the Wegovy

pill, reinforcing our focused approach to incretin biology.

Semaglutide 7.2 mg achieved 20.7% mean weight loss if all trial participants adhered to treatment,

among the highest observed in clinical studies to date. Meanwhile, oral semaglutide 25 mg became

the first and only once-daily oral GLP‑1 medicine approved for chronic weight management, delivering

16.6% weight loss if all study participants adhered to treatment – on par with injectable Wegovy

(semaglutide 2.4 mg).

“Our pipeline continues to deliver breakthrough results, with recent approvals for

higher‑dose Wegovy

(semaglutide 7.2 mg) and the Wegovy

pill”

In parallel, recent phase 2 results in type 2 diabetes with zenagamtide further underscore the clinical

impact of our R&D, with HbA1c reductions enabling up to 89% of participants to achieve target levels

below 7% and with significant weight loss of up to 14.5% after just 36 weeks. The goal is clear: translate

breakthrough science into therapies that work in real‑world care.

To sustain momentum from discovery to delivery, we have created a more seamless, end-to-end engine

with the 2025 reconfiguration of our R&D organisation. This integrated approach, enhanced by AI and

digital technologies, accelerates our pipeline and decision-making, while bringing manufacturability and

supply considerations into drug development earlier to enhance speed and efficiency.

Across R&D, we remain focused on meeting the rising unmet need in obesity and diabetes with therapies

that deliver durable, meaningful improvements in health and quality of life – as quickly and responsibly

as possible.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Annual review / Strategic Aspirations / Innovation and therapeutic focus 26

OBESITY& RELATED COMORBIDITIES

Next-generation

obesity treatments

move closer to market

Almost 1 billion people worldwide live with obesity, often alongside type 2 diabetes and other

cardiometabolic conditions. Addressing this complex disease requires a range of treatment options that

can achieve sustained weight loss, are tolerable for long‑term use and can be tailored to diverse individual

needs and preferences. Unlike traditional clinical pathways, obesity care demands approaches that

recognise people’s need for discretion and personalised support – insights that have fundamentally

reshaped our treatment philosophy.

Because appetite, satiety and glucose regulation are governed by peptide hormones – including GLP‑1, GIP,

amylin and glucagon – and their protein receptors, our approach harnesses protein and peptide science

alongside complementary mechanisms, rigorous clinical development and targeted partnerships to create

multiple pathways for personalised care.

CagriSema, a unique fixed‑dose combination of the amylin analogue cagrilintide and semaglutide, brings

together two peptide‑based mechanisms that act on complementary protein receptors, offering patients a

dual‑action approach. CagriSema has now completed two pivotal phase 3a trials with clinically meaningful

results. In REDEFINE 1, CagriSema delivered weight loss of 22.7% vs 2.3% with placebo at 68 weeks if all trial

participants adhered to treatment – with more than 40% of patients achieving weight loss of 25% or more.

The REDEFINE 2 trial in adults with obesity or overweight and type 2 diabetes, showed average weight loss

of 15.7% vs 3.1% with placebo when all participants adhered to treatment. We filed for the first regulatory

approval for CagriSema in the US in December 2025.

“CagriSema delivered weight loss of 22.7% vs 2.3% with placebo at 68 weeks if all

trial participants adhered to treatment – with more than 40% of patients achieving

weight loss of 25% or more”

For patients who may benefit from a different therapeutic approach, cagrilintide is being advanced as a

monotherapy. A sub‑analysis of the phase 3 REDEFINE 1 trial showed that once‑weekly cagrilintide 2.4 mg

produced an average 11.8% body‑weight reduction vs 2.3% with placebo after 68 weeks, if all adhered to

treatment. More than 30% of participants achieved at least 15% weight loss compared with less than 5%

on placebo. Based on these results, cagrilintide has entered the RENEW phase 3 programme.

We are also initiating phase 3 development of zenagamtide (formerly known as amycretin) – a unimolecular,

long‑acting GLP‑1 and amylin receptor agonist – available in both subcutaneous and oral formulations to

address diverse patient preferences. This single‑molecule peptide engages two complementary protein

receptors, leveraging the additive effects of two key biologies. Following end‑of‑phase 2 regulatory

interactions and completed clinical studies, phase 3 for weight management is underway in the first quarter

of 2026. The goal is to provide robust efficacy with flexible delivery options, reflecting our understanding that

obesity care must move beyond traditional physician-focused models to embrace individualised approaches.

Robert Williams

lives with obesity

in Brazil.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Annual review / Strategic Aspirations / Innovation and therapeutic focus 27

OBESITY& RELATED COMORBIDITIES DIABETES& RELATED COMORBIDITIES

Expanding opportunities through

strategic partnerships

Improving lives through safer and

smarter diabetes solutions

Strategic partnerships and alliances are enhancing the

breadth of our biology and modality portfolio in obesity,

expanding our toolkit of potential treatment options. This

approach allows us to explore novel biological pathways,

exemplified by our exclusive licence for UBT251, a GLP-1/GIP/

glucagon triple receptor agonist that targets yet another

mechanism for tackling obesity’s complex biology.

Beyond injectables, we are also advancing oral treatment

options through targeted collaborations. Our exclusive

Septerna partnership targets GLP-1, GIP and glucagon

receptors across four programmes, whilst we have licensed

LX9851 from Lexicon Pharmaceuticals, a first-in-class oral

ACSL5 inhibitor. Preclinical data demonstrate that when

combined with semaglutide, LX9851 enhanced weight

reduction, limited weight regain and showed positive

steatosis effects after discontinuation – addressing the

critical challenge of weight maintenance.

Our partnership strategy extends to related metabolic

conditions, particularly metabolic dysfunction-associated

steatohepatitis (MASH). Following FDA approval of Wegovy

for noncirrhotic MASH with moderate to advanced fibrosis, we

acquired Akero Therapeutics and efruxifermin (EFX), a once-

weekly FGF21 analogue now in phase 3 development and the

only investigational drug ever to have demonstrated reversal

of fibrosis in patients with cirrhosis due to MASH. This

acquisition supports people across the disease spectrum,

with potential for EFX as a standalone therapy or combined

with Wegovy

to tackle this rapidly growing metabolic burden.

For the nearly 600 million people living with diabetes,

progress is measured in everyday moments: more time‑

in‑range, fewer hypoglycaemic episodes and weight that

stays off. Our pipeline aspires to deliver those outcomes.

CagriSema leads this approach – a once‑weekly fixed‑

dose combination of amylin analogue, cagrilintide and

semaglutide in phase 3 development for type 2 diabetes.

The landmark REIMAGINE 2 trial demonstrated 1.91%‑point

HbA1c reduction and 14.2% weight loss after 68 weeks,

with 43% of participants achieving ≥15% weight loss. These

outcomes demonstrate superiority over semaglutide alone –

validating our innovative dual‑target approach. Zenagamtide

reinforces this strategy, delivering compelling phase 2

results by targeting both GLP-1 and amylin receptors.

Subcutaneous zenagamtide achieved HbA1c reductions of up

to 1.8%, with 89% of participants reaching target levels below

7%. The oral formulation demonstrated improvements of up

to 1.5%, with 78% reaching target. With phase 3 initiation

planned for 2026, we are closer to offering treatment options

that align with patient preferences and everyday routines.

Beyond type 2 diabetes, our commitment to type 1 diabetes

remains unwavering. Following the closure of our in-house

cell therapy unit, an expanded partnership with Aspect

Biosystems seeks to advance cellular medicines that could

restore natural blood sugar control – pursuing the ultimate

ambition of a cure. Separately, we continue exploring

GLP‑1‑based medicines in people at risk of developing

type 1 diabetes to delay disease onset.

Juan Pablo Villaseñor lives with obesity and

cardiovascular disease in Mexico.

Gulshan Lal Suchdev lives with type 2 diabetes in

Spain. Pictured here with his granddaughter Luna.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Annual review / Strategic Aspirations / Innovation and therapeutic focus 28

DIABETES& RELATED COMORBIDITIES RARE DISEASE

Tackling diabetes comorbidities

with targeted therapies

Building on rare disease leadership

with next-generation therapies

People living with diabetes face interconnected health

challenges that extend far beyond blood glucose

management. Comorbidities such as cardiovascular disease

and chronic kidney disease frequently accompany type 2

diabetes, sharing the same biological roots of metabolic

dysfunction and chronic inflammation. Our approach

recognises these connections, developing treatments that

address the broader cardiometabolic spectrum affecting

people living with diabetes.

Ziltivekimab, our monoclonal antibody targeting

interleukin-6, represents this integrated strategy in

cardiovascular medicine. By addressing cardiovascular

inflammation – a key driver of complications in people with

diabetes – phase 3 trials are testing whether targeted anti-

inflammatory therapy can transform care from symptom

management to disease modification. With readouts

expected between 2026 and 2027 across three clinical

settings, ziltivekimab could offer people with diabetes crucial

protection against cardiovascular complications.

Meanwhile, the evoke programme explored whether

semaglutide’s benefits could extend to neurodegeneration,

specifically early Alzheimer’s disease. Building on growing

evidence linking diabetes and cognitive decline, we

evaluated semaglutide in two of the largest early-stage

Alzheimer’s trials ever conducted. While results showed no

meaningful reduction in disease progression vs placebo,

this research advanced scientific understanding within the

field of neurodegeneration.

For people living with rare diseases, each innovation can be

life-changing. Our focus is to reduce the care burden with

therapies that are effective, tolerable and easier to use.

Denecimig (Mim8), a Factor VIIIa mimetic bispecific antibody

now under FDA and EMA review, significantly reduced

treated bleeds with once‑monthly, fortnightly or once-weekly

subcutaneous injections in clinical studies, offering the

potential for both strong efficacy and less frequent dosing.

Etavopivat, an investigational oral therapy for sickle cell

disease, reduced pain crises and improved haemoglobin

in phase 2, pointing to a treatment that could help support

daily management and patient outcomes.

We have also strengthened our portfolio with an asset

purchase and global licence agreement for zaltenibart

from Omeros Corporation. This antibody blocks MASP‑3,

a key switch in the alternative complement pathway – part

of the immune system that can become overactive and

damage healthy cells. By calming that response without

compromising core defences, zaltenibart has best‑in‑class

potential across multiple rare blood and kidney disorders.

Together, these programmes reflect our patient‑centred

approach: advancing life-changing options to change the

course of disease while lowering treatment burden and

improving overall quality of life.

Lazaro Montantes lives with type 2 diabetes

and cardiovascular disease in Mexico.

Emil Grullon lives with haemophilia A in the

Dominican Republic.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Annual review / Strategic Aspirations / Innovation and therapeutic focus 29

Pipeline overview

We remain committed to bringing innovative therapies to patients. In 2025, two assets entered phase 1, one was acquired in late-stage phase 2 and

one advanced in phase 2, two progressed to phase 3 and two assets initiated submissions for regulatory approval in key markets.

Phase 1

Project Indication Description

Phase

progress*

Amylin 355

NN9638

Obesity Amylin receptor agonist

Amylin 1213

NN9839

Obesity Amylin receptor agonist New

SLC25A5

NN4005

MASH

siRNA

GSI

Albumin

NN1644

T1D

Insulin

GYS2 GalXC

NN9733

T2D

siRNA New

Ventus NLRP3i

NN6022

CVD

NLRP3 inhibitor

CNP HF

NN6537

Heart failure C-type natriuretic peptide

Inno8

NN7441

Haemophilia A

w/wo

inhibitors

FVIIIa

mimetic bispecific

antibody fragment

* Compared to 2024 1. MASH: Metabolic dysfunction-associated steatohepatitis. 2. siRNA: Small interfering RNA. 3. GSI: Glucose-sensitive insulin. 4. T1D: Type 1 diabetes. 5. T2D: Type 2 diabetes. 6. NLRP3i: NOD-like receptor protein 3 inhibitor. 7. CVD: Cardiovascular disease. 8. HF: Heart failure.

9. FVIIIa: Activated factor VIII (FVIIIa). 10. CB-1: Cannabinoid receptor-1. 11. GLP-1: Glucagon-like peptide-1. 12. GIP: Gastric inhibitory polypeptide. 13. PKR: Pyruvate kinase-R. 14. PNH: Paroxysmal Nocturnal Haemoglobinuria. 15. CKD: Chronic kidney disease.

16. ASCVD: Atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease. 17. AMI: Acute myocardial infarction. 18. HFpEF: Heart failure with preserved ejection fraction.

Phase 2

Project Indication Description

Phase

progress*

Monlunabant

NN9440

Obesity CB-1

receptor inverse

agonist

Zenagamtide

(amycretin)

NN9487

Obesity Unimolecular GLP-1

and amylin receptor

agonist

Triple

NN9662

Obesity GLP-1/ GIP

/amylin 1 → 2

UBT 251

NN9559

Obesity and T2D A triple agonist New

CDR132L

NN6706

Heart failure Oligonucleotide inhibitor

Zenagamtide

(amycretin)

NN9490

T2D Unimolecular GLP-1 and

amylin receptor agonist

Etavopivat

NN7536

Thalassemia PKR

-activator

NDec

NN7533

Sickle cell

disease

Combination of decitabine

and tetrahydrouridine in

collaboration with

EpiDestiny

Zaltenibart

NN9064

PNH

Antibody New

Phase 3

Project Indication Description

Phase

progress*

CagriSema

NN9388

Obesity Long-acting amylin

receptor agonist in

combination with a long-

acting GLP-1 analogue

Cagrilintide

NN9833

Obesity Amylin receptor agonist 2 → 3

Efruxifermin

NN9064

MASH FGF21 agonist

CagriSema

NN9388

T2D Long-acting amylin

receptor agonist in

combination with a long-

acting GLP-1 analogue

Ziltivekimab

NN6018

CKD

ASCVD

AMI

HFpEF

Monoclonal antibody

Coramitug

NN6019

CVD Monoclonal antibody 2 → 3

Etavopivat

NN7535

Sickle cell

disease

PKR-activator

Obesity& Diabetes& Rare Disease

Submission and/or approval

Project Indication Description

Phase

progress*

Oral Semaglutide

NN9932

Obesity GLP-1 receptor agonist 3 →

Subm/

Appr.

Semaglutide 7.2 mg

NN9536

Obesity GLP-1 receptor agonist 3 →

Subm/

Appr.

CagriSema

NN9838

Obesity Long-acting amylin

receptor agonist in

combination with a long-

acting GLP-1 receptor

agonist

3 →

Subm/

Appr.

Semaglutide

NN9931

MASH GLP-1 receptor agonist 3 →

Subm/

Appr.

IcoSema

NN1535

T2D Semaglutide and basal

insulin

Icodec

NN1436

T1D and T2D Basal insulin analogue

Denecimig

(Mim8)

NN7769

Haemophilia A

w/wo

inhibitors

FVIIIa mimetic bispecific

antibody

3 →

Subm/

Appr.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Annual review / Strategic Aspirations / Innovation and therapeutic focus 30

Research and development progress

OBESITY& DIABETES& RARE DISEASE

Regulatory events

• Wegovy

received accelerated approval by the Food and Drug Administration

(FDA) for the treatment of metabolic dysfunction-associated steatohepatitis

(MASH) and data were submitted to European Medicines Agency (EMA),

Pharmaceuticals and Medical Devices Agency (PMDA) and Centre for Drug

Evaluation (CDE).

• CagriSema new drug application was submitted to the FDA for initial marketing

authorisation for weight management.

• Wegovy

pill, oral semaglutide (25 mg), was approved by the FDA for weight

management and reduction of major adverse cardiovascular events and data were

submitted to the EMA.

• Wegovy

label update was approved by the FDA to reflect reduction in

hospitalisations for heart failure or urgent heart failure visits in people with

overweight or obesity and atherosclerotic cardiovascular disease based on SELECT

data.

• Wegovy

, subcutaneous (sc.) semaglutide 7.2 mg, received a positive opinion by

EMA for weight management and was submitted to the FDA for marketing

authorisation.

Clinical progress

• Phase 3a trial REDEFINE 2, investigating CagriSema (cagrilintide 2.4 mg in

combination with semaglutide 2.4 mg) to evaluate efficacy and safety in people

with overweight/obesity and type 2 diabetes (T2D), was completed.

• Phase 3a trials RENEW 1 and RENEW 2, investigating cagrilintide in people with

obesity, with and without T2D, were initiated.

• Acquisition of Akero Therapeutics, Inc., with lead compound efruxifermin (EFX) in

Phase 3 for the treatment of MASH, was completed.

• Phase 3b trials REDEFINE 8 and REDEFINE 11, investigating CagriSema for long-

term weight loss and its full weight-loss potential, were initiated.

• In-licensing of lead asset UBT-251 and an early-stage glucagon for the treatment

of obesity, T2D, and other diseases from The United Bio-Technology (Hengqin) Co.,

Ltd. (United Biotechnology) was completed.

• Phase 2 trial investigating once-weekly GIP–GLP-1 was completed.

• Phase 1b/2 trial investigating Triple in people with obesity was initiated.

• Phase 1 trial investigating SLC25A5 in MASH was initiated.

• Phase 1 trial investigating oral zenagamtide (amycretin) was completed.

Regulatory events

• Kyinsu

(IcoSema) was approved by the EMA for the treatment of T2D in adults

insufficiently controlled by basal insulin or GLP-1 receptor agonists.

• Kyinsu

was submitted to the PMDA and the CDE for initial marketing

authorisation for the treatment of T2D.

• Awiqli

Biologics License Application (BLA) was resubmitted to the FDA for the

treatment of people with T2D.

• Ozempic

label expansion was approved by the FDA to reflect the reduction in

kidney disease related events in people with T2D based on FLOW results.

• Rybelsus

label expansion was approved by the FDA and EMA to reflect the risk

reduction of major cardiovascular events in people with T2D based on SOUL results.

• Ozempic

label expansion was approved by the EMA to reflect the improvements

of functional outcomes in people with T2D and peripheral artery disease (PAD)

based on STRIDE results.

Clinical progress

• Phase 3a trials REIMAGINE 2 and 3, investigating CagriSema in people with T2D,

were completed.

• Phase 3a trial CLEOPATRA, investigating Coramitug in people living with

transthyretin amyloidosis (ATTR) cardiomyopathy, was initiated.

• Phase 3a trials evoke and evoke+, investigating semaglutide in Alzheimer’s

disease, completed interim readouts and the programme was terminated.

• Phase 3b trial REMODEL, a mechanistic study investigating semaglutide in patients

with T2D and chronic kidney disease, was completed.

• Phase 2 trial investigating sc. and oral zenagamtide in people with T2D was

completed.

• Phase 2 trial investigating once-weekly GIP–GLP-1 in people with T2D was

completed.

• Phase 2 trial investigating Coramitug in people living with ATTR cardiomyopathy

was completed.

• Phase 1 trial investigating GalXC GYS2 was initiated.

• Early-stage projects STAT3 (oncology/acromegaly), PD‑L1 (oncology) and XDH

GalXC‑lipid (gout) were terminated.

• Phase 1 trial investigating Ventus NLRP3i was completed.

• Alternative routes were pursued for early-stage projects within stem cell therapy.

Regulatory events

• Denecimig (Mim8) BLA was submitted to the FDA and Marketing authorization

application (MAA) to the EMA for initial marketing authorization for treatment of

haemophilia A in people with and without inhibitors.

• Sogroya

label label extension for the treatment of non-replacement indications

was submitted to FDA, EMA, CDE and PMDA.

• Alhemo

(concizumab) was approved by FDA and EMA for the expanded treatment

of haemophilia A or B in people without inhibitors.

Clinical progress

• Phase 3a trial HIBISCUS 2, investigating etavopivat in people with sickle cell disease

(SCD), was initiated.

• Phase 3a FRONTIER 2 and Frontier3 trials, investigating denecimig in adults/

adolescents and children with haemophilia A, were completed.

• Phase 2 part, of the HIBISCUS phase 2/3 trial, investigating etavopivat in people with

SCD, was completed.

• Phase 2 trial ASCENT1, investigating NDec in people with SCD, was completed.

• Acquisition of MASP‑3 inhibitor zaltenibart from Omeros Corporation for the

treatment of rare blood and kidney disease, of which the phase 2 trial was

completed.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Annual review / Strategic Aspirations / Innovation and therapeutic focus 31

In 2025, our medicines reached 45.6 million people worldwide – a testament to our expanding therapeutic

footprint. Alongside this broad reach, our diabetes access programmes supported 7.1 million vulnerable

patients; a decline from 2024 levels primarily driven by lower insulin tender sales due to portfolio

consolidation. This underscores the complex balance we must strike between sustainable growth and

ensuring continuity of care for those who need us most – a challenge that has prompted renewed efforts

to restore and strengthen our reach.

Central to this mission is strengthening access where millions lack essential treatments. Prevention and

early access set the course for a healthier life, but as serious chronic diseases rise worldwide, strained

healthcare systems face increasing pressure. Our response combines targeted partnerships with systematic

affordability initiatives. In the US, we provide assistance for people with or without insurance and have

reduced monthly costs for self‑pay patients. In other parts of the world, our Changing Diabetes

in Children

programme supports children under 25 with type 1 diabetes in low- and middle-income countries, while our

Access to Insulin Commitment guarantees low-priced human insulin for the least developed countries and

humanitarian settings.

Recognising that treatment alone will not bend the obesity curve, we go beyond medicine, addressing the

root causes of this chronic disease. By focusing on reaching people where they live, learn and play, our Cities

for Better Health programme – now active in 54 cities worldwide – partners with communities to reduce risk

of obesity and type 2 diabetes through targeted interventions addressing the social determinants of health.

“We go beyond medicine, addressing the root causes of this chronic disease”

Sustaining our growth and impact requires both expanded reach and financial discipline. We simplified

our organisation in 2025 to address complexities that emerged during hyper-growth while reducing costs

to ensure long-term sustainability. To enable faster decisions, sharper execution and improved efficiency,

we made the difficult decision to reduce approximately 9,000 positions globally. From 2026, these changes

will deliver around DKK 8 billion in annualised savings, which we will reinvest in obesity and diabetes

growth opportunities.

Our commitment to sustainable growth extends beyond organisational efficiency to environmental

accountability. Our environmental performance demands urgent action. While scaling production to

serve unprecedented patient demand, our emissions have increased – a trajectory that challenges our

sustainability ambitions. We are working to implement initiatives across emissions, nature and plastics

to reverse this trend through partnerships and systematic transformation.

Building on this foundation of access, prevention and environmental responsibility, we will align our

organisation to deliver health impact at scale whilst confronting environmental challenges with urgency.

We will strengthen partnerships with health systems, expand programmes to reach those who need our

medicines the most and build supply chains that serve people and the planet – ensuring our innovations

deliver lasting value for the communities we serve and the world we share.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Annual review / Strategic Aspirations / Sustainability commitment 32

SOCIAL

Strengthening global access

and affordability programmes

Reaching vulnerable people with diabetes involves addressing coverage, affordability and supply

challenges in different ways across different markets. Despite this reach declining in 2025 due to

portfolio consolidation affecting insulin tenders, we strengthened access through practical, locally

tailored solutions that make quality treatment attainable.

In the US, we are expanding practical pathways to treatment across multiple channels. Through

NovoCare

– our patient assistance programme – patients can check coverage, access savings and,

where eligible, receive assistance. In late 2025, we introduced time‑limited introductory pricing for new

self‑pay patients for Wegovy

and Ozempic

, followed by a lower standard monthly self‑pay price for

most doses, helping reduce costs and discouraging the use of illicit compounded products.

“In the US, we are expanding practical pathways to treatment across multiple

channels. Through NovoCare

– our patient assistance programme – patients

can check coverage, access savings and, where eligible, receive assistance”

Our global programmes focus on people facing the greatest barriers to care. Changing Diabetes

in Children (CDiC) supports children under 25 living with type 1 diabetes in low‑ and middle‑income

countries; since 2009, we have reached almost 82,000 children with life‑saving care delivered through

a holistic model.

In Sub‑Saharan Africa, our iCARE approach – integrating capacity, affordability, reach and empowerment

across 49 countries – strengthens healthcare infrastructure, supports workforce development and

improves product affordability through tiered pricing in collaboration with local partners.

Our Access to Insulin Commitment, established in 2001, continues to guarantee a low price for human

insulin for least‑developed and other low‑income countries, and for organisations providing relief in

humanitarian settings, helping to ensure continuity of care where health systems are under strain.

We are also aligning efforts across the broader Novo Nordisk family to maximise impact, with our

humanitarian focus prioritising product donations while the Novo Nordisk Foundation and World

Diabetes Foundation lean in on complementary elements of care and prevention.

Olivia Aka lives with

type 1 diabetes in

Ivory Coast and is

supported by the

CDiC programme.

Pictured here with

her grandmother.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Annual review / Strategic Aspirations / Sustainability commitment 33

SOCIAL ENVIRONMENTAL

Partnering for prevention Scaling responsibly on the road to Net Zero

Preventing serious chronic diseases starts with healthier

environments. We invest in primary prevention to help

children, families and communities reduce risk before illness

takes hold, aligning policy, data and local action to create

lasting change, bringing partners together across sectors

and government levels.

Through Cities for Better Health (CBH), we work with local

authorities, schools and community organisations to make

healthy choices easier in 54 cities worldwide. CBH supports

practical, evidence‑based measures – such as healthier school

meals, daily activity programmes and safer streets and parks

– co‑designed with local communities and replicated across

participating cities.

The CBH Childhood Obesity Prevention Initiative breaks new

ground with a five-year, DKK 250 million investment spanning

six countries across six continents. Using a rigorous trial-like

design developed with partners including Oxford University,

the initiative pilots community-based interventions for children

aged 6-13 – from school-day activity and nutrition programmes

to safe routes for walking and cycling – building robust evidence

for policy change and national scale-up.

Since 2019, we have partnered with UNICEF to advance

childhood obesity prevention, combining policy advocacy,

robust data and implementation support to create healthier

environments for children and adolescents. From 2024 to 2025,

more than 468,000 young people benefited directly via local

programmatic activities.

We remain committed to delivering on our environmental targets

for 2033 and 2045. As with any major transition, meaningful

results do not materialise overnight, requiring sustained effort

to achieve the fundamental changes needed.

Our rapid production scale-up to meet growing demand for

life-saving medicines has driven year-on-year increases in our

environmental metrics – presenting a clear challenge to our

sustainability ambitions. Getting back on track will require

substantial time, effort and investment, but our ambition

remains unwavering. We continue reporting transparently on

both progress and setbacks as we work to reverse this trend.

Supplier collaboration forms one of the cornerstones of our Net

Zero strategy. More than 3,000 suppliers have committed to

renewable electricity sourcing, accounting for 54% of our total

e emissions. In our own production, we began sourcing bio-

ammonia in 2025, with potential to reduce GHG emissions by

around 80% compared to conventional ammonia.

Beyond energy, we are working to reduce the plastic footprint per

patient by changing to reusable devices and therapies requiring less

frequent dosing. We source e-methanol from Europe’s first large-

scale e-methanol facility in Kassø, Denmark, together with the LEGO

Group and Maersk, allowing us to explore alternative ways to make

lower carbon plastic for our injection pens. Our ReMed

programme,

meanwhile, facilitates pen returns across seven countries.

Even our raw materials reflect this commitment. We are exploring

regenerative production methods for glucose – a key raw material

in our medicine manufacturing – to improve soil health and

biodiversity while securing supply of the natural resources our

therapies depend upon.

Environmental targets

and ambitions

Climate

• Reduce scope 3 emissions

by 33% by 2033

• Reach Net Zero in 2045

Plastic

• Reduce plastic footprint per

patient by 30% by 2033

Nature

• Halt the loss of nature by 2033

• Become nature positive by 2045

Children in Madrid, Spain, one of the cities

of our Childhood Obesity Prevention

Initiative.

% of GHG emissions from

suppliers who have committed

to sourcing renewable electricity

54%

41% in 2024

1. Find more information on targets and

ambitions, incl. progress, on p. 63–67.

2. vs 2024 baseline, covering ~67% of

scope 3 emissions.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Annual review / Strategic Aspirations / Sustainability commitment 34

Governance

36 Executive Management

37 Board of Directors

39 Corporate governance

41 Risk management

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 35

Executive Management

Maziar Mike Doustdar

Karsten Munk Knudsen

Thilde Hummel Bøgebjerg Ludovic Helfgott Martin Holst Lange Emil Kongshøj Larsen

President and Chief Executive Officer (CEO).

Born in August 1970. Male.

Other positions and management duties

Member of the board of directors of

Orion Corporation.

Executive Vice President. Chief Financial

Officer (CFO). Born in December 1971. Male.

Other positions and management duties

Member of the board of directors of

Hempel A/S. Member of the board of

directors of 3Shape Holding A/S.

Chair of NNE board of directors.

Executive Vice President. Enterprise IT

and Quality. Born in March 1982. Female.

Other positions and management duties

No other management positions.

Executive Vice President. Product &

Portfolio Strategy. Born in July 1974. Male.

Other positions and management duties

President of the Novo Nordisk

Haemophilia & Haemaglobinopathies

Foundation Council.

Executive Vice President. Research &

Development and Chief Scientific Officer

(CSO). Born in October 1970. Male.

Other positions and management duties

Member of the board of directors of

Pharmacosmos A/S.

Executive Vice President. International

Operations. Born in September 1975. Male.

Other positions and management duties

Member of the board of the European

Federation of Pharmaceutical Industries

and Associations (EFPIA).

Kasper Bødker Mejlvang

David Moore Tania Sabroe Elin Jäger John F. Kuckelman

Executive Vice President. Chemistry,

Manufacturing & Control (CMC) & Product

Supply. Born in August 1977. Male.

Other positions and management duties

No other management positions.

Executive Vice President. US Operations.

Born in January 1974. Male.

Other positions and management duties

Member of the board of directors of

Novasenta Inc.

Executive Vice President. People,

Organisation & Corporate Affairs.

Born in July 1977. Female.

Other positions and management duties

Member of the Danish Life Science

Council.

Senior Vice President. Chief of Staff to

CEO; Corporate Strategy & Sustainability.

Born in September 1986. Female.

Other positions and management duties

Vice chair of the World Diabetes

Foundation.

Senior Vice President. Group General

Counsel, Global Legal, IP and Security.

Born in February 1972. Male.

Other positions and management duties

No other management positions.

1. Maziar Mike Doustdar and Karsten Munk Knudsen are registered as executives with the Danish Business Authority. The other members of Executive Management are not registered as executives with the Danish Business Authority.

2. Kasper Bødker Mejlvang, previously SVP of Region Japan, was promoted to executive vice president of CMC & Product Supply with effect from 1 January 2026.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Annual review / Governance / Executive Management 36

Board of Directors

Lars Rebien Sørensen

Chair

Cees de Jong

Vice Chair

Elisabeth Dahl Christensen Stephan Engels Liselotte Hyveled

Danish. Born in October 1954. Male. Member

since 2025. Term 2026. Chair of the Board

and Chair of the People & Governance

Committee.

Positions and management duties

Chair of the board of directors of Novo

Nordisk Foundation. Vice chair of the board

of directors of Ferring Pharmaceuticals.

Member of the board of directors of

Jungbunzlauer Suisse AG. Adjunct professor

at the University of Copenhagen’s School of

Life Sciences. Adjunct professor at Center for

Corporate Governance at Copenhagen

Business School.

Competences

Global corporate leadership; healthcare &

pharma industry; business development,

M&A and external innovation sourcing;

medicine & science; human capital

management; environmental, social &

governance (ESG).

Dutch. Born in May 1961. Male. Member since

2025. Term 2026. Vice Chair of the Board and

Chair of the Remuneration Committee and

member of the Audit Committee.

Positions and management duties

Chair of the board of directors of Novonesis

A/S. Chair of the Nomination and

Remuneration Committee of Novonesis A/S.

Member of the Audit Committee of

Novonesis A/S. Chair of the board of directors

of Meatable. Member of the board of Oterra.

Venture Partner, Forbion BioEconomy Fund I.

Competences

Global corporate leadership; finance &

accounting; business development, M&A and

external innovation sourcing; environmental,

social & governance (ESG); human capital

management.

Danish. Born in November 1965. Female.

Member since 2022. Term 2026. Employee

representative. Member of the Remuneration

Committee.

Positions and management duties

Full-time union representative at

Novo Nordisk A/S.

Competences

Not mapped for employee representatives.

German. Born in March 1962. Male. Member

since 2025. Term 2026. Chair of the Audit

Committee and member of the Remuneration

Committee and member of the People &

Governance Committee.

Positions and management duties

Member of the board of directors of SimCorp

A/S. Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee of

SimCorp A/S. Member of the Remuneration

and Nomination Committee of SimCorp A/S.

Competences

Global corporate leadership; finance &

accounting; human capital management;

business development, M&A and external

innovation sourcing.

Danish. Born in January 1966. Female.

Member since 2022. Term 2026. Employee

representative. Member of the Research &

Development Committee.

Positions and management duties

Associate vice president, external innovation,

scientific partnership and integration, Novo

Nordisk A/S. Member of the board of

directors of TriSalus Life Sciences.

Competences

Not mapped for employee representatives.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Annual review / Governance / Board of Directors 37

Board of Directors (continued)

Mette Bøjer Jensen Britt Meelby Jensen Kasim Kutay Tanja Villumsen

Danish. Born in December 1975. Female.

Member since 2018. Term 2026. Employee

representative. Member of the Audit

Committee. Member of the People &

Governance Committee.

Positions and management duties

Wash & Sterilisation specialist in Product

Supply, Novo Nordisk A/S.

Competences

Not mapped for employee representatives.

Danish. Born in June 1973. Female. Member

since 2025. Term 2026. Member of the

Remuneration Committee and member of

the Research & Development Committee.

Positions and management duties

CEO of Ambu A/S. Vice chair of the board of

directors of Novo Holdings A/S. Member of

the board of directors of Hempel A/S.

Competences

Global corporate leadership; healthcare

& pharma industry; human capital

management; technology, data & digital;

business development, M&A and external

innovation sourcing.

British. Born in May 1965. Male. Member

since 2017. Term 2026. Member of the People

& Governance Committee and the Research &

Development Committee.

Positions and management duties

CEO of Novo Holdings A/S. Member of

the board of directors and member of the

nomination and remuneration committee

of Novonesis A/S.

Competences

Global corporate leadership; healthcare

and pharma industry; finance and

accounting; business development, M&A

and external innovation sourcing; human

capital management.

Danish. Born in June 1980. Member since

2026. Term 2026. Employee representative.

Positions and management duties

Associate Project Director, Clinical Supplies,

CMC & Product Supply. Member of the board

of directors of PFA Pension. Member of the

Audit Committee of PFA Pension. Member of

the board of directors of PFA Holdings. Vice

chair of the board of directors of

Pharmadanmark. Vice chair of the board of

directors of Life Science Danmark ApS.

Member of PAF advisory board to PFA

Pension (pharmacists). Chair of the

Negotiation Committee of Pharmadanmark.

Member of the Strategic Advisory Board of

Nordic Cell Therapy Group ApS.

Competences

Not mapped for employee representatives.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Annual review / Governance / Board of Directors 38

Board of Directors (continued) Corporate governance

Independence and meeting attendance overview

Governance structure

The shareholders of Novo Nordisk exercise their rights at the general meeting, which is the supreme

governing body of the company. General meetings may be held annually and extraordinarily. While

the Annual General Meeting, inter alia, adopts the company’s Articles of Association, approves the

Annual Report and elects the Board of Directors, an Extraordinary General Meeting serves a specific

purpose. On 14 November 2025, Novo Nordisk held an Extraordinary General Meeting to elect new

members to the Board of Directors. At the Extraordinary General Meeting, seven members of the then

Board of Directors stepped down, whilst four new members were elected to the Board of Directors.

Following the election at the Extraordinary General Meeting, less than half of the shareholder-elected

Board members (two of five) are considered independent. It is the intention of the Board to increase

the number of independent Board members to at least four at the Annual General Meeting in March

2026 at which point more than half of the shareholder-elected Board members will accordingly be

considered independent.

Any shareholder has the right to raise questions at general meetings. Resolutions can generally be

passed by a simple majority. However, resolutions to amend the Articles of Association require two-

thirds of the votes cast and capital represented, unless other adoption requirements are imposed by

the Danish Companies Act.

Novo Nordisk has a two-tier management structure consisting of the Board of Directors and Executive

Management. The governance structure and rules of Novo Nordisk are further described in our Articles

of Association and our Corporate Governance Report, both available at: www.novonordisk.com/about/

corporate-governance.html.

Foundation ownership

Novo Holdings A/S, a Danish company wholly owned by the Novo Nordisk Foundation, holds the

majority of votes at Novo Nordisk A/S’ general meetings. The combination of foundation ownership

and stock listing enables Novo Nordisk to embark on long-term sustainable strategies while maintaining

short-term transparency on performance. Our foundation ownership supports the overarching

imperative to be both commercially successful and responsive to the wider needs of society.

The Novo Nordisk Foundation has four objectives: to provide a stable basis for the commercial and

research activities of Novo Nordisk, Novonesis and additional companies in Novo Holdings’ investment

portfolio; to support physicological, endocrinological, metabolic and other medical research; to support

research hospital activities within diabetes in Denmark; and to support scientific, humanitarian and

social purposes. Please refer to the section on value creation on page 10. For more information about

the ownership structure of Novo Nordisk, see page 18.

Meeting attendance in 2025

Name Independence

Board of

Directors

Chair

Committee

Audit

Committee

People &

Governance

Committee

Remuneration

Committee

R&D

Committee

Helge Lund

Independent 18/18 6/6 3/3

Henrik Poulsen

4, 5, 6, 7

Not independent 18/18 6/6 4/4 4/4

Elisabeth Dahl Christensen

Not independent 19/19 4/4

Laurence Debroux

5, 6, 7

Independent 18/18 4/4 4/4

Andreas Fibig Independent 18/18 8/8

Sylvie Grégoire

Independent 18/18 4/4 3/3 7/8

Liselotte Hyveled

8, 9

Not independent 19/19 8/8

Mette Bøjer Jensen

5, 8, 10

Not independent 19/19 5/5

Kasim Kutay

Not independent 18/19 3/3 6/8

Christina Law

Independent 18/18 4/4 2/3

Martin Mackay Independent 18/18 4/4 8/8

Thomas Rantzau

Not independent 19/19 3/3

Lars Rebien Sørensen

Not independent 1/1 1/1

Cees de Jong

10, 11

Independent 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1

Britt Meelby Jensen

4, 11

Not independent 1/1 1/1

Stephan Engels

6, 7, 10, 11

Independent 1/1 1/1 1/1

1. Number of meetings attended by each Board member out of the total number of meetings within the member’s term. 2. As of 31 December

2025, 40% of shareholder-elected board members and 22% of all board members, including employee representatives, are considered

independent. 3. Helge Lund was also a member of the Board of Directors for a one-year term from 2014-2015. 4. Member of the board of

directors or executive management of Novo Holdings A/S. 5. Pursuant to the US Securities Exchange Act, Laurence Debroux, Sylvie Grégoire

and Christina Law qualified as independent Audit Committee members, while Mette Bøjer Jensen and Henrik Poulsen relied on an exemption

from the independence requirements. 6. Laurence Debroux, Henrik Poulsen and Stephan Engels possess the qualifications within accounting

and auditing required under part 8 of the Danish Act on Approved Auditors and Audit Firms. 7. Designated as financial experts as defined by

the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). 8. Elected by employees of Novo Nordisk. 9. Liselotte Hyveled was also an employee-elected

member of the Board of Directors for one four-year term from 2014-2018. 10. Under the US Securities Exchange Act on Audit Committee

requirements, Stephan Engels and Cees de Jong qualify as independent, while Mette Bøjer Jensen relies on an exemption to the independence

requirements. 11. Was elected to the Board of Directors at the Extraordinary General Meeting on 14 November 2025. 12. Collectively, the

members have relevant industry expertise. 

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Annual review / Governance / Corporate governance 39

Corporate governance reporting

Novo Nordisk reports in accordance with the Danish Corporate Governance Recommendations, which are

implemented by Nasdaq Copenhagen in the Nordic Main Market Rulebook for Issuer of Shares, as well as the

Corporate Governance Standards of the New York Stock Exchange applicable to foreign private issuers.

Novo Nordisk complies with the Danish Corporate Governance Recommendations because we account for which

recommendations we comply with or deviate from and explain our chosen approach. Find further information about

our corporate governance practices and a statement on our approach to each of the Danish Corporate Governance

Recommendations as well as the Corporate Governance Standards of the New York Stock Exchange in our Corporate

Governance Report, are available at: www.novonordisk.com/about/corporate-governance.html

Remuneration

Executive remuneration is linked to financial performance as well as non-financial performance (e.g., innovation

and sustainability). Both short- and long-term incentive programmes include sustainability metrics, aligning

executive pay with our sustainability objectives. Novo Nordisk has prepared a separate Remuneration Report

describing the remuneration awarded or due during 2025 to the Board of Directors and Executive Management

members registered with the Danish Business Authority. The Remuneration Report is submitted to the Annual

General Meeting for an advisory vote. The Remuneration Policy and the Remuneration Report are available at:

www.novonordisk.com/about/corporate-governance.html

Disclosure regarding change of control provisions

It is disclosed that Novo Nordisk does not have any material contracts that take effect, alter or terminate upon a

change of control of Novo Nordisk following implementation of a takeover bid. In the event of termination – whether

by Novo Nordisk or by the individual – due to a merger, acquisition or takeover of Novo Nordisk, members of

Executive Management registered with the Danish Business Authority are, in addition to the notice period, entitled

to a severance payment of 24 months’ base salary plus pension contribution.

Ethics and compliance

In Novo Nordisk, we have an ethics and compliance programme comprised of a code of conduct (OneCode),

requirements (The Ethics Navigator), processes and awareness and capability building as stipulated in the seven

elements of an effective compliance programme. Data privacy is a key component in our ethical principles,

ensuring guardrails are in place to manage and mitigate risks, thus safeguarding our patients and society at large.

We have also adopted set of principles for data and artificial intelligence (AI) ethics to support ethical decision-

making. Our global AI Ethics compliance framework sets out principles, requirements and operational guidelines,

while also cataloguing all deployed AI systems across the organisation. The framework standardises risk assessment

processes and strengthens organisational capabilities through AI literacy training. Find more information about these

principles, in accordance with the Danish Financial Statements Act Section 99d, at: www.novonordisk.com/data-

privacy-and-user-rights/data-ethics.html

Sustainability governance

The Board of Directors oversees sustainability, including material impacts, risks and opportunities (IROs),

culture and business conduct. These matters are addressed through dedicated reviews and regular updates

from Executive Management and the Audit Committee. The Board is supported by its committees: the Audit

Committee oversees financial and sustainability reporting, due diligence outcomes and risk management;

the Remuneration Committee integrates sustainability metrics into executive incentives; and the People &

Governance Committee ensures board competencies align with business conduct and sustainability needs.

These responsibilities are formalised in the Committee charters. While Executive Management sets and monitors

the progress of the sustainability targets and strategy, the operational responsibility is anchored in Corporate

Sustainability within the CEO Office. Corporate Sustainability works with business units to integrate environmental

and social considerations into strategy, risk management and the product lifecycle. The Board ensures it has

access to the skills and expertise needed to oversee sustainability matters and address Novo Nordisk’s material

sustainability IROs during the reporting period.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Annual review / Governance / Corporate governance 40

Risk management

Risk-taking is integral to our business, and we are exposed to both risks that are inherent to the pharmaceutical industry

and specific to our business. 2025 has been an exceptional year, exposing Novo Nordisk to unprecedented geopolitical,

macroeconomic and competitive pressures. Through systematic risk management, we have maintained a risk profile

proportionate to our innovation ambitions and long-term commitments. While we do not compromise on product

quality, business ethics, and safety of our patients and employees, we recognise that there are other risks that cannot be

fully mitigated and must be accepted to enable business successes that make a difference and maximise societal value.

As part of our integrated approach to risk management, we identify, assess and mitigate risks across short and long

horizons. This enables us to address risks to our short- and medium-term plans and risks that could hinder the long-

term realisation of our corporate strategy. Executive Management and the Board of Directors review Novo Nordisk’s

enterprise-wide risk profile quarterly, which focuses on the most significant risks based on likelihood and impact,

including potential financial loss or reputational damage. Complementing this, sustainability risks from the double

materiality assessment in the Sustainability statement are also considered.

The key risk themes below outline our broad areas of exposure, followed by key risks and mitigations, which detail

specific risks, potential impacts and mitigation actions.

Key risks themes

Innovation and competition

Novo Nordisk is exposed to portfolio dependency with multiple brands relying on semaglutide as the active

pharmaceutical ingredient. To remain competitive in the long-term and thereby mitigate the innovation risk, we

invest in internal and external pipeline opportunities, as well as effectively attracting talent to continue providing

patients with innovative treatments.

Geopolitical uncertainty

Conflicts, geopolitical tensions and social unrest represent a volatile landscape, leading to risks of trade restrictions.

Most notably, the US administration continues to assess a range of trade actions affecting US imports, including tariffs

and reference pricing measures which may continue targeting pharmaceuticals, with potential spillover effects to

other countries. We navigate this uncertainty by monitoring developments, engaging in policy making and diversifying

our supply chain.

Healthcare reform

Some governments are adopting changes to their pharmaceutical frameworks, increasing system complexity and

regulatory uncertainty. This may increase price pressure and affect profitability. We continuously educate healthcare

providers about the value and benefits of our products and engage with policymakers and stakeholders, to

communicate potential consequences of healthcare reform to the innovative life science environment.

Commercialisation

Complex market dynamics and intensified competition from branded and generic competitors and compounders

lead to risks of price pressure, lowered sales volumes and supply rebalancing. We address this by generating

robust clinical and real world evidence to substantiate product value and negotiating with payers to secure access

and reimbursement. In parallel, a more consumer driven market introduces risks related to direct to consumer

marketing, new capability requirements and brand reputation. We manage these risks by investing in consumer

engagement, telehealth channels and partnerships, building necessary competencies and actively monitoring

consumer trends.

Production capacity and supply chain risks

Demand fluctuations, resource shortages, geopolitical instability, trade disputes and local manufacturing

requirements strain global supply chains. Furthermore, expanding production capacity is complex and associated

with long lead times. We continuously evaluate and manage investments in our production capacity and supply chain

to mitigate this risk.

Access and affordability

Access to affordable care is a global issue as healthcare systems struggle to provide quality care at a sustainable cost,

while the burden of chronic diseases keeps rising. Ensuring access and affordability is a risk and responsibility Novo

Nordisk shares with all stakeholders involved in healthcare. We continue to scale capacity to meet patient demand,

broaden access to medicines and meet our social responsibilities.

Digital disruption

New digital technologies offer opportunities to deliver greater value and improve patient outcomes but also risk

disruption by intensifying competition through accelerated and enhanced drug discovery and development. To

remain competitive, we continuously innovate and integrate these technologies into our processes.

Ethics and compliance

Our commitment to ethics and compliance remains central to our operations. This is essential to navigate a rapidly

evolving regulatory landscape, which may affect product approvals, market access, pricing and product liability. Our

values, encapsulated in the Novo Nordisk Way and our code of conduct, guide every decision we make and enable

us to maintain integrity, adhere to ethics and compliance standards and fulfil our purpose effectively.

Environmental impact

Novo Nordisk’s expansion efforts significantly increase our greenhouse gas emissions. We address this challenge

through our Circular for Zero strategy. This includes an increased focus on our global emissions, encompassing

scope 3 emissions, as well as assessing, monitoring and mitigating environmental risks across the value chain.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Annual review / Governance / Risk management 41

Risk management (continued)

Key risks and mitigations

Risk area Description Impact Mitigating actions

Research and

clinical pipeline

risks

Findings in clinical activities, regulatory

processes or misjudging of commercial

potential, leading to delays or failure of

products in the pipeline.

• Patients would not have access to innovative treatment options.

• Could adversely impact sales, profits and market position.

• Pre-clinical and clinical activities to demonstrate safety

and efficacy.

• Consultations with regulators to review pre-clinical

and clinical findings and obtain guidance on

development path.

• Rigorous market assessment to validate potential and

inform development decisions.

Product supply,

quality and

safety risks

Higher-than-expected demand or

disruption of product supply due to, e.g.,

geopolitical instability or quality issues,

may compromise product availability,

ultimately impacting patients and

representing a lost commercial

opportunity. In addition, there could be

risks related to safety and product liability.

• Product shortages could have potential implications for patients.

• Could jeopardise reputation and licence to operate if regulatory

compliance is not ensured.

• Compromised patient safety and exposure to product liability legal

proceedings.

• Could diminish trust in Novo Nordisk, impacting our reputation.

• Could have an adverse impact on sales, profits and market position.

• Optimising global production and safety stock to

reduce supply risk.

• Planning and management of supply chain.

• Regular quality audits of internal units and suppliers

to document Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP)

compliance.

• Identification and correction of root causes when issues

are identified. If necessary, products are recalled.

Commercial-

isation risks

Competitive pressures and market

dynamics (e.g., generics and

compounding), as well as geopolitical,

macroeconomic or healthcare crises,

reduce payer ability and willingness to pay

and ultimately lower prices and volumes.

• Market dynamics could impact price levels and patient access.

• Could adversely impact sales, profits and market position.

• Innovation of novel products, clinical trial data and

real-world evidence demonstrate added value of

new products.

• Payer negotiations to ensure improved patient access.

• Increased and new access and affordability initiatives.

IT security risks

Disruption to IT systems, such as cyber-

attacks or infrastructure failure, resulting

in business disruption or breach of data

confidentiality.

• Could limit our ability to produce and safeguard product quality.

• Could compromise patients’ or other individuals’ privacy.

• Could limit our ability to maintain operations or limit future

business opportunities if proprietary information is lost.

• Could have an adverse impact on sales, profits and market position.

• Proactive company-wide information security

awareness initiatives.

• Continuity plans for non-availability of IT systems.

• Company-wide internal audit of IT security controls.

• Detection and protection mechanisms in IT systems and

business processes.

Financial

risks

Exchange rate fluctuations (mainly in USD,

CNY and JPY), geopolitical risks (e.g.,

tariffs), disputes with tax authorities and

changes to tax legislation and

interpretation.

• Could lead to tax adjustments, fines and higher-than-expected

tax level.

• Could adversely impact sales and profits.

• Geopolitical developments could lead to an increase in corporate

taxes and duties.

• Hedging for selected currencies.

• Integrated treasury management.

• Applicable taxes paid in jurisdictions where business

activity generates profits and multi-year Advance

Pricing Agreements with tax authorities.

Legal, patents

and compliance

risks

Breach of legislation, industry codes or

company policies. Competitors asserting

patents against Novo Nordisk or

challenging patents critical for protection

of commercial product and pipeline

candidates.

• Potential exposure to investigations, criminal and civil sanctions

and other penalties.

• Could compromise our reputation and the rights and integrity of

individuals involved.

• Could lead to unexpected loss of exclusivity for, or injunctions

against, existing and pipeline products.

• Could have an adverse impact on sales, profits and market position.

• Code of Conduct integrated in our business.

• Compliance Hotline in place.

• Legal review of key activities and internal audit of

compliance with business ethics standards.

• Internal controls to minimise vulnerability to patent

infringement and invalidity actions.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Annual review / Governance / Risk management 42

Sustainability

statement

45 General information

51 Prioritised topics

71 Other material topics

132 Additional Sustainability

statement information

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 43

Sustainability statement contents

Sustainability statement reading guide

Our Sustainability statement is structured into three chapters: ‘General information’, ‘Prioritised topics’

and ‘Other material topics’ plus 'Additional Sustainability statement information' as an appendix.

The majority of ESRS disclosures can be found in these sections with additional ESRS 2 disclosures

addressed in the Annual review, Corporate Governance Report and Remuneration Report through

incorporation by reference (see Table 4 in the Additional Sustainability statement information, p. 134).

Novo Nordisk has updated the Double Materiality Assessment (DMA) in 2025 taking the point of

departure in the ESRS standards across Social, Environment and Governance (see illustration below).

The DMA resulted in four ’Prioritised topics’, which are those that 1) are double-material, 2) have

scored the highest in our DMA and 3) are linked to our Strategic Aspirations (see p. 13). This is where

we focus our sustainability efforts and where we can make the greatest difference for our patients,

employees, the environment and our business. Moreover, we have 'Other material topics', which are

those that are double-material (E3 and G1) or single-material (E4, E2 and S2) related to sustainability

commitments beyond our strategic topics, where we take targeted action to enable a resilient,

responsible and sustainable business. More information on how we work with sustainability in Novo

Nordisk is provided on the following page.

The Sustainability statement has been structured with the ‘Prioritised topics’ presented first followed

by ‘Other material topics’. This sequencing is intended to guide readers to the most decision-relevant

topics quickly and to improve clarity for readers who prioritise strategic sustainability topics.

General information

1.1 Sustainability strategy and highlights 45

1.2 Basis for preparation of the Sustainability statement 47

1.3 Interests and views of stakeholders 48

1.4 Double materiality assessment 49

Prioritised topics

2. Patient protection and quality of life 51

3. Own workforce 57

4. Climate change 63

5. Resource use and circular economy 68

Other material topics

6. Workers in the value chain 71

7. Nature 72

8. Pollution 74

9. Business conduct 75

10. EU Taxonomy 80

Additional Sustainability statement information

Table 1 - Sustainability statement policy overview 132

Table 2 - Other legislation 133

Table 3 - Disclosure requirements in ESRS 134

Table 4 - List of incorporation by reference 134

EU Taxonomy context and tables 135

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 44

1. General information

1.1 Sustainability strategy and highlights

At Novo Nordisk, we focus on creating lasting value for society and our business with a strong

commitment to our triple bottom line: our financial, social and environmental responsibility.

Building on the results of our double materiality assessment (DMA), the Sustainability statement

outlines prioritised topics and other material topics to demonstrate this commitment.

We aim to support patients, society and vulnerable populations

by enhancing quality of life.

In 2025, we reached an all-time high of 45.6 million people with obesity and diabetes care

products. The number of vulnerable patients reached with our diabetes products decreased by

15% compared to 2024, due to reducing insulin tender sales caused by portfolio consolidation. We

remain committed to improve access and affordability via targeted programmes and innovations,

while ensuring patient protection. In the US, we increased our efforts through NovoCare

, direct-

to-patient offerings and telehealth partnerships. For prevention, we advanced early intervention

for childhood overweight and obesity in urban areas with UNICEF’s programmatic activities

benefitting more than 468,000 children.

We continued our focus on being a sustainable employer in a year where Novo Nordisk launched

a company-wide transformation to simplify the organisation, speed up decision-making, reduce

cost and redirect resources towards obesity and diabetes growth opportunities. We maintained

a focus on diversity and inclusion and launched a new strategy to leverage employee differences

and foster an engaged workforce. We monitored the gender distribution across leadership levels

and observed that the transformation process had minimal effect. We remain committed to

protecting the health and safety of our employees and maintained a stable performance in

2025. Targeted awareness training and new construction safety standards for expansion

and construction sites were implemented to safeguard employees and further enhance

our performance.

We remain committed to reducing our plastic footprint and our overall environmental footprint,

with targets to reach zero scope 1 and 2 emissions by 2030, and a 33% reduction of scope 3

emissions by 2033. We aim to reach net zero GHG emissions by 2045. In 2025, scope 1, 2 and 3

emissions increased by 19% as expected due to planned expansions and increased energy use

at new and growing production sites. We are continuing the advancement of key decarbonisation

levers to stay on track towards our committed targets. We also made tangible progress by

sourcing more than 10% of our glucose from regenerative agriculture, one of our levers to

help us reduce scope 3 emissions in the future.

1. See definition of vulnerable patients reached with diabetes care products in the accounting policy on p. 56

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Sustainability statement / 1. General information 45

Performance on prioritised topics

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Sustainability statement / 1. General information 46

1.2 Basis for preparation of the Sustainability statement

General reporting standards and principles

Our Sustainability statement is prepared in accordance with the European Sustainability

Reporting Standards (ESRS) as required by the Danish Financial Statement Act. Information

derived from other EU legislation is listed in the 'Additional Sustainability statement information

section', p. 133, Table 2.

Certain disclosures have been prepared with reference to other sustainability reporting standards,

such as the Taskforce on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD), Global Reporting Initiative

(GRI) Standards and Sections 99d and 107d of the Danish Financial Statements Act. We also align

with other guidance frameworks such as the Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Protocol, Science Based

Targets initiative (SBTi) and the Science Based Targets Network (SBTN). As an early adopter of the

Taskforce on Nature-related Financial Disclosures (TNFD), we align with the material TNFD core

global disclosure indicators. While quantitative indicators on global spatial footprint, land-use

change and the state of nature are material to our roadmaps, limited data availability currently

prevents disclosure. We are improving data quality to enable future reporting on these indicators.

ISSB IFRS S1 and IFRS S2 have been considered in the preparation of this statement.

In July 2025, the European Commission adopted a Delegated Regulation (EU) 2025/4812 extending

ESRS phase-in provisions for wave 1 undertakings, which we applied. We also apply transitional

provisions for selected value chain information; see the relevant topical sections for further

details. We have not opted to omit any information related to intellectual property, know-how,

innovation outcomes, impending developments, or ongoing negotiations. Table 3 in the

Additional Sustainability statement Information (see p. 134) lists all ESRS requirements with

which we comply. The time horizons applied in preparing the Sustainability statement follow

ESRS guidance: up to one year (short-term), one to five years (medium-term), and more than

five years (long-term). Unless indicated in the action tables, the action is not linked to a target.

We continuously assess and secure the financial and non-financial resources needed to deliver

our sustainability actions and meet targets across sustainability topics. EU Taxonomy disclosures

are prepared in accordance with the EU Taxonomy Regulation and the amended Disclosures

Delegated Act (EU) 2026/73.

Sources of estimation and outcome uncertainty

Metrics for our own operations are mainly based on primary data, while value chain metrics

rely more on estimates and therefore carry greater uncertainty. Assumptions, uncertainties

and estimates are described in the relevant accounting policies. Forward-looking information,

including targets, is inherently uncertain; see the forward-looking statements on p. 17 for details.

Changes in preparation and presentation of sustainability information

Historical data are restated when prior-period errors or changes in accounting policies exceed the

materiality threshold. Restatements mainly reflect methodological improvements or new evidence

that enhances reporting accuracy. In 2025, the following metrics were restated due to improved

calculation methods, correction of prior-period errors, or alignment with the

new segment split used for financial reporting purposes: 1) split of number of employees (headcount)

in geographical areas, 2) gender pay gap, 3) total energy consumption from renewable sources and

its sub categories, 4) base and target year values for our scope 3 target, 5) SVHCs leaving facilities and

6) base and target year values for our plastic target. For more information, see sections 3.1 'Working

conditions', 3.3 'Equal treatment and opportunities for all', 4.1 'Climate mitigation, adaptation and

energy', 5.1 ' Resource inflow, outflow and waste' and 8.1 'Substances of very high concern'. We

continuously work on improving our metrics.

Comparative figures

Comparative figures for 2023 are provided only where metric definitions and scope align with

ESRS requirements. We have replaced the metric “membership fees paid to trade associations,”

first reported last year in section 9 Business conduct, with the data point “Amount disclosed in

the EU Transparency Register” (see section 9.4 Political influence and lobbying activities, p. 77)

to reflect information that is already publicly available.

Risk management and internal controls over sustainability reporting

Sustainability reporting risks and controls are assessed annually. Data owners evaluate risks

related to sustainability data, while a global function maintains the overall risk assessment and

determines the required level of internal controls based on the nature of the risk and severity.

The risk assessment covers risks of incomplete or inconsistent sustainability reporting, including

data accuracy issues and manual errors during consolidation. A centralised online repository is

used to document financial and sustainability risks and controls, applying a risk-based approach

prioritising controls for higher-risk data points. Executive Management is responsible for the

overall internal controls. The Disclosure Committee, established by Executive Management,

reviews sustainability reporting changes in the Company Announcement quarterly. The Audit

Committee oversees financial and sustainability reporting and is informed quarterly of actions

and progress on key sustainability metrics and targets. Novo Nordisk Group Internal Audit

conducts independent audits to evaluate the design and operating effectiveness of risk and

control processes related to reporting.

Statement on sustainability due diligence

The table outlines our sustainability due diligence processes and the location in the statement.

Core elements of environmental and social due diligence Pages

a) Embedding due diligence in governance, strategy and business model 40, 47-49, 134

b) Engaging with affected stakeholders in key steps of due diligence 48, 52, 55, 57, 71, 75-77, 134

c) Identifying and assessing adverse impacts

48-51, 57, 63, 68, 71-72, 74,

d) Taking actions to address those adverse impacts

52-56, 58-60, 64-65, 68-69,

71, 73, 74, 77

e) Tracking effectiveness of these efforts and communicating

52-54, 56, 58-61, 64-66,

69-71, 73, 74, 76-78

Updated reporting structure

The reporting structure for 2025 has

changed compared to 2024. Whilst

acknowledging the prescribed

structure in the ESRS (see visualisation

on p. 44), the Sustainability statement

now presents the prioritised topics

first, followed by other material topics

to guide readers to the most material,

decision-relevant topics first.

Basic information and references

within the Sustainability statement

Scope of consolidation and

organisational boundaries

• Scope is the same as the

Consolidated Financial Statements.

• For GHG emissions and pollution

the operational scope is defined

based on financial control.

• NNE is excluded from 'Own

workforce' policies, actions and

targets as it operates under a

different business model and

thereby follows own processes.

Value chain inclusion

• Material IROs across our own

operations and the up- and

downstream value chain are

addressed.

• The inclusion of our value chain

in policies, actions and targets is

determined by our double

materiality assessment.

• A visualisation of our value chain

is provided in the section 'Value

creation' on p. 10.

Incorporation by reference

• See Table 4 in 'Additional

Sustainability statement

information' on p. 134.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Sustainability statement / 1. General information 47

1.3 Interests and views of stakeholders

Novo Nordisk strives to understand and reflect the interests of key internal and external

stakeholders in order to create lasting value for society and our business. As a global company,

we depend on numerous stakeholder groups, which we have divided into six categories, to

ensure that we deliver on our Strategic Aspirations with due consideration of our impact. We

ensure that the interests and views of our stakeholders are taken into account through relevant

due diligence processes and regular interactions as part of our business activities.

Stakeholder group

Purpose and engagement channels

Examples of how outcomes are taken into account

Patient organisations, healthcare

professionals and healthcare

organisations

We take a patient-centred business approach to improve prevention, detection, treatment

and access to quality care for people living with serious chronic diseases. We deliver on

these efforts through for example research collaborations, clinical trials, conferences and

scientific and medical communications.

• Development of new treatments and product improvements,

see section '2.1 Innovation' p. 52

• Protecting the quality and safety of our products and product

communication, see '2.3 Patient protection' on p. 55

Employees

We strive to continuously improve the health and safety of our employees, as well as provide

equitable opportunities and competitive working conditions, in order to attract and retain

talent. Interests and views are obtained via our annual employee survey, individual career

development, workers’ councils, Novo Nordisk Way facilitations, the Ombudsman function, etc.

• Foster a culture of safety with attention to increasing employee health

and total wellbeing, including new measures to address symptoms of

stress, see '3.2 Health and safety' p. 59

• Update of our Global strategy on Diversity, Equity, Inclusion and

Belonging to leverage our differences and further drive innovation,

see '3.3. Equal treatment and opportunities for all' p. 60

Suppliers and third-party

representatives

We depend on suppliers and third-party representatives, for example when purchasing

goods and services to manufacture or distribute products and and when partnering on

activities such as filling or assembling final products or performing clinical trials. Our

Responsible Sourcing Programme, supplier audits and established contracting processes

drive our engagement.

• Integration of responsible sourcing principles into contracts with our

business partners, see 'Workers in the value chain' p. 71

• Partnering with suppliers on low-carbon materials and feedstocks, see

actions in section 4 'Climate change' p. 65

Governments, public officials

and regulators

We advance public health issues and ensure early awareness of regulatory developments and

standards by organising and sponsoring events, engaging with industry associations and

driving bilateral dialogues with local, national and international agencies and authorities.

• Advocacy on issues related to therapy areas that can help address

global health challenges, see '9.4 Political influence and lobbying

activities' p. 77

Partners and peers

We seek perspectives from partners and peers to advance our commitments, with the aim of

having long-term impacts and improving the resiliency of systems and communities that we

are a part of. We take a multi-level approach to partnerships and collaborate with different

actors such as NGOs, academia and other industry partnerships across our social and

environmental efforts.

• Prevent childhood obesity through UNICEF partnership and reduce

risk of lifetime cardiometabolic diseases through the Childhood

Obesity Prevention Initiative with partners such as cities and academic

institutions, see '2.2 Social responsibility: prevention and access', p. 53.

• Advance our environmental commitments, for example through

partnerships on lower carbon plastics, see 'Resource use and circular

economy' p. 68

Investors

We strive to provide timely, accurate and transparent information to our investors through

engagements such as Capital Markets Day, the Annual General Meeting, ESG rating providers

and recurring engagement in response to investor queries.

• Improved sustainability disclosure transparency through investor

feedback.

• Learnings from engagement with ESG rating providers to improve ESG

performance, see latest performance in margin to the right.

The interests and views of stakeholders inform anything from daily business activities to

our review of the corporate and sustainability strategy as set by Executive Management

and the Board of Directors.

Performance of ESG ratings and rankings

Novo Nordisk’s sustainability performance

is recognised by multiple global ESG rating

agencies. Below are the latest 2025

recognitions on our prioritised ESG ratings:

CDP

B (Climate Change) B (Water Security)

On a scale from A-D

MSCI ESG ratings

On a scale from AAA-CCC

Corporate Knights Global 100

Among 100 most sustainable companies

Access to Medicine Index

Out of 20 largest pharma companies

Sustainalytics

Low risk

On a scale from negligible to severe risk

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Sustainability statement / 1. General information 48

1.4 Double materiality assessment

Outcomes of the 2025 double materiality assessment

The double materiality assessment (DMA) determines the scope of the Sustainability statement,

ensuring the focus is on the impacts, risks and opportunities (IROs) that are material to Novo Nordisk

and our stakeholders. An overview of the material IROs is shown on p. 50.

Our 2025 DMA resulted in four prioritised topics: patient protection and quality of life (S4),

own workforce (S1), climate change (E1) and resource use and circular economy (E5). These

topics are 1) double-material, 2) have scored the highest in our DMA and 3) are linked to our

Strategic Aspirations. Our core social responsibility is to help improve quality of life and provide

healthcare for people around the world. Our efforts involve ensuring access to life-saving

medicines without compromising safety or quality for patients and vulnerable populations. We

acknowledge that the manufacturing of our medicines generates certain environmental impacts

across our own operations and our upstream supply chain, particularly GHG emissions, energy

use and the use of plastics and other resources. We are working to reduce our material impacts,

including in raw material sourcing, production processes and packaging, while continuing to

identify opportunities to improve circularity and resource efficiency throughout our downstream

distribution and product-use phases.

The DMA resulted in five other material topics that are essential for how we produce our

medicines safely, reliably and with the highest ethical standard: workers in the value chain

(S2), nature incl. water and biodiversity (E3 and E4), pollution (E2) and business conduct (G1).

Our dependencies on an extensive global supply chain, chemical inputs and nature-based

resources reinforce the materiality of these topics and our obligation for transparent disclosure

of our impacts. Strong ethical conduct and governance are fundamental to maintaining trust

with our regulators, partners and society, and sustains our licence to operate.

Only minor refinements have been made since the 2024 Sustainability statement, mainly to

clarify and reclassify certain IROs. As part of this update, the following sub-topics have been

descoped for 2025: substances of concern (E2), severe human-rights-related impacts (S1) and

equal-opportunities-related topics (S2). For the new IROs added in 2025, see the IRO table-

overview, and for non-material topics for 2025 see footnote on p. 50.

Interaction with company strategy and business model

To assess strategic resilience, sustainability is considered as part of our strategy review. Executive

Management and the Board of Directors annually review strategic risks and opportunities within

and beyond a five-year horizon, ensuring our strategy continues to meet society’s needs (see

section 'Risk management' on p. 41 for further details). These resilience discussions draw on

cross-organisational input and focus on sustainability matters that influence our long-term

direction, such as reaching underserved populations and reducing environmental impacts.

Sustainability considerations are embedded in the relevant strategies and discussed on an

ongoing basis with Executive Management.

Processes to identify and assess material impacts, risks and opportunities

In 2025, we updated our double materiality assessment to identify Novo Nordisk’s material

impacts, risks and opportunities across the value chain, in line with ESRS 2 IRO-1. The DMA covers

both impact materiality, i.e. how our activities affect people and the environment, and financial

materiality, i.e. assessing how sustainability-related risks and opportunities influence Novo

Nordisk’s development, performance and position. The process is reviewed annually as part

of disclosure preparations.

The process started with the AR16 sustainability matters list and entity-specific topics were identified

through screening tools, utilising sources such as public reports, regulatory development, as well as

voluntary standards. Stakeholder perspectives informed the assessment. These inputs were drawn

by proxy from internal subject-matter experts who engage with stakeholders as part of their daily

areas of responsibility, complemented by external value-chain insights gathered in 2024.

In 2025, subject- matter expert workshops were used to pressure-test and refine the list of impacts,

risks and opportunities, considering geographic, operational and due-diligence factors as well as

business developments. The process combined bottom-up insights with top-down leadership

calibration and concluded with an Audit Committee review. Control procedures included

documentation of reviews, validation by subject-matter experts and cross-functional governance

to ensure consistency and quality of judgments.

Materiality judgements were based on a structured five-point scoring framework in line with ESRS 1.

Severity, likelihood (of potential impacts) and financial effect were assessed. For human rights

matters, severity outweighs likelihood. Interdependencies across impacts, risks and opportunities

were evaluated jointly with internal experts. Scoring was conducted at the most granular level and

aggregated for reporting.

Impact materiality was assessed using scale (magnitude), scope (reach) and irremediability,

supported by quantitative indicators for environmental matters. Financial materiality aligned with

Novo Nordisk’s Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) approach but applied longer time horizons and

assessed risks on a gross basis. Financial effects were evaluated using qualitative and quantitative

scales across monetary, reputational, ethical and quality dimensions.

Thresholds were applied to determine materiality. For impact materiality, topics rated critical,

significant or important and deemed to be current were considered material. Financial

materiality applied the same approach, but impact materiality intentionally applied lower

thresholds than financial materiality (significant and above), ensuring that a broader range

of impacts on people and the environment were captured. For potential impacts, risks and

opportunities, a heatmap was used to determine materiality. Borderline cases were discussed

with management. We continuously assess how sustainability is considered in our overall risk

profile to strengthen integration.

Prioritised topics

Patient protection

and quality of life

Own workforce

Climate Change

Resource use and

circular economy

Other material topics

Workers in the value chain

Nature

Pollution

Business conduct

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Sustainability statement / 1. General information 49

Material impacts, risks and opportunities

The illustration provides an overview of the identified material IROs, categorised into prioritised topics

and other material topics. Each IRO has a number, and the illustration below indicates the IROs’ position

in Novo Nordisk’s value chain, along with the associated time horizon (one year, five years or more than

five years). The illustration also highlights where to find further details about our IROs in the topical

sections of the Sustainability statement.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Sustainability statement / 1. General information 50

Prioritised

topics

Patient protection

and quality of life

Own workforce

Climate Change

Resource use and

circular economy

Ambition

Being respected for adding value

to society

Policy

OneCode policy

Human Rights Commitment

Performance

Patient reach for obesity and diabetes

products remained at a similar level

to 2024

Sub-topics

Patient protection and quality of life is

addressed in three sub-topics:

• Innovation

• Social responsibility

• Patient protection

2. Patient protection and quality of life

IRO name Category Sustainability topic Value chain location

Improving quality of life

• Innovation

• Downstream

Potential new discoveries • Own operations

• Downstream

Health promotion and prevention

• Social

responsibility:

prevention

and access

• Downstream

Health equity in clinical trials and for

vulnerable patients

• Own operations

• Downstream

Potential reputational risks related to

access efforts

• Own operations

Product quality and safety, including

clinical trials

• Patient

protection

• Own operations

• Downstream

Protection of patient safety against

illicit trade of our medicines

• Downstream

Protection of clinical trial and patient

information

• Own operations

• Downstream

Potential regulatory and reputational

risks linked to patient protection and

clinical trial participants

• Own operations

• Downstream

Material impacts, risks and opportunities

As a pharmaceutical company, our end-users not only include the people we serve and our

patients, but also clinical trial participants, healthcare- providers and systems. While the

following chapter primarily refers to patients, the IROs should be understood in the broader

context of all our end-users. To address our patient-related sustainability matters, we have split

the chapter into three connected sections, each addressing specific IROs. We take the point of

departure in how we develop innovative treatments (Innovation) to support long-term health.

Social responsibility: prevention and access covers the initiatives and programmes enabling those

treatments to reach the patients who need them. Patient protection is the guiding principle

throughout our operations, ensuring that safety and quality standards govern every stage

from discovery to delivery.

Innovation

Novo Nordisk adds value to society and creates material positive impacts for people through

discovering and developing innovative products to address unmet medical needs. As we

continuously strive to set new standards for innovation through AI-supported R&D and digital

technologies, we strengthen our ability to innovate, discover and create opportunities to

improve the lives of patients.

Social responsibility: prevention and access

Novo Nordisk takes a comprehensive approach to social responsibility, combining prevention

efforts with actions to improve the access to and affordability of our products. Defeating chronic

diseases depends on tackling root causes, which is why we focus on prevention. With a focus on

children and vulnerable populations, our initiatives have the potential to positively impact society

and patients by improving health and wellbeing, and addressing shared risk factors across

cardiometabolic diseases.

We remain committed to creating positive impact by expanding access to our products,

improving affordability as well as supporting vulnerable populations and children with serious

chronic diseases in low- and middle-income countries. Access is also central to our clinical trials,

enabling our clinical programmes to adequately represent the patient population affected by

the diseases we study and treat. We recognise that persistent health inequities pose material

reputational risks, and we continue to collaborate with relevant stakeholders, such as

policymakers and health authorities, to expand access to affordable care.

Patient protection

Safeguarding patient safety and product quality is our highest priority. We strive to mitigate any

negative health impacts associated with clinical trial participation or marketed products. This

includes our continuous fight against illicit trade to protect patients from serious health risks of

counterfeit, diverted or illicitly compounded medicines.

Protecting patients from information-related impacts, such as data privacy and adequate product

information, is central to our business. As we rely on health data in research and increasingly

adopt AI in our operations, we remain committed to safeguarding personal data. We aim to

provide transparent and responsible information on our products and clinical trials to support

optimal treatment choices. Any failure to protect patients would represent both a material

negative impact and a risk to Novo Nordisk’s business and reputation. For this reason, we never

compromise on safeguarding patients from adverse impacts.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Sustainability statement / Prioritised topics / 2. Patient protection and quality of life 51

2.1 Innovation

Policies and approach

Building on more than a century of scientific knowledge, we are committed to promoting long-term

health by developing treatments across the spectrum of cardiometabolic health as well as within

rare diseases. Our innovation in GLP-1 medicines delivers benefits beyond glycaemic control –

including weight loss and lower risks of cardiovascular events, improving outcomes for the people

we serve and for society. Beyond GLP-1 medicines and across R&D programmes, our goal is to

meet the unmet need in obesity and diabetes with therapies that deliver durable, meaningful

improvements in health and quality of life. These efforts are guided by our OneCode policy, which

reflects our patient-centred commitment and sets requirements for how we act across policies and

procedures. OneCode is continuously monitored and updated to reflect the evolving regulatory

landscape and safeguard our licence to operate.

As a testament to our purpose, we respect the human rights of our patients as outlined in our

Human Rights Commitment (see section 6 'Workers in the value chain', p. 71). In cases where

we cause or contribute to human rights impacts, we commit to providing remedy. For more

information on our Compliance Hotline see section 9.2 on p. 76. Guided by our Patient Voice

Strategy, we take a patient-centric approach, collaborating with patients and their legitimate

representatives throughout the product life cycle, adapting engagement based on development

stage and therapy area. We use various channels, including advisory boards, workshops and

surveys to gather insights from respondents at frequencies based on need. This engagement

process, overseen by two chief patient officers, ensures that insights from patients and care

partners are embedded in decision-making to drive ongoing improvements, enhance disease

understanding, meet real-world needs and deliver better outcomes.

The adoption of AI in our R&D processes aims to accelerate discovery and development of new

treatments, shortening time to market and expanding access to care. Safeguards for data

protection in relation to AI are detailed in section 2.3 'Patient protection' p. 55.

Actions

We invest strategically across our R&D value chain and through business development.

Building on decades of leadership in incretin biology, our R&D pipeline includes key assets such

as CagriSema, a once-weekly combination therapy in phase 3 trials, and continues to deliver

breakthrough results, most recently demonstrated by the FDA approval of the oral semaglutide

25 mg ('the Wegovy

pill'). Opportunities to accelerate innovation within our therapy areas are

further outlined in 'Innovation and therapeutic focus', see p. 26-31.

While we are strengthening our pipeline to improve outcomes for people with obesity, diabetes

and related comorbidities, we are adapting our commercial strategy to better serve patient

needs and expand access (see graph 2.1.1 to the right). Our commercial execution is adapting to

reflect those evolving needs by integrating digital pathways, expanding pharmacy and telehealth

partnerships, while promoting appropriate use to ensure safe, accessible and effective care.

For more details on how we translate our discoveries into real-world outcomes through

commercial delivery, read our chapter on 'Commercial execution' on p. 20-25.

We consider sustainability in our product development process by estimating and informing on

the social and environmental profile of each project throughout the product lifecycle. We aim to

improve how we use sustainability information as part of product development and decision-

making processes.

Performance

Patients reached is a key performance indicator for tracking progress and impact for our actions.

The number of patients treated with Novo Nordisk’s obesity and diabetes care products is

monitored to estimate our global positive impact of improving quality of life through medicine.

The total number of patients reached in 2025 remained at a similar level to 2024. The number of

patients reached with diabetes care products decreased by 2% due to lower sales of human

insulin products. However, we increased the number of patients reached with diabetes GLP-1

products and new-generation insulin by 10% in 2025 compared to 2024.

The number of patients treated with obesity care products increased significantly by 64%, mainly

driven by Wegovy

expanding reach in existing markets and launched in 35 new markets in 2025.

Patient reach is calculated based on annual usage dose per patient. Therefore, this method does

not count the actual number of individuals on Wegovy

, since treatment duration may be shorter

than a full year.

2.1.1 Patients reached with obesity

and diabetes care products

(Number in millions)

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Sustainability statement / Prioritised topics / 2. Patient protection and quality of life 52

2.2 Social responsibility: prevention and access

Policies and approach

As part of social responsibility, we invest in evidence-based health promotion and primary

prevention of serious chronic diseases targeting vulnerable populations. We have a specific

focus on the prevention of the shared risk factors across cardiometabolic diseases including

overweight, obesity and type 2 diabetes. While we have no formal prevention policy, these

activities are integrated into our therapy areas’ strategies and local affiliates’ priorities.

Novo Nordisk has publicly available position papers on access to diabetes care and medicine

pricing. We advocate equal rights to healthcare for all

and are committed to overcoming barriers

to effective diabetes care in low- and middle-income countries. Our position on medicine pricing

states that prices should reflect products’ value to patients, society and the healthcare system,

including factors such as the medical need met for clinicians and patients, improvement of short-

and long-term health outcomes and quality of life. Other factors include the contracting, pricing

and reimbursement system of a given country. We acknowledge global affordability challenges,

including in high-income countries, and collaborate with policymakers and health authorities to

find solutions to ensure affordable access for all patients.

In line with our OneCode policy, we also advance access and representation in clinical research.

Internal procedures ensure that we plan, design and execute trials representative of the diseases

we study to build confidence in the safety and efficacy of our products.

Actions

Our social responsibility programmes and initiatives focus on advancing prevention, access and

affordability for vulnerable populations and children. The impact of our work is measured across

initiatives and performance indicators, with increasing efforts to evaluate the health-economic

impact and social return on investment. Funding for our initiatives is anchored in our Social

Responsibility team, with investments assessed through financial planning. Additional value is

delivered via grants to non-profits organisations in the US through our internal Communities for

Better Health programme as well as to health, sustainability and the life science ecosystem via the

Novo Nordisk Foundation, our majority shareholder, through Novo Holdings A/S.

Health promotion and prevention

We drive action through public-private and multi-sector partnerships at individual, community

and national levels, with a specific focus on urban environments. Together with global and local

partners, including governments, NGOs and academic institutions, we address societal issues such

as nutrition, physical activity, mental health and education through evidence-based interventions,

documenting the shorter- and longer-term health-economic societal impact. As part of our in-house

for-profit work, we are partnering with companies in biotech and digital health to develop

technologies that identify individuals on a disease trajectory using risk predication insights.

1. The position on access to diabetes care is aligned with the UN Universal Declaration of Human Rights

Besides these ongoing actions, we have expanded our Cities for Better Health programme (see

box to the right) and also implemented the following key actions in 2025:

2025 actions

Partnership with UNICEF

• Prevent childhood overweight and obesity by fostering healthy environments through

policy change, advocacy and innovation in food and urban systems.

• Countries with direct programmatic activities: Brazil, Columbia, Mexico and Indonesia.

• From June 2024 - June 2025, more than 468,000 children under the age of 19 benefited

from UNICEF’s local programmatic activities.

Communities for Better Health

• Prevent chronic diseases in vulnerable populations in the US by funding partners across 27

US states and Washington D.C., supporting initiatives that address food-related social

determinants of health.

• From August 2024 - September 2025, we invested over USD 20 millions in 29 projects, and

our partners served up to 280,000 community members.

Access to care

We collaborate with external partners to strengthen supply chains, expand access and build

healthcare capacity. For vulnerable patient populations, we provide low- or no-cost programmes,

alongside donations and contributions to access-related causes (see table 2.2.2 on the next page).

Under our Access to Insulin Commitment, we have a ceiling price of USD 3 per vial in low- and middle-

income countries (LMICs) and USD 2 per vial for humanitarian organisations, covering 77 countries

(45 least developed countries

and 32 LMICs

). In rare disease, we partner with the Sickle Cell

Disease community to improve access to continuous, affordable care. In sub-Saharan Africa, we

collaborate with the Consortium on Newborn Screening in Africa (CONSA) and Reach52 to build

capacity and capabilities, improve disease management and patient outcomes.

In the US, we continue to support accessible routes to our medicines by offering rebates and

discounts for insurers and other payers. We are strengthening direct-to-consumer pathways by

expanding NovoCare

, partnering with telehealth providers to broaden access and collaborating

with retail pharmacies such as CVS to ensure continuity of care. In 2025, we reduced prices for self-

pay patients and we are currently in discussion with the US Administration to further expand access

to FDA-approved obesity and diabetes medicines for millions of Americans. Information on our

patient-assistance programmes is available at our NovoCare

website. Besides these ongoing

actions, we have also implemented the following key actions in 2025 (see next page):

2. Categorisation of the least developed as defined by the United Nations. 3. Categorisation of low- and middle-income

countries as defined by the World Bank.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Sustainability statement / Prioritised topics / 2. Patient protection and quality of life 53

2025 actions

Changing Diabetes

in Children

• Provide diabetes care to children and youth with type 1 diabetes living in LMICs. This can

include life-saving medicine, blood glucose monitoring equipment and medical supplies.

• Target: 100,000 children by 2030.

• Metric: 2.2.1

iCARE Integrated Business Model

• Improve access to cardiometabolic care for vulnerable populations by embedding social

responsibility into commercial objectives of affiliates guided by four pillars: capacity,

affordability, reach and empowerment.

• It includes 49 countries in sub-Saharan Africa and Indonesia.

• 2024 Action on Access Innovation Incubator has been integrated into the iCARE model

• In 2025, Indonesia implemented the iCARE model, which is now evolving into a holistic,

cross-therapy approach in existing markets.

• Metric: 2.2.3

Human Insulin Thermal Solutions (HITS)

• Develop new flexible storage options for two human insulin products: Actrapid

and

Insulatard

, to provide access to care for people with diabetes in settings where

refrigeration is a challenge.

• In 2025, the accumulated number of label updates for Actrapid

and Insulatard

reached

more than 40 countries, informing users of the new storage options. The ambition is to

reach more than 50 countries, where the products are launched.

• Metric: 2.2.3

Clinical trials

We implement trial and therapy area specific measures to advance representativeness in clinical

research, including identifying and addressing potential enrolment and retention barriers.

Through the IHI READI public-private partnership, we collaborate with key stakeholders with the

aim of creating an inclusive clinical study ecosystem for underrepresented populations. We are

expanding decentralised clinical trial elements to improve access, for example by enabling

assessments to be conducted at the participants’ preferred locations.

Targets and performance

In 2025, the number of vulnerable patients treated with our diabetes care products decreased

by 15% (see graph 2.2.3 to the right) driven primarily by lower insulin tender sales caused by

portfolio consolidation. Even though the overall number of vulnerable patients reached has

decreased, the number of vulnerable patients reached with diabetes GLP-1 products has

increased in 2025 compared to 2024. Looking ahead, we remain committed to our social

responsibility and to develop solutions that meet diverse needs across geographies and

health systems.

We are aiming to reach 100,000 children with type 1 diabetes by 2030, building on our Changing

Diabetes

in Children (CDiC) programme launched in 2009. The programme spans 30 partner

countries, with the target based on International Diabetes Federation (IDF) estimates of children

with type 1 diabetes in LMICs. Local partners set milestones to improve diabetes care, while Novo

Nordisk tracks progress quarterly through reports received by the local implementing partners.

By the end of 2025, 81,946 children had been reached in total. The addition of 17,203 children

during 2025 was due to new enrolments in primarily China, Morocco, Ethiopia and Pakistan which

ensures we are on track to reaching our target.

2.2.1 Children reached through the Changing Diabetes

programme

(Number since 2009)

Novo Nordisk pays out donations and other contributions to a variety of organisations and

foundations, among others the World Diabetes Foundation (WDF) and NNHF. In accordance with

our agreement, the contribution to WDF was DKK 121 million, an increase of 1% compared to

2024. Moreover, total donations paid out to NNHF increased by 12% to support ongoing projects.

2.2.2 Donations and other contributions

mDKK 2025 2024 2023

World Diabetes Foundation (WDF) 121 120 119

Novo Nordisk Haemophilia & Haemoglobinopathies Foundation

(NNHF)

29 26 19

Total donations and other contributions 150 146 138

1. Previously reported as Novo Nordisk Haemophilia Foundation (NNHF).

2.2.3 Vulnerable patients reached with

diabetes care products

(Number in millions)

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Sustainability statement / Prioritised topics / 2. Patient protection and quality of life 54

2.3 Patient protection

Policies and approach

Product quality and safety

People depend daily on the quality and safety of our products. Our quality management system

ensures that we work in compliance with Good Practices (GxP) regulations and integrates quality

into all processes. Our global pharmacovigilance system monitors and manages the safety profile

throughout the products’ lifecycle in line with regulatory requirements. These systems manage

the information reported through our publicly available portals including product complaints,

side effects or falsified products. For information on illicit trade, see margin to the right.

Guided by national laws, international conventions

and our public position on clinical trial ethics,

patient safety is central to our clinical trials and research. A cross-functional safety committee

oversees safety data from the outset of our studies, providing assessments of safety data

throughout the product or device’s lifecycle. Special consideration is given to vulnerable patient

populations, including children and the elderly. If clinical research involves vulnerable patients,

we evaluate whether the study should have an external Data Safety Monitoring Board to ensure

independent safety review of the study.

Information-related impacts

We rely on patients and clinical trial participant health data for clinical research. Data protection

is embedded in our global governance framework, guided by our public data ethics standards,

processing principles and global compliance framework with strengthened safeguards for

patient and clinical trial data. We have also adopted a set of principles data and AI ethics, which

is similarly embedded in our ethics and compliance framework to ensure ethical decision-making

and risk management.

Sharing clinical trial knowledge accelerates scientific progress and advances public health. Outlined

in our disclosure and reporting instructions, we ensure that results from studies sponsored by Novo

Nordisk are disclosed in public registers. Plain Language Summarises (PLS) of phase 3 publications

are developed to improve accessibility of findings by translating complex scientific information into

easy-to understand formats, in line with our standard operating procedures. Following trial

completion, we work with local health authorities to ensure informative and accurate product

labelling to guide patients’ use. Processes for safeguarding labelling quality in the markets in

which Novo Nordisk operates are outlined in standard operating procedures.

We only promote and communicate responsibly about our products for uses that have been

approved by regulatory authorities in a manner that is truthful, accurate, non-misleading,

balanced and consistent with the approved product label. Off-label promotion is prohibited

as outlined in our OneCode policy.

4. Including The Declaration of Helsinki, the International Conference on Harmonisation Guideline for Good Clinical Practice,

Good Pharmacoepidemiology Practices, the Nuremberg Code, the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights,

the Belmont Report and UNESCO’s Universal Declaration on Bioethics and Human Rights.

Actions

Protecting our patients from adverse impact underpins our licence to operate, with action plans

implemented through organisation-wide programmes and activities.

Product quality and safety

Our Customer Complaints- and Global Safety Department records, investigates and responds to

safety data from clinical trials, side-effect reports and quality complaints concerning the quality,

labelling, durability, reliability, effectiveness, safety, performance or malfunction of our products.

This enables us to take timely and appropriate action and fulfil our reporting obligations to

health authorities. Outcomes are monitored and addressed in our risk management system

and a risk management plan is prepared. Effectiveness of our safety procedures is tracked

through recalls and inspections (see table 2.3.1 on the next page).

To protect the paediatric population in our clinical trials, we design these to minimise disruption

to families’ daily lives. Paediatric plans are developed with guidance from our internal,

multidisciplinary Paediatric Expert Group to ensure the safety and efficacy of our products

for the paediatric populations.

Information-related impacts

We act across the organisation to prevent and mitigate any information-related risks and impacts

for patients and clinical trial participants while adhering to all relevant regulations. Management

of AI-related risks to patients is continuously strengthened through AI Literacy and awareness

building to develop competences across the company. In line with the EU AI Act and corporate

requirements, all AI systems are assessed from an ethical standpoint to phase out unacceptable

use cases. We completed an update of our Patient Information and Informed Consent (PIIC)

forms to enhance general transparency with respect to engaging in our clinical trials and

ensuring protection of our patients data and privacy.

To ensure responsible communication, all promotional product materials undergo legal,

medical and regulatory review. Our internal guidelines are continuously strengthened to

ensure healthcare professionals receive accurate product information and clinical data for

quality patient care.

Besides these ongoing actions, we have also implemented the following key actions in 2025

(see next page):

Illicit trade

• Illicit trade encompasses a range of

criminal activities including:

• Counterfeiting

• Illicit diversion

• Illicit compounding

• These practices pose serious

threats to patient safety, public

health and business integrity.

Policies and approach

• Management of illicit trade is

anchored in our OneCode policy

and covered in our standard

operating procedures and quality

management system.

• Our Prevent, Detect and Respond

strategy outlines how we address

potential adverse impacts of illicit

trade e.g., educating global

communities, driving efforts to

reinforce regulations, maintaining

supply chain integrity, detecting

illegal products via patient/HCP

complaints, field and online

monitoring and responding to cases

by reporting these to authorities

and taking legal action, when

relevant.

• Our positions on falsified medicines

and illicit compounding of

semaglutide provides further

details on our principles.

Actions

• We have increased detection and

takedowns of fraudulent online

offers by expanding the scope of

our proactive monitoring to address

illicit trade risks. As a member of

the Pharmaceutical Security

Institute, Novo Nordisk also

contributes to joint industry action.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Sustainability statement / Prioritised topics / 2. Patient protection and quality of life 55

2025 actions

Capability building for combatting illicit trade

• We delivered targeted awareness sessions in most affected markets, training more than

1,500 law enforcement and customs officials.

• Internally, over 2,000 employees responsible for incidents response were trained to report

to authorities and ensure proactive engagement with regulators.

• As a measure of effectiveness, an increase in law enforcement vigilance and information

sharing was observed.

Patient data protection and AI

• Enhance data ethics risk management across our processes, supplier interactions and use

of AI technologies. The scope is global for relevant suppliers, systems and processes.

• New AI clauses in contract templates were implemented, and the Data Protection Impact

Assessment was refined across projects to 1) identify patient data protection risks and 2)

implement actionable measures to mitigate these.

Patient-centric lay language documents

• Obtain and implement patient insights on our communication in lay language to enhance

the comprehension and accessibility of clinical trial information.

• Lay language documents in clinical reporting were in scope for feedback from the

established Innovation Patient Advisory Board. Based on the insights, relevant template

updates will be rolled out in 2026.

e-labelling

• Develop e-labelling to provide an additional channel for accessing labelling information

and allowing for faster access to labelling updates (e.g., safety information updates) for

end-users. e-labelling is applied in mandated or accepted markets.

• In 2025, a global process for e-labelling was implemented.

Performance

To manage product safety and quality risks, Novo Nordisk tracks product recalls. In 2025, four

product recalls occurred; cracked cartridges of Ozempic

in Canada, out-of-specification (OOS)

dissolution results for Vagifem

10 micrograms in Canada and the Netherlands, errors in shipping

documents sent to clinical trials in Italy and Greece, and the risk of biological particulate matter in

Semaglutide (Wegovy

) filling batches in the US. None of the recalls occurred at patient level or led

to any health consequences.

We monitor inspections to ensure regulatory compliance. In 2025, 171 inspections were conducted,

of which 130 inspections were passed, 40 were in-progress, as final inspection reports had not

yet been received, or the final authority’s acceptance was pending. Follow-up on in-progress

inspections will continue in 2026. In 2025, a US FDA inspection at the Bloomington site, recently

acquired from Catalent, received an 'Official Action Indicated' (OAI) status and subsequent warning

letter. We are working closely with US FDA to resolve the issues raised in this inspection and

warning letter.

2.3.1 Product recalls and failed inspections

Number 2025 2024 2023

Product recalls 4 3 2

Failed inspections 1 0 0

ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Patients reached with Novo Nordisk’s obesity and diabetes care products

Estimated by dividing Novo Nordisk’s net sales, samples and donations volume by the annual

usage dose per patient for each product class, as defined by the WHO (for diabetes) or in

accordance with the dose strength of the product (for obesity). Devices are excluded.

Vulnerable patients reached with Novo Nordisk’s diabetes care products

Vulnerable patients are estimated by using two methods: firstly, reach of one vulnerable patient

is defined as sales volumes in low-, lower middle- or upper middle- income countries (LMICs)

corresponding to an annual drug usage dose per patient as defined by WHO through public tender

sales, products sold under affordability thresholds (based on World Bank data and local healthcare

expenditures), humanitarian donations and for vulnerable patients reached in the US through products

supplied in select programmes. Secondly, for US access and affordability programmes, reaching one

vulnerable patient is defined at the time of enrolment based on patient programme reports. Due to

different methodologies applied, vulnerable patients reached with diabetes care products are not fully

to be considered a portion of overall patients reached.

Children reached through the Changing Diabetes

in Children programme are estimated as the total

accumulated number of children and youth enrolled since the initiation of the partnership in 2009.

Children participating for multiple years are only included once in the year of enrolment. Children

and youth are defined as 0-25 years old and living in poverty as defined by the World Bank.

Donations and other contributions

The monetary donations from Novo Nordisk to the World Diabetes Foundation (WDF) and the Novo

Nordisk Haemophilia & Haemoglobinopathies Foundation (NNHF) are recognised when the donation

or contribution is paid out.

Product recalls

Number of times Novo Nordisk has instituted a recall of a product from the market due to patient safety

reasons, including recalls in connection with clinical trials. A recall may affect multiple countries.

Failed inspections

Inspections where FDA warning letters or European Medicines Agency non-compliance letters related to

Good Medical Practice inspections are received, Good Medical Practice/ISO certificates for strategic sites

are lost, pre-approval inspections result in a complete response letter, study conclusions are changed

due to Good Clinical Practice/Good Laboratory Practice inspection issues, or marketing or import

authorisations are withdrawn due to inspection issues. Strategic sites are defined as the manufacturing

sites in Brazil, China, Denmark, France and the US. Inspections at acquired companies run by Novo

Nordisk are reported as Novo Nordisk inspections. Inspections of acquired companies run by the

acquired company are excluded.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Sustainability statement / Prioritised topics / 2. Patient protection and quality of life 56

Prioritised

topics

Patient protection

and quality of life

Own workforce

Climate Change

Resource use and

circular economy

Ambition

Being recognised as a

sustainable employer

Policy

Labour Code of Conduct

Health and Safety policy

Diversity and Inclusion policy

Performance

• Gender distribution in Senior

Leadership was 56:44 (men/women)

• The LTIR remained on par with the

2024 level

Sub-topics:

Own workforce is addressed in

the following three sub-topics:

• Working conditions

• Health and safety

• Equal treatment and opportunities

For more information on our

Compliance Hotline, see section 9.2

on p. 76

3. Own workforce

IRO name Category Sustainability topic Value chain location

Fair working conditions

• Working

conditions

• Own operations

Protection of health and safety

• Working

conditions

• Own operations

Ensure equal treatment and

opportunities

• Equal treatment

and opportunities

• Own operations

Potential talent attraction risks

• Working

conditions

• Equal treatment

and opportunities

• Own operations

Material impacts, risks and opportunities

Novo Nordisk depends on a skilled and diverse workforce across production sites, laboratories,

commercial functions and administrative roles to deliver innovative treatments for people living

with serious chronic diseases. Fair labour rights and employee benefits are a fundamental part

of our workforce approach, supporting stable and attractive working conditions globally and

safeguarding against negative impacts. Central to building an inclusive, diverse and resilient

organisation, is protecting our employees health and safety and ensuring equal treatment and

opportunities. Strong workforce practices and inclusive cultures help safeguard risks such as

not attracting or retaining critical talent, particularly in R&D and specialised roles, which could

undermine innovation and competitiveness.

Transformation

In 2025, Novo Nordisk announced a company-wide transformation to simplify the organisation,

speed up decision-making and redirect resources towards obesity and diabetes growth

opportunities. The plan is designed to sharpen commercial execution, ensuring we remain

competitive while upholding high standards of ethics and compliance. As part of this

transformation, we have reduced around 9,000 positions globally of which 5,000 in Denmark.

We recognise that organisational changes of this scale may affect fair labour rights and

employee benefits. Maintaining a close dialogue with labour-market representatives and

ensuring compliance with applicable labour regulations have therefore been key priorities

throughout the transition. The process has been conducted in accordance with local labour-

market requirements, with clear and timely communication to affected employees.

We also acknowledges the importance of safeguarding health and safety during periods of

change, ensuring that workforce considerations remain integral to our strategy. We take

responsibility for ensuring that our actions do not cause harm, embedding the protection

of employee rights, health and well-being into our policies and ways of working.

3.1 Working conditions

Policies and approach

Our Labour Code of Conduct

sets minimum labour standards safeguarding employee rights

and ensuring consistent working conditions across global operations. We continuously assess

the effectiveness of our Labour Code of Conduct. A global due diligence review covering a 5-year

period was completed in 2025. It confirmed that our working condition standards are upheld and

that a strong speak-up culture has been established, supported by multiple channels for

reporting concerns.

Employee compensation at Novo Nordisk exceeds local living wage standards (covering basic

needs plus discretionary income) and is reviewed regularly to reflect changes in cost of living

and economic conditions. Employees can apply for flexible work arrangements, such as career

breaks, compressed work weeks, or reduced hours, with corresponding adjustments to pay and

benefits. All employees are covered by social protection through public or company-provided

benefits. Parental leave for non-birthing parents has been extended globally to 14 weeks paid

leave. In Denmark and EU, working hours are monitored to support work–life balance, in

accordance with EU legislation. In markets where no laws or collective agreements apply, we

aim to keep working hours under 48 hours per week.

Novo Nordisk maintains policies to help ensure a workplace free from discrimination and

harassment, based on both legal requirements and broader commitments to inclusion. The

global Anti-Harassment Framework sets minimum process standards, implemented by local

People & Organisation and Ethics & Compliance teams. In the US, these are supplemented by

local frameworks.

We ensure that workforce engagement takes place through direct dialogue and formal structures,

such as our annual employee engagement survey Evolve. Employees have the right to organise

and bargain collectively. Where legislation restricts these rights, we protect and support alternative

representation and grievance mechanisms. In Denmark, five collective agreements are in place

with elected employee representatives, and management meets union representatives quarterly.

In Denmark and other EU countries, employees are represented through works councils or

equivalent bodies. The European Works Council engages regularly, including an annual meeting

of all representatives. These engagements support our assessment and continuous improvement

of workforce practices, including target setting, implemented through local HR teams.

1. The Labour Code of Conduct is aligned with the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights, the International

Bill of Human Rights, the International Labour Organisations Declaration on Fundamental Principles and Rights at work and

the Global Compact Ten Principles

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Sustainability statement / Prioritised topics / 3. Own workforce 57

Actions

The Novo Nordisk Way guided our actions throughout the transformation process, ensuring

assistance for colleagues affected by the organisational changes e.g., by offering mental

wellbeing resources and professional outplacement. Severance pay and other terms met

local legal and market benchmarks, and a fair, transparent termination process across

countries was prioritised. Employee representatives were engaged where required, and

the European Works Council was informed and consulted during the process.

Performance

Novo Nordisk underwent a company-wide transformation in 2025, reducing the number of

employees to 69,505 by year-end equal to 10% reduction when comparing to year-end 2024

including Catalent. The reorganisation in 2025 also impacted the number of leavers, increasing

the employee turnover rate to 18.4%.

3.1.1 Characteristics of Novo Nordisk’s employees

Number

2025 2024 2023

Total number of employees (FTEs)

68,794 73,109 63,370

Total number of employees (headcount)

69,505 74,156 64,319

• Men 35,453 37,416 –

• Women 33,992 36,711 –

• Other/ not reported 60 29 –

Country by country

• EUCAN (Europe and Canada) 39,004 42,308 35,402

• Hereof Denmark 29,613 34,185 28,692

• USA 9,961 8,829 7,869

• APAC (Japan, Korea, Oceania and Southeast Asia) 8,862 9,953 8,806

• Region China (Mainland China, Hong Kong and Taiwan) 6,188 6,977 6,485

• Emerging Markets (Latin America, the Middle East and Africa) 5,490 6,089 5,757

Number of leavers 13,274 3,574 –

Employee turnover 18.4% 5.5% 5.5%

1. All 2024 employee related metrics exclude Catalent. 2. 2024 figures: FTE and headcount are excluding Catalent.

Including Catalent, FTE is 76,302 and headcount is 77,349. 3. Geographical split has been reorganised to align with the

geographical regions applied throughout the Annual report. Hence 2024 and 2023 figures have been restated.

Novo Nordisk’s HR systems currently provide employees the option to select their self-identified

gender. Efforts are being made to raise awareness of this self-identification feature for future

reporting, including other/not reported categories.

By end of 2025, Novo Nordisk employed 64,974 permanent and 4,531 temporary employees,

similar to the 2024 split (68,669 permanent and 5,487 temporary). No employees in Novo

Nordisk’s own workforce are hired on non-guaranteed hours contracts.

Through the Evolve survey we track overall engagement, the 2025 index score remained broadly

stable year on year, with only a 1-point decline in favourable responses. Engagement remains

high when benchmarked against external organisations. As the survey preceded the September

2025 reorganisation, any impact of this may be reflected in 2026 results.

3.1.2 Enterprise Evolve score

Favorable % score 2025 2024 2023

Enterprise Evolve score 84 85 86

We have continued to advance our speak-up culture and anti-harassment framework as part of

our company-wide campaigns to ensure awareness of speak-up channels, while recognising that

some cases may not be reported to the Compliance Hotline. In 2025, the number of

substantiated people-related cases increased by 5% compared to 2024. None of the cases were

deemed as severe cases of human rights incidents. For substantiated cases, Novo Nordisk follows

prescribed procedures to provide remediation. For more information about our grievance

mechanism and non-retaliation policy, see section 9.2 on page 76.

3.1.3 Incidents and complaints

Number 2025 2024 2023

Substantiated people-related cases

175 167 –

• Hereof substantiated cases of harassment, including

discrimination

150 139 –

Amount of material fines, penalties and compensation related

to the above-mentioned incidents (mDKK)

– – –

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Sustainability statement / Prioritised topics / 3. Own workforce 58

3.2 Health and safety

Policies and approach

We prioritise the health, safety and wellbeing of our workforce to ensure safe and reliable

delivery of medicines. Our Global Health and Safety policy covers physical and psychological

safety, occupational health and health promotion, with a strong focus on prevention, continuous

improvement and regulatory compliance. The policy is implemented globally through a Health

and Safety Management System, which addresses chemical and biological exposure, ergonomic

hazards, noise, machine safety and psychosocial wellbeing. All production facilities are ISO 45001

certified with acquired sites being certified within a three year period and subject to regular

internal and external audits. Leaders and employees are accountable, and safety is never

compromised for cost or productivity. Health and safety principles are also embedded in

expansion projects and construction sites, ensuring safe conditions throughout the value chain.

Actions

Health and safety actions are implemented in close collaboration with all business areas. Each

area maintains a local plan addressing strategic risks and legal requirements, supported by

global resources for remediation. An annual bottom-up review evaluates the effectiveness of the

management system. In 2025, we sharpened our focus on preventing high-risk incidents,

specifically those with Potential Serious Injuries and Fatalities (PSIF) and Serious Injuries and

Fatalities (SIF). We are prioritising the identification, investigation and systematic prevention of

PSIF/SIF, introducing a target to ensure that over 80% of PSIF/SIF incidents undergo systematic

root cause analysis, in alignment with our Health & Safety policy. Formal performance monitoring

against the new target will be initiated in 2026. To raise awareness and strengthen capabilities,

we conducted intensive, targeted awareness training for key personnel and shared incident

examples on a monthly basis. Integration of Health and Safety standards into acquired sites is

ongoing, with full integration expected by 2027. One new site underwent internal health and

safety audit, with remaining new sites scheduled for 2026–2027. Besides these ongoing actions,

we have also implemented the following key actions in 2025:

2025 actions

Protecting psychological safety

• An enterprise-wide psychological safety concept was developed for all employees globally,

with tools, frameworks, processes and awareness training in place.

• In 2025, external vendors offering classes and workshops to support the psychological

safety journey of employees were identified.

• Metric: 3.2.1 (see table to the right)

Executing safely on construction and expansion projects

• Introduced a construction safety standard for high-risk activities identified in 2024

mapping, rolled out across major construction projects.

• A 2025 gap analysis, supported by independent consultants, guided site improvements.

• Metric: 3.2.1 (see table to the right)

Targets and performance

We have determined that our stable rate of LTIR is satisfactory following a benchmark against

peers. As a result, we discontinued the year-on-year 10% improvement target for Lost Time Injury

Rate (LTIR) in 2025. Instead, we have refocused our target on high-risk incident prevention to

reduce incident frequency in the future. We will however continue to monitor LTIR. In 2025, the

LTIR remained stable at 1.2 lost time injuries per million hours worked (ppm), even though the

number of recordable work-related lost time injuries increased by 5%. The reason for the LTIR

remaining stable is that the number of work-related lost time injuries was counteracted by

average FTE also increasing in 2025 compared to 2024. The increase in number of work-related

injuries reflects the continued production expansion and workforce growth prior to the

transformation in September. Immediate corrective actions were launched following each injury.

Stress symptoms and symptoms of physical pain are measured through our annual Evolve

survey, which shows performance at a point in time. As the survey preceded the September 2025

reorganisation, any impact of this may be reflected in 2026 results. Evolve survey insights inform

annual targets, with outcomes monitored continuously and reported annually.

Stress symptoms were reported by 14.0% of employees, missing the 10% improvement target

since 2024. Business areas with a high reporting of stress symptoms received customised

interventions from internal organisational psychologists, leading to a 20% reduction in reported

stress symptoms for these specific areas between 2024 and 2025. Work-related physical pain has

declined, continuing last year’s downward trend. However, the 5% reduction target was not fully

achieved. 'Pain Awareness Workshops' in high-risk areas contributed to the improvement, though

additional measures may be needed to meet future targets.

3.2.1 Health and safety (own employees)

Number

2025 2024 2023

Recordable work-related lost time injuries

182 173 153

Lost time injury rate (LTIR) (ppm)

1.2 1.2 1.3

Fatalities as result of work-related lost time injuries, incl. other

workers working on Novo Nordisk sites

0 0 1

Employees reporting symptoms of stress

14.0% 13.8% 13.8%

Employees reporting symptoms of work-related physical pain

6.7% 6.8% 7.1%

Workforce (headcount) covered by health and safety

management system

100% 100% –

3.2.2 Lost time injury rate

Lost time injuries per million hours worked

(ppm)

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Sustainability statement / Prioritised topics / 3. Own workforce 59

3.3 Equal treatment and opportunities for all

Policies and approach

Novo Nordisk strives to build a diverse and inclusive workplace that leverages differences,

fosters learning and growth and drives innovation. We recognise that diversity is any dimension

that differentiates our people and enables diverse thinking, for example gender, ethnicity, race,

nationality, disability and sexual orientation. Our Diversity and Inclusion policy supports our

organisation as reflective of our patients and customers and society at large. We focus on

mitigating bias by creating inclusive workplaces and ensuring leaders act as role models. Equality

is applied to all stages of employment, including recruitment, remuneration and promotion in

line with all local laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which we operate. Input from

employees, leadership and peers ensures that our Diversity, Equity, Inclusion and Belonging

efforts reflect workforce needs and societal expectations.

To foster a workplace where everyone can meaningfully participate, perform their best and

to build a strong talent pipeline, we cultivate belonging by leveraging the diverse skill sets,

knowledge and experience of our employees. Promoting equal opportunities also means

creating a strong learning culture. Personal and professional growth is ensured through

ongoing development dialogues and documented development plans. These plans focus

on both short-term goals and long-term career aspirations and are structured to focus on

both learning experiences and formal training. While we have no standalone training policy,

we apply compliance-driven and job-specific training procedures.

Actions

A new Global Diversity, Equity, Inclusion and Belonging strategy has been launched to leverage

differences, adapt to changes and foster an engaged workforce that drives innovation for

patients. We continue to assess how to improve learning and career advancement opportunities

for our employees. At a minimum, we provide access to self-directed learning content,

opportunities for internal mentors and coaches and advertise short-term developmental job

rotations for all employees. In response to the transformation, we paused all global talent,

leadership and learning programmes in Q4 2025 to evaluate and realign them with our strategic

priorities. Our updated learning and development portfolio will be launched in Q1 2026 to deliver

the capabilities needed for the future.

We perform equal pay reviews to ensure that individuals with similar roles and responsibilities

are compensated equitably, regardless of background, gender, or ethnicity to safeguard equal

and fair pay. This process covers global operations, excluding US and Canada, which follows

its own processes. Alongside the equal pay review process, Novo Nordisk has enhanced

transparency of reward elements, including salary ranges, short-term incentives, benefits,

and long-term incentives. Employees can now access their own salary positioning. These

measures aim to minimise bias and support fair and equal pay.

2. The previously stated minimum 45% gender split is no longer a target but an aspirational objective.

Performance

In 2021, we defined two global aspirations

: one for balanced gender representation at all

managerial levels, and one aiming for at least 45% women and 45% men in senior leadership

(VP+) by the end of 2025. The aspirations, covering Novo Nordisk A/S, excluding the US, was

benchmarked against peers, leading Danish companies, industry standards and academic

research. They were developed with executive input, approved by the Board and have been

transparently monitored. In 2025, women occupied 47% of all leadership positions and men

occupied 53%, consistent with 2024 figures and thereby meeting our aspiration for balanced

gender distribution across all managerial levels (see table 3.3.3 on the following page). At the

senior leadership level, 44% of roles were held by women and 56% were held by men at the end

of 2025 (see graph 3.3.2 to the right). Despite the 2% point change since 2024, the aspiration for

senior leadership was not met by the December 2025 deadline. We will continue to monitor the

gender distribution across senior leadership levels. Across all of our efforts, we monitor our

global inclusion index, which is part of our annual employee engagement survey, Evolve. It

indicates how our employees rate the state of inclusion at Novo Nordisk, and it resulted in 80% of

our employees rating the inclusion statements favourably in 2025.

As of 31 December 2025, the Board of Directors (BoD) had equal gender representation with four

women and five men (as of 31 January 2026, the BoD consists of five women and four men).

Excluding employee representatives, shareholder-elected members included one woman and

four men, not meeting the Danish Gender Balance Act. Novo Nordisk remains committed to

achieving balanced gender representation on the BoD in line with applicable legislation. For

details on how this will be ensured and how diversity is considered during candidate evaluation,

see the section on 'Gender Balance Act' on page 61 and the Corporate Governance Report.

In 2025 we have refined our methodology on the gender pay gap to present the weighted

gender pay gap across all job levels and countries. The weighted gender pay gap considers

geographical differences, but it does not take into account job level variances. This adjustment is

intended to further enhance transparency around our compensation practices. In 2025, the

gender pay gap is 1.2% in favour of women.

The remuneration ratio was impacted by a lower payout on the short-term incentive programme

for 2025, and a lower performance on the long-term incentive programme for 2025.

3.3.1 Remuneration metrics 2025 2024 2023

Gender pay gap

(1.2%) (0.4%) –

Annual total remuneration ratio

37 63 –

1. 2024 figure for Gender pay gap has been restated from (3)% due to a methodological change. 2. Based on present CEO

as highest paid employee. If calculated based on former CEO's remuneration, the ratio would be 148 due to severance

payment in 2025.

3.3.2 Gender in senior leadership positions

(CEO, EVP, SVP, CVP, and VP)

(% men:women)

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Sustainability statement / Prioritised topics / 3. Own workforce 60

3.3.3 Diversity metrics – Management levels

Men Women

Number 2025 2024 2023 2025 2024 2023

Number of employees (headcount) at senior leadership – CEO, EVP, SVP, GVP and VP

491 504 – 379 361 –

Percentage of employees (headcount) at senior leadership – CEO, EVP, SVP, GVP and VP 56% 58% 59% 44% 42% 41%

Number of employees (headcount) at other leadership levels – Director, manager, team leader 4,598 4,726 – 4,075 4,171 –

Percentage of employees (headcount) at other leadership levels – Director, manager, team leader 53% 53% 54% 47% 47% 46%

Gender in leadership positions (overall) 53% 54% 54% 47% 46% 46%

Gender on the Board of Directors 56% 50% 50% 44% 50% 50%

Gender on the Board of Directors without employee representatives 80% 62% 62% 20% 38% 38%

1. Historical data for Number of employees (headcount) at senior leadership level has been merged into one row instead of two in last year’s reporting. This has not impacted the reported number (headcount) at senior leadership level.

Gender Balance Act - Applicable for Novo Nordisk A/S only

Novo Nordisk A/S, as resident in Denmark, is subject to the Danish Gender Balance Act and obliged

to disclose information on gender diversity in the Board of Directors and other management levels

for employees employed in Novo Nordisk A/S. Other management levels are defined as two levels of

management under the Board of Directors: (i) Executive Management (EVPs employed by Novo

Nordisk A/S), and (ii) individuals with personnel responsibility who report directly to the first

management level

. Hence, Other management levels are not equal to senior leadership levels.

Measures taken to achieve gender balance

When evaluating candidates for election and re-election for the shareholder-elected Board

members, the People & Governance Committee and the Board considers the Competency

Profile of the Board of Directors of Novo Nordisk A/S which includes diversity in terms of e.g.,

gender and other relevant criteria. In regards to employee representatives, Novo Nordisk A/S

has employee representation in its Board of Directors and promotes the election to all eligible

employees regardless of backgrounds.

For selecting employees at Other management levels, Novo Nordisk A/S ensures a strong

leadership pipeline of diverse talents through its commitment to promoting equality of

opportunities within Novo Nordisk A/S.

Status on achieving gender balance

Novo Nordisk A/S has achieved gender balance as defined in the Danish Gender Balance Act

for employee representatives in the Board of Directors and in Other management levels,

however, it has not achieved gender balance for Board of Directors elected by shareholders.

1. For other management levels, the reporting only regards employees of Novo Nordisk A/S.

2. Ratio as of 31 December 2025. As of 31 January 2026, all employee representatives are women.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Sustainability statement / Prioritised topics / 3. Own workforce 61

ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Enterprise Evolve score

Measures the average percentage of favourable answers to the 18 engagement items shared in Novo

Nordisk’s annual employee survey. Favourable answers are defined as 'Agree' and 'Strongly agree' to

positively framed questions. The survey is performed once per year in the spring administered by an

external vendor.

Employees (headcount)

Measured as the headcount of all employees at year-end, excluding externals, employees on unpaid

leave, interns, Bachelor’s and Master’s thesis employees and substitutes. Employee data are based on

registrations in Novo Nordisk’s HR systems. Employees are attributed to geographical regions according

to their primary workplace.

Number of leavers

The number of employees (headcount), excluding temporary employees, who left the Novo Nordisk

Group during the year.

Employee turnover

Measured as the number of leavers during the financial year, divided by the average number of

employees (headcount), excluding temporary employees.

Substantiated people-related cases

Cases that, through a formal process, have been reported to or filed with the Compliance Hotline and

have been substantiated or partially substantiated based on an investigation during the year (partially

substantiated: an allegation encompasses several aspects, but only a subset of them can be confirmed).

Cases are within the overarching categories of the global anti-harassment framework, the Novo Nordisk

Way and Ombudsman, as well as other potential human rights breaches for internal employees,

consultants and other externally hired individual workers.

Substantiated cases of harassment, including discrimination

Cases that have been closed as substantiated or partially substantiated based on an investigation under

the Novo Nordisk Way and the global anti-harassment framework for our own workforce (partially

substantiated: an allegation encompasses several aspects, but only a subset of them can be confirmed).

Amount of material fines, penalties and compensation related to the above-mentioned incidents

Damages resulting from violations of social or human rights laws, including discrimination and severe

human rights incidents, where a Novo Nordisk legal entity (parent or affiliate) has been found in violation

by a court of law and been condemned to pay material fines, penalties or compensation.

Recordable work-related lost time injuries

Total number of work-related incidents causing absence for one full day or more, in addition to the day

of incident. Absence is considered as calendar days.

Lost time injury rate (LTIR)

Rate of recordable work-related injuries for our own workforce, measured in work-related injuries per

million hours worked, also referred to as the lost-time accident frequency (LTAF). Contractors, visitors,

employees on unpaid leave, interns and Bachelor’s and Master’s thesis students are not included. The

number of hours worked is based on 2,000 working hours annually per full-time equivalent and the

monthly records of number of employees converted into full-time equivalents to calculate FTE average

for the year.

Fatalities as a result of work-related lost time injuries

Work-related injuries resulting in the death of an employee or other workers working on a Novo Nordisk

site. All employees (headcount), permanent, temporary and non-guaranteed hours, have been included

in this metric.

Percentages of employees reporting symptoms of stress/work-related physical pain

Reported via the annual employee survey Evolve. In 2025, the scope of the survey was extended to a

few Catalent entities acquired in late 2024. In the survey, stress is defined as a situation where the

employee feels tense, restless, nervous or troubled, or unable to sleep at night due to thoughts about

their problems. Regarding symptoms of physical pain, the survey asks if an employee’s work generally

causes them physical pain. The two relative targets of improving mental and physical wellbeing are

measured as the percentage of employees responding 'Quite much' or 'Very much' for mental wellbeing

or 'Unfavourable' to the statement related to physical pain.

Workforce covered by health and safety management system (headcount)

The percentage of employees in Novo Nordisk’s own workforce who are covered by our health and

safety management system based on legal requirements and/or recognised standards or guidelines

is defined as the number of employees covered by health and safety management systems (headcount)

divided by all employees (headcount).

Gender pay gap

Calculated as the difference between the weighted average annualised salary for men and women

divided by the weighted average annualised salary of men and expressed as the percentage of the

average annualised salary of men. All employees at all job levels and in all countries have been included

in this metric.

Annual total remuneration ratio

Calculated as the ratio between the annual remuneration of the highest paid individual (the present CEO)

and the average annual remuneration for all employees excluding registered executives. Payments

include salary, incentive schemes and severance payments if applicable.

Gender in leadership and senior leadership positions

Reported as the percentage of gender in leadership and senior leadership positions. Senior leadership

positions are defined as employees in the global job levels chief executive officer (CEO), executive vice

president (EVP), senior vice president (SVP), group vice president (GVP) and vice president (VP). These

are the top management positions in the Novo Nordisk Group. Other leadership levels are defined as

employees in the global job levels of director, manager and team leader. Leadership positions overall

are defined as directors, managers, team leaders and senior leadership positions. Diversity on the Board

of Directors is reported as the percentage split by gender among all members, including employee

elected members.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Sustainability statement / Prioritised topics / 3. Own workforce 62

Prioritised

topics

Patient protection

and quality of life

Own workforce

Climate Change

Resource use and

circular economy

Ambition

We aim to build a climate-resilient

business by assessing and adapting to

climate risks, reducing GHG emissions

in line with a well-below 2°C pathway,

and transparently reporting across our

value chain under the GHG Protocol.

Policy

Environmental policy

Performance

• Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions

increased 19% since 2024

Suppliers for Zero Programme

• In 2025, we launched the Suppliers

for Zero programme to align

suppliers with our climate, nature

and plastics goals.

• All Tier 1 suppliers must source

100% renewable electricity by 2033.

• Suppliers must also meet our

Responsible Sourcing Standards

• Additional initiatives will be defined

by Novo Nordisk in individual

engagements.

4. Climate change

IRO name Category Sustainability topic Value chain location

e emissions contributing to

climate change

• Mitigation

• Energy

• Upstream

• Own operations

• Downstream

Potential reputational risks linked to

e emissions and speed of

mitigation efforts

• Mitigation

• Energy

• Upstream

• Own operations

• Downstream

Potential risks of climate-related

disruptions in operations or supply

chain

• Adaptation • Upstream

• Own operations

• Downstream

Material impacts, risks and opportunities

As a global pharmaceutical company, we recognise that our activities, from sourcing raw

materials to manufacturing and distribution, have a material climate impact. As we expand,

so does the impact unless we take deliberate action to change it. The majority of our GHG

emissions (93%) arise upstream and downstream in our value chain.This includes emissions from

sourcing of raw materials and services (direct), other goods and services (indirect) for medicine

production, the construction of new manufacturing facilities (investments) and the distribution

of raw materials and finished products. Direct operational emissions (scope 1 and 2) represent

only 7%. We acknowledge that until we fully decouple business growth from emissions, our

operations will continue to generate negative environmental impacts and expose us to transition

and reputational risks. We are actively advancing decarbonisation and adaptation plans to

strengthen resilience and progress our climate roadmap.

4.1 Climate mitigation, adaptation and energy

Policies and approach

The Novo Nordisk Environmental policy affirms our commitment to providing life-changing

treatments for people with serious chronic diseases while minimising environmental impact.

Pharmaceutical production, from producing APIs and excipients to manufacturing, packaging,

cold-chain distribution and end-of-life handling, has a material climate footprint.

We are committed to achieving our CO₂e emission reduction targets through energy efficiency,

renewable energy, process optimisation and other decarbonisation levers (see illustration 4.1.2),

while systematically assessing and adapting to climate-related risks. The policy covers all our

activities globally and is embedded across the pharmaceutical value chain.

Implementation is led by management teams and supported by on-site environmental partners

at all production facilities, ensuring compliance and continuous improvement. Production sites

are ISO 14001 certified for environmental management (excluding all new acquisitions and

construction projects) and our Kalundborg site is also certified according to ISO 50001, energy

management. Our ISO 14001 is linked to our Circular for Zero Factory Model, which assists

manufacturing sites to identify strategic maturity level in line with Novo Nordisk’s environmental

roadmaps: climate, nature and plastics, while also driving actions throughout

our Environmental Management System.

Transition- and physical climate risks assessment

We assess transition and physical climate risks through our Enterprise Risk Management (ERM)

framework across our production, including the sourcing of APIs, excipients, packaging and

logistics. In 2024, we conducted a forward looking climate resilience analysis using 1.5 °C (RCP

2.6) and 4 °C (RCP 8.5) scenarios from the IPCC towards 2030 and 2050, which assume economic

constraints arising from moderate population and GDP growth. These scenarios were selected

to reflect both 'business as usual' as well as rapid decarbonisation pathways and their impact on

our activities. Short-, medium- and long-term risks were evaluated and scenario outcomes are

used to inform strategic decisions on site resilience, supply chain planning and our

decarbonisation roadmap.

The physical risk assessment focused on site exposure and critical raw materials. Physical climate

risks are screened annually at production sites (excluding warehouses) and in parts of the supply

chain. For production sites, we assess risks based on geographic location, while for supply chain

assessments we consider supplier countries. The transition risks assessment was evaluated using

an Integrated Assessment Model (IAM) to capture sector- and region-specific macroeconomic

shifts, energy supply, raw materials pricing, labour costs and revenue changes. We assess and

adjust mitigation measures, where feasible based on parameters such as evolving national

policies, availability of low carbon technologies, energy supply conditions, thereby increasing

business resilience to climate risks. No aspects of our business were identified as incompatible

with a transition to climate-neutral economy.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Sustainability statement / Prioritised topics / 4. Climate change 63

4.1.1 Scope 1, 2 and 3 GHG emissions targets

Annual %

(target/

base)1,000 tCO

e 2024

2025 2030 2033 2045

Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions - market-based 101 183 0 0 0 17%

Scope 3 GHG emissions

(SBTi) 1,448 1,616 – 970 0

Scope 3 GHG emissions (excluded from SBTi target) 712 891 Not applicable

Scope 3 GHG emissions 2,160 2,507

Base year 2. Following the target validation by SBTi in 2025, we revised base-year emissions from 1,493 to 1,448.

3. Net emissions with residual emissions after the decarbonisation levers (150 thousand tCO

e) to be neutralized

through carbon removals.

4.1.2 Main decarbonisation levers for our 2033 scope 3 target and 2045 net-zero target

(1,000 tonnes CO2e)

Climate targets and transition plan

Novo Nordisk has three targets for climate as outlined in the margin to the right and summarised

in table 4.1.1: 2030 target for scope 1 and 2, 2033 target for scope 3 (2033) and a 2045 net-zero

target for scope 1, 2 and 3.

Our transition plan and decarbonisation levers

Our transition plan is aligned with our climate targets and our strategic priorities, and is based on

projected growth in production volumes and expansion projects. It takes into account several

uncertainties and assumptions, such as business growth projections to reflect the increased

resource use in the coming years and the reduction potential of available technologies. The plan

addresses both transition pathways for our direct operations (scope 1 and 2) and our value chain

(scope 3). Emissions reduction efforts in our own operations are focused on switching to

renewable energy, increased energy efficiency and transition to electric vehicles (EV). For scope 3

emissions, our transition plan relies on a portfolio of low-carbon value chain initiatives, and we

will further focus on our suppliers’ transition to renewable electricity as well as process

optimisation to reduce overall demand for materials and services and optimise our processes

even further.

Our main decarbonisation levers are (as outlined in 4.1.2):

• Direct spend: Procurement of low-carbon feedstocks for key raw materials, such as

e-methanol for plastic devices, low-carbon ammonia and glucose from regenerative

agriculture;

• Indirect spend: Procurement of low-carbon goods and services;

• Investments: Converting to low-carbon construction materials;

• Distribution: Converting product distribution from air freight to sea- and road freight, while

sourcing Sustainable Aviation (SAF) and Marine Fuels (SMF) and converting to electric trucks;

Assumptions and uncertainties

We recalibrate priority areas continuously. Although some scope 3 decarbonisation levers

are already implemented to mitigate projected emission increase, many of our levers have a

delayed effect and will not materialise until 2030. Overall emissions are therefore expected to

keep increasing before reductions take effect towards 2033. This reflects planned expansion

and the timing of decarbonisation measures, not a deviation from our transition pathway.

Progress against targets is monitored through interim milestones to ensure alignment with

our transition plan. We acknowledge that going forward we will need to explore other initiatives

to address unallocated opportunities.

Beyond 2033, we will continue to work with our value chain initiatives and we plan to neutralise

up to 10% of baseline emissions through carbon removals to meet our 2045 net-zero target, in

line with SBTi and IPCC guidance. We are exploring both nature-based and technology-based

removal solutions. Read more about our restoration efforts in section 7 'Nature' p. 72.

Targets within transition plan

• 2030: Zero scope 1 and 2 emissions.

• Ambition: 1.5°C aligned

• 2033: 33% reduction in scope 3

emissions compared with 2024 baseline.

• Ambition: Well-below 2°C,

not 1.5°C aligned

• 2045: Net-zero emissions,

• Ambition: Aligned with the

Corporate Net-Zero Standard

1. Our 2033 scope 3 target covers ~67% of

emissions, excluding categories 3, 5, 7, 12 and

parts of 1, 2 and 6, in line with SBTi provisions for

high-uncertainty categories. The target follows a

sectoral decarbonisation pathway. The 2045 net-

zero target includes all scope 1, 2 and 3

emissions. The targets and the transition plan

have been approved by our Board of Directors

and Executive Management.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Sustainability statement / Prioritised topics / 4. Climate change 64

Actions

Many of our 2025 actions addressed our aim to decarbonise own operations. We have worked

with initiatives to reduce energy consumption through optimising sites and processes and we

started to develop site-specific conversion plans for fossil-based heat and steam systems. To

reduce emissions across our value chain we increased the number of suppliers committed to

renewable electricity (see margin to the right) and we successfully implemented initiatives with

several of our key suppliers in the highest-impact sourcing categories.

Besides these ongoing actions, we have also implemented the following key actions in 2025:

2025 actions

Scope 1 and 2: Energy efficiency and optimisation, ongoing to 2030.

• Advanced district cooling and heating ring in Kalundborg (completion 2026, ~20,000 MWh/yearly

savings) and new heat pump in Hillerød completed in 2025 (~3,300 MWh/yearly savings).

• Target: Zero scope 1 and 2 by 2030, Metric: 4.1.4

Scope 1 and 2: Converting to renewable heat and steam, ongoing to 2030.

• Investigating heat and steam decarbonisation levers across production sites to

enable cost-efficient implementation. Specific roadmap to be finalized in 2026.

• Target: Zero scope 1 and 2 by 2030, Metric: 4.1.4

Scope 1 and 2: Reducing emissions from fossil-based vehicles, ongoing to 2030.

• Expanding EV transition in alignment with local infrastructure across operational countries.

• Target: Zero scope 1 and 2 by 2030, Metric: 4.1.4

Scope 3: Reducing emissions from purchased good and services, until 2033 and beyond.

• Partnering with suppliers on low-carbon materials and feedstocks: first large-scale e-methanol

project in Kassø for e-POM production.

• In 2025, over 10% of the glucose we procured was from regenerative agriculture and a large

share of purchased ammonia was low-carbon.

• Converting to low-carbon (e.g., steel, concrete) and recycled materials at site Clayton.

• Target: Reduce scope 3 by 33% by 2033, Metric: 4.1.4

Scope 3: Reducing emissions from air and sea distribution, to 2033 and beyond.

• Securing sustainable aviation fuel (SAF) and marine fuel (SMF) agreements

with logistics partners.

• Target: Reduce scope 3 by 33% by 2033, Metric: 4.1.4

Climate adaptation to address physical climate risks, until 2033 and beyond

• In 2025, natural hazard exposure reassessed for all production sites and critical suppliers,

with detailed climate and nature risk evaluations for key commodities. The analysis indicated

5 key commodities that could potentially be impacted by climate change.

Performance

Total energy consumption increased by 23% compared to 2024, mainly due to the integration of

electricity and natural gas consumption at acquired production sites. These acquisitions

accounted for over 80% of the energy consumption increase at production sites, while our

construction and expansion activities played only a minor role in the overall increase.

In 2025, we refined our reporting methodology to better distinguish between renewable and

non-renewable steam and heat, and we now include contractual biomass-derived sources in

Kalundborg, Denmark, under renewable energy (both for 2024 and 2025). Otherwise, we

continue to adopt a conservative approach with only including energy as renewable, if suppliers

have contractual agreements in place. In 2024, renewables, mainly electricity, biogas and

biomass-based heat and steam, accounted for 66% of total energy use, but declined to 57% in

2025 due to the increase in fossil energy consumption in our recent acquisitions. Specifically, the

share of renewable electricity for production sites dropped from 100% in 2024 to 86% in 2025,

driven by the acquisition of new sites without renewable electricity setup. We have also started

to measure and report on self-generated renewable electricity in 2025.

In 2025, the total amount of energy savings achieved through our energy saving initiatives

increased from 13.7GWh in 2024 to 29.8 GWh. Yet, this reduction could not offset the overall

growth in energy consumption.

4.1.3 Energy consumption and mix

GWh 2025 2024 2023

Total energy consumption related to own operations 1,726 1,400 1,051

Total energy consumption from fossil sources 742 476 –

• Fuel consumption from crude oil and petroleum products 169 188 –

• Fuel consumption from natural gas 369 196 –

• Consumption of purchased or acquired electricity, heat, steam,

and cooling

204 92 –

Total energy consumption from renewable sources 984 924 –

• Fuel consumption from renewable sources 156 154 –

• Consumption of purchased or acquired electricity, heat, steam

and cooling from renewable sources

827 770 –

• Total self-generated non-fuel renewable energy 1 0 –

Percentage of fossil sources in total energy consumption 43% 34% –

Percentage of renewable sources in total energy consumption

57% 66% –

Energy intensity (total energy consumption per net revenue

)

(MWh/mDKK)

5.58 4.82 –

1. Contractual biomass-derived heat and steam is included under renewable sources in 2025 and the 2024 values were

restated from 54% to 66%, 46% to 34%. Accordingly, the values for consumption of fossil-based electricity heat and steam

was restated from 264 GWh to 92 GWh in 2024 and consumption of renewable electricity, heat and steam was restated from

599, GWh to 770 GWh. 2. Please see note 2.1 'Net sales and rebates' on page 88 in the Consolidated financial statements.

Suppliers for Zero Program

To reach our scope 3 targets, we need our

suppliers and CMOs to implement specific

decarbonisation levers and support us to

improve data foundations to measure

impacts and potentials.

We provide support to our suppliers

through collaborative partnerships and

free training

% of GHG emissions from suppliers who

have committed to sourcing renewable

electricity

54%

41% in 2024

1. Commitments cover electricity consumption

from suppliers to Novo Nordisk within scope 3

category 1 and 2.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Sustainability statement / Prioritised topics / 4. Climate change 65

4.1.4 Scope 1, 2 and 3 GHG emissions

1,000 tCO

e 2025 2024 2023

% change

(2025/2024)

Scope 1 GHG emissions 120 85 78 41%

Scope 2 GHG emissions - market-based 63 16 15 294%

Scope 2 GHG emissions - location-based 198 174 –

14%

Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions - market-based 183 101 93 81%

Scope 3 GHG emissions 2,507 2,160 1,743 16%

• Category 1: Purchased goods and Services 1,383 1,215 1,018 14%

• Category 2: Capital goods 609 465 303 31%

• Category 3: Fuel- and energy-related activities 86 74 56 16%

• Category 4: Upstream transportation and distribution 116 101 108 15%

• Category 5: Waste generated in operations 7 6 6 17%

• Category 6: Business travel 190 188 154 1%

• Category 7: Employee commuting 56 52 43 8%

• Category 9: Downstream transportation and

distribution

57 57 52 0%

• Category 12: End-of-life treatment of sold products 3 2 3 50%

Total GHG emissions - market-based 2,690 2,261 1,836 19%

Total GHG emissions - location-based 2,825 2,419 – 17%

GHG emissions intensity, market-based (total GHG

emissions per net revenue

) (tCO

e/mDKK)

8.7 7.8 – 12%

GHG emissions outside of scope 1 and 2 (1,000 tCO

)

108 110 –

(2%)

• Biogenic emissions (scope 1) 38 37 – 3%

• Biogenic emissions (scope 2) 70 73 – (4%)

1. Please see note 2.1 'Net sales and rebates' on p. 88 in the Consolidated financial statements.

Performance

Scope 1, 2 and 3 GHG emissions increased, as anticipated (see graph 4.1.5 to the right).

Therefore we did not achieve any emission reductions in 2025.

Scope 1 emissions (see table 4.1.4 to the left) increased by 41% from 2024 to 2025 primarily due

to an overall increased use of fossil natural gas. The five acquired sites accounted for the majority

of the increase in scope 1 emissions. Even though total scope 1 emissions increased, scope 1

emissions related to the consumption of diesel as well as gasoline declined in 2025, in line with

our aim to reduce emissions from fossil-based vehicles.

Scope 2 (market-based) emissions increased by 294% from 2024 to 2025, driven by

non-renewable electricity use at three of the acquired production sites. Our ambition is

to transition to long-term renewable solutions that add new renewable capacity to the grid,

rather than relying on standalone certificates. This means acquisitions may have an adverse

effect on the renewable share before long-term solutions are implemented. Besides the growth

in non-renewable electricity consumption at the acquired sites, non-renewable steam

consumption at our site expansion in China was also another contributing factor to the increase

in scope 2 emissions.

Scope 3 emissions increased by 16% from 2024 to 2025, driven by both procurement of goods

and services (category 1) and higher CapEx for property, plant and equipment (category 2).

Categories 1 and 2 made up nearly 80% of total scope 3.

Purchased goods and services (category 1) continue to be the largest scope 3 emissions source.

In 2025, the biggest increase in category 1 came from service-related activities, followed by

overall increase in the procurement of production materials and services. To address this

challenge, we have in 2025 started to source low-carbon materials and increased the share

of our suppliers sourcing renewable electricity (see margin on preceding page).

As anticipated, the fastest growth in scope 3 emissions was reported in category 2, where our

construction and expansion activities were the single largest driver of the total growth.

To address this challenge, we focused our efforts in 2025 to foster circularity in the construction

of new sites, by setting new thresholds for building design and material choice, and

implementing a new standard to design sites for deconstruction and adaptability. For details, see

the Action table in section 5.1 'Resource use and circular economy').

Decarbonisation efforts in category 4 (Distribution) were challenged by company growth

and increased by 15% compared to 2024. Supply chain optimisation as well as procurement of

sustainable aviation fuel (SAF) and sustainable marine fuel (SMF) were not able to fully offset

this growth. Category 6 (Business travel), on the other hand, remained stable compared to 2024,

reflecting the reduction in employee travel in the second half of the year following the business

transformation. Other scope 3 categories remained similar to the 2024 levels.

4.1.5 Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions

(1,000 tCO2e)

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Sustainability statement / Prioritised topics / 4. Climate change 66

ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Total energy consumption from fossil sources under Novo Nordisk control

Primary energy consumption from coal, crude oil, petroleum products and natural gas, as well as

consumption of externally purchased secondary non-renewable energy such as electricity, heat, steam

and cooling. Energy consumption is based on meter readings and/or invoices.

Total energy consumption from renewable sources

Primary energy consumption from renewable fuels (wood, biogas, bioethanol and biodiesel); as well as

externally purchased and self-generated renewable electricity and biomass-derived heat and steam, as

defined in the contractual agreements. Consumption is based on meter readings and/or invoices and

complemented with contractual agreements.

Energy intensity/GHG intensity

Total energy consumption/total GHG emissions per net revenue. For energy intensity this corresponds to

energy intensity from activities in high climate impact sectors. It is assumed that all activities of the Novo

Nordisk Group are in a high climate impact sector (NACE code C21). Net revenue refers to total net sales

generated by Novo Nordisk.

The reporting of GHG emissions follows the ESRS and GHG Protocol. All impact is measured in tonnes of

e; using the Global Warming Potential (GWP) values published by the IPCC based on a 100-year time

horizon and includes emissions of CO

, CH

, N

O, HFCs, PFCs, SF

and NF

Scope 1 GHG emissions

Scope 1 includes CO

e emissions from fuels used in stationary installations on site and mobile

installations, as well as fugitive emissions of refrigerants. Emission factors for the respective energy

types are based on the UK Government GHG Conversion Factors for Company Reporting. N

O and CH

emissions from the consumption of biofuels are included in scope 1 and 2, while bio-based CO₂ emission

are assumed to be zero and are not included but disclosed separately under biogenic emissions. GHG

removals, carbon credits and avoided emissions are not included.

Scope 2 emissions

Indirect GHG emissions from electricity, heat and steam, purchased and consumed by Novo Nordisk.

Location-based emissions are calculated using grid average emission factors on local/regional/national

level. Market-based scope 2 emissions are calculated taking into account contractual instruments such as

Energy Attribute Certificates, Power Purchase Agreements and Guarantees of Origin from sources such

as wind, hydro, solar and biomass. For sites without such contractual agreements, residual mix emission

factors are applied when available, alternatively the grid average emission factor. For steam and district

heating, the market-based scope 2 emissions are calculated using supplier specific emission factors. In

general, sources of emission factors for scope 2 emission calculations include IEA, AIB, Green-e and

supplier specific factors.

Biogenic emissions refer to out of scope emissions of CO

from the combustion of biomass-based primary

fuels (scope 1) and biomass-derived electricity, steam and district heating (scope 2). Biogenic emissions

from our fermentation process are not included due to high calculation uncertainty.

Scope 3 emissions

Indirect GHG emissions that originate from our value chain. Novo Nordisk has identified nine categories

of scope 3 emissions out of the fifteen defined by the GHG Protocol as significant. The remaining six

categories are not reported on separately, as they are not applicable to Novo Nordisk. Accounting

policies are detailed only for the two most material categories of scope 3 – category 1 and 2.

Our calculation methods for remaining categories 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9 and 12 are in line with the GHG Protocol

and include the supplier-specific method, distance-based approach, average-activity method, average

spend-based method and other hybrid methods.

In general, major sources of emission factors include EPA, DEFRA, EXIOBASE, GaBi and other industry

databases and standards. We continuously strengthen scope 3 reporting to improve accuracy, track

action levers and reflect progress as low-carbon materials are introduced. Our goal is to use supplier-

specific emission factors for much of scope 3 reporting. Given limited data availability and evolving

science, future restatements remain plausible.

Category 1: Purchased goods and services

Purchased goods and services include purchased raw materials, packaging materials and consumables,

as well as services such as marketing, IT and facility services. If available, direct spend is converted into

e emissions using the average activity data method where material weights are matched with CO

factors. A spend-based factor is applied for other direct spend data where no weight can be obtained.

Indirect spend is converted into CO

e using a spend-based method.

Category 2: Capital goods

Capital goods include emissions related to all indirect investment spend from external suppliers, mainly

production utilities and equipment. Indirect spend is converted into CO

e emissions via the average

spend-based method using emission factors.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Sustainability statement / Prioritised topics / 4. Climate change 67

Prioritised

topics

Patient protection

and quality of life

Own workforce

Climate Change

Resource use and

circular economy

Ambition

We aim to reduce our plastic

footprint by extending the life

of materials beyond patient use

and minimising plastic through

smarter design, reusable solutions,

optimised processes and sustainable

alternatives.

Policy

Environmental policy

Performance

• Plastic footprint per patient

decreased 5% since 2024

Plastic roadmap

1. Reduce by converting to reusable

devices and less frequent dosing

2. Change by transitioning to non-

virgin-fossil plastic

3. Avoid by expanding the ReMed

take-back programme

5. Resource use and circular economy

IRO name Category Sustainability topic Value chain location

Resource use associated with

manufacturing and capacity

expansions

• Resource inflow • Upstream

• Own operations

End-of-life waste from products • Resource outflow

• Own operations

• Downstream

Resource waste associated with

manufacturing

• Waste

• Own operations

• Downstream

Potential reputational risks

associated with resource use

• Resource inflow

• Resource outflow

• Waste

• Upstream

• Own operations

• Downstream

Material impacts, risks and opportunities

At the core of our Circular for Zero strategy is a commitment to decouple resource use and waste

from our ability to serve growing number of patients. Novo Nordisk depends on resource inflows

such as plastics, glucose, solvents and packaging to produce medicines and devices, and

construction materials to expand manufacturing. Environmental impacts occur across our

operations and value chain, such as at product end-of-life, where limited recycling options for

pharmaceuticals lead to incineration or landfill, e.g., plastic device waste. Production waste is

another key impact, where most waste is sent for recycling and landfill is minimised.

We also recognise reputational risks tied to resource consumption that arise mainly in connection

with the production of our devices.

5.1 Resource inflow, outflow and waste

Policies and approach

Circularity is anchored in our Environmental policy, which states our commitment to designing

out waste and pollution and keeping materials in loops. Our Environmental policy outlines our

commitment to promoting low impact products and processes, when possible, for example by

finding ways to use waste from one process as a resource in another process. We also strive to

source reused, recycled and renewable materials, while always considering patient safety and the

stringent regulatory requirements applicable to the pharmaceutical sector. The processes to

assess impacts and risks involves annual environmental assessments at our production sites and

within product development processes.

We systematically use third-party-validated LCA’s (Life Cycle Assessments) to understand and

reduce product impacts. We prioritise waste avoidance and reduction over waste treatment and

address all levels of the waste hierarchy, from prevention and reuse to recycling, energy recovery

and disposal. For details on chemical and water management, see section 8 'Pollution' and

section 7 'Nature'.

Actions

We focus on plastics and production waste, guided by our target to reduce the plastic footprint

per patient with 30% by 2033 compared to 2024. Ongoing actions include initiatives such as

recycling of ethanol in our production, applying Circular Design Guidelines and innovating

treatment methods that reduce the plastic footprint (e.g., with Awiqli

). To further address waste

from our own products, we have a take-back and recycling scheme called ReMed

. As of the end

of 2025, the scheme is scaled up to the national level in Denmark and the UK, while in other

countries (Brazil, France, Italy, Japan and Germany) it is currently available in selected geographic

areas. We also work to enhance packaging circularity for the future.

To address waste associated with production, we continuously work to eliminate landfill waste

from our production sites globally by diverting waste to incineration with energy recovery, other

recovery operations or recycling.

Besides these ongoing actions, we have also implemented the following key actions in 2025

(see next page):

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Sustainability statement / Prioritised topics / 5. Resource use and circular economy 68

2025 actions

Convert to lower-carbon plastics (non-virgin-fossil alternatives with a lower carbon footprint)

in our medical devices globally by 2033.

• In 2025, first large-scale e-methanol project in Kassø (DK) inaugurated for e-POM

production.

• Target: Reduce scope 3 CO

e emissions by 33% by 2033, Metric: 4.1.4

Fostering circularity in construction of new sites towards 2033.

• In 2025, new LCA thresholds launched to drive sustainable building design and material

choices.

• In 2025, new standard introduced for designing sites for deconstruction and adaptability,

promoting long-term reuse and procurement of more sustainable or recycled materials.

• For our expansion at site Clayton (USA), approximately 46% of civil, architectural and

structural (CSA) materials procured are classified as more sustainable (bio-based, FSC-

certified wood, or recycled content); the target for circularity in expansions is to reach 50%..

• Target: Reduce scope 3 CO

e emissions by 33% by 2033, Metric: 4.1.4

Converting to reusable devices by 2033 to treat more patients with reusable devices.

• In 2025, we worked on preparing a cost-efficient reusable injection pen for launch.

• Target: Reduce our plastic footprint per patient by 30% by 2033.

• Metric: 5.1.3 Plastic footprint per patient (kg/patient).

Innovating treatment methods by 2033

• Awiqli

- the world's first once-weekly basal insulin; going from daily to weekly injection

reduces the need for injection pens, thereby reducing the plastic footprint of treatment by

approximately two thirds compared to once daily treatment.

• In 2025, Awiqli

was launched in two additional markets: Italy and Japan.

• Target: Reduce our plastic footprint per patient by 30% by 2033.

• Metric: 5.1.3 Plastic footprint per patient (kg/patient).

Targets and performance

In 2024, we set a voluntary global target to reduce our plastic footprint per patient by 30% by

2033 compared to base year 2024. The scope of the target includes plastic in devices and primary

packaging for obesity and diabetes products. Internal and external experts were involved in

setting the target. In 2024, we did not include primary packaging for needles for which we have

made a restatement for our 2024 base year for both absolute- and relative plastic footprint, as

well as our 2033 target value.

The target addresses both resource inflows and outflows, including the minimisation of primary

raw materials, converting to reusable devices and innovating treatment methods. Achieving this

target requires treating patients with fewer devices and/or delivery solutions with lower plastic

footprints, which addresses both resource inflows and outflows and relates to the waste

prevention layer of the waste hierarchy. In 2025, we achieved a 5% reduction from 0.38 kg/

patient in 2024 to 0.36 kg/patient mainly driven by an increase in once-weekly treatments

combined with a reduction of once-daily treatments (see graph 5.1.3 in the margin).

Resource outflows leaving Novo Nordisk include medicines, injection devices, packaging

materials and waste. Key products aligned with circularity principles are our reusable devices.

A conservative estimate of recyclable content in our products' packaging is 29%, reflecting the

lowest share of recyclable content across they key geographies (Europe, US and Japan) according

to our product lifecycle assessments (LCAs). Some products in certain geographies have a

recyclable content in packaging of 29%, while in other geographies or for other products the

recyclable content can be as high as 92%.

5.1.1 Resource outflows 2025 2024 2023

Plastic footprint (absolute) (tonnes)

16,463 17,128 –

Plastic footprint per patient (kg/patient)

0.36 0.38 –

Recyclable content in products packaging 29% 28% –

1. Plastic footprint (absolute) restated from 15,654 to 17,128 tonnes in 2024 due to the inclusion of primary packaging for

needles. 2. Relative plastic footprint restated from 0.35 to 0.38 in 2024.

With business growth, the total weight of technical and biological materials used in

manufacturing of our medicines increased by 15%. As in 2024, about two-thirds were technical

materials and one-third was biological components. In 2025, we took the first steps to source

glucose from regenerative agriculture, enabling us for the first time to report a share of

sustainably sourced biological materials of 11%.

5.1.2 Resource inflows

1,000 tonnes 2025 2024 2023

Overall total weight of technical and biological materials used 259 226 –

Percentage of biological materials (and biofuels used for non-

energy purposes) that are sustainably sourced 11% 0% –

To address our waste impact, we have a global target of zero landfill from production sites by

2030. In 2025, we refined the methodology to allow up to 0.05% of waste to landfill, e.g., due to

local infrastructure or national regulation.

In 2025, out of a total of 174 tonnes waste directed to landfill, 154 tonnes were generated in

production, corresponding to 0.06% of our total production waste. This represents a 64%

increase compared to production-related waste directed to landfill in 2024 (94 tonnes). This

increase was entirely attributable to recent acquisitions. The acquired sites accounted for over

80% of all waste sent to landfill during 2025.

5.1.3 Plastic footprint

(Plastic footprint per patient, kg/patient/year)

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Sustainability statement / Prioritised topics / 5. Resource use and circular economy 69

At Novo Nordisk, the major waste streams include non-hazardous organic waste (e.g., yeast

slurry), water waste (hazardous) and ethanol waste (hazardous). Total waste increased by 18%

from 2024 to 2025, driven primarily by a rise in production waste. The increase in production

waste was mainly caused by a temporary shift in the handling of yeast slurry, where it in 2025

was disposed of a higher water content, thereby resulting in a larger volume of production waste.

In 2025, we managed to reduce our hazardous waste by 9% to 48,282 tonnes. The decline was

largely due to lower ethanol and water waste volumes. The share of hazardous waste in total

waste therefore declined.

5.1.4 Resource outflows - Waste

Tonnes

2025 2024 2023

Total

Total waste generated 271,771 229,690 189,091

Non-recycled waste 33,416 34,132 -

Percentage of non-recycled waste 12% 15% -

Hazardous

Total hazardous waste 48,282 52,982

Waste diverted from disposal 24,145 26,713 -

• Preparation for Reuse 43 - -

• Recycling 16,561 14,099 -

• Other recovery operations 7,541 12,614 -

Waste directed to disposal 24,137 26,269 -

• Incineration 24,129 26,022 -

• Landfill 8 0 -

• Other disposal operations 0 247 -

Non-hazardous

Total non-hazardous waste 223,489 176,708

Waste diverted from disposal 214,210 168,845 -

• Preparation for Reuse 981 40 -

• Recycling 197,810 149,853 -

• Other recovery operations 15,419 18,952 -

Waste directed to disposal 9,279 7,863 -

• Incineration 9,113 7,743 -

• Landfill 166 120 638

• Other disposal operations 0 - -

ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Overall total weight of technical and biological products and materials

Total amount of materials used in our operations. Technical materials cannot be processed by the

biological cycle, while biological materials can. Total weight includes all raw materials, associated process

materials and semi-manufactured goods or parts sourced into production. Approximately 2% of the total

cannot be categorised into biological or technical material but is still included in the total. No material

was included in both categories to avoid double-counting.

Sustainably sourced biological materials are biological materials grown in a way that preserves the eco-

system without degrading it further but might fall short of being regeneratively produced. Biological

materials sourced from regenerative agriculture or eco-labelled with e.g., FSC or PEFC are included.

Recyclable content in packaging

Novo Nordisk’s definition of recyclable content reflects practical recyclability in line with the Ellen

McArthur Foundation’s definition and the EU Packaging and Packaging Waste Regulation. For recyclable

content in product packaging, data on total packaging weights by geography have not been available

and the metric shows the lower end of the range of recyclable content across markets and

not the weighted average.

Plastic footprint

Absolute plastic footprint is defined as the total amount of plastic placed on the market by Novo Nordisk

in connection with obesity and diabetes products, including plastic from Novo Nordisk devices (pens and

needles) and primary packaging (e.g., cartridges, vials, blister packs and tablet bottles). The metric does

not capture additional plastic used in the process. Plastic footprint per patient refers to the absolute

volume divided by patients reached.

Total waste generated by Novo Nordisk

Waste handled by a certified waste management company, measured by weight receipts or other data

from the waste management company, including all waste fractions and disposal methods. Waste data

for offices and affiliates outside Denmark are extrapolated based on headcount data available for their

Danish counterparts. All waste subcategories are split between hazardous and non-hazardous waste

according to the EU’s Waste Framework Directive. Construction waste is not included.

Non-recycled waste refers to all waste (hazardous and non-hazardous) directed to disposal by

incineration, both with and without energy recovery, by landfill at designated landfill sites and by

other disposal operations.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Sustainability statement / Prioritised topics / 5. Resource use and circular economy 70

Other material

topics

Workers in the value chain

Nature

Pollution

Business conduct

Ambition

Safeguarding human rights,

protecting labour and social rights

Ensuring safe, secure and healthy

working conditions and preserving the

environment and climate.

Policy

Responsible Sourcing Standard

Human Rights Commitment

Modern Slavery Act Statement

Performance

• 19 Responsible Sourcing Audits

performed in 2025

For more information on supplier

engagement and our Compliance

Hotline, see section 9.2 on page 76

6. Workers in the value chain

IRO name Category Sustainability topic Value chain location

Protect labour rights and health

and safety

• Working

conditions

• Upstream

• Downstream

Potential human rights violations

• Other work-

related rights

• Upstream

• Downstream

Material impacts, risks and opportunities

Novo Nordisk depends on a global value chain that spans more than 150 countries and includes

over 54,000 suppliers delivering goods and services. Supplier representation is highest in

Denmark, China and India. Value chain workers include contractors on expansion projects,

manufacturing staff for sourced materials and logistics and warehouse partners. We have

identified higher-risk areas among our direct suppliers related to device components, medical

consumables, primary packaging, construction, warehousing and logistics in specific

geographies. Despite our efforts to minimise negative impacts on value chain workers and

their labour rights, we recognise the risks that exist where suppliers fail to meet our standards.

Past impacts have been linked to health and safety incidents and suppliers’ deficiencies of

supplier due diligence and management systems.

6.1 Working conditions and other work-related rights

Policies and approach

The Novo Nordisk Responsible Sourcing Standards¹ (RSS) set minimum requirements to our

suppliers on responsible business conduct. The RSS covers protection of human, labour and

social rights; prevention of bribery and corruption; environmental protection; and promotion of

good governance, including protection of worker data and privacy. It is aligned with our Human

Rights Commitment

that prohibits forced labour, child labour and human trafficking, requiring

suppliers to prevent such practices.

With several global capacity expansion projects underway, we have implemented a new global

minimum construction safety standard, that emphasises safety policies, providing protective

equipment and training of workers.

1.Aligned with UN Guiding Principles, OECD Guidelines, ILO Conventions and the Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence

Directive (CSDDD). 2. Includes the International Bill of Human Rights, ILO Declaration on Fundamental Principles and Rights

at Work and the Convention on the Rights of the Child.

Annually, we provide training to our procurement organisation to reinforce their expertise and

ensure the RSS is consistently incorporated into contracts. To ensure supplier adherence to the

RSS, we conduct risk-based human rights and environmental due diligence to prevent, identify

and address potential negative impacts. When impacts are identified, we develop and implement

preventive measures in collaboration with our suppliers. In cases where Novo Nordisk causes or

contributes to human rights impacts specifically, we commit to providing remedy. We conduct

responsible sourcing audits for selected suppliers at risk-based frequencies. Audits assess

implementation of our RSS through review of documentation, on-site visits and worker

interviews. Besides these efforts, our procurement organisation and local RS Experts maintain

regular engagement with suppliers and their representatives.

Concerns, including human rights grievances, can be reported via our Compliance Hotline.

For more information on the Hotline, see section 9.2 on p. 76. Suppliers are required to

establish anonymous grievance mechanisms to ensure employees can raise issues without

fear of retaliation.

Actions

We continuously strengthen our human rights and environmental due diligence processes using

our due diligence tool. Full implementation of the tool is targeted by 2028. Throughout 2025, we

continued our phased-in approach to ensure the RSS were included in all new and renegotiated

contracts. We conducted 19 responsible sourcing audits (see accounting policy in section 9

'Business Conduct' p. 79). Where policy breaches were identified, we issued corrective action

plans and monitored timely resolution and remediation.

Besides these ongoing actions, we have also implemented the following key action in 2025:

2025 actions

Implementation of supplier due diligence tool

• The tool enables automated risk screenings, covering areas such as human rights,

environmental impacts and governance. The aim is to further strengthen responsible

sourcing across our supply chain in compliance with evolving regulation.

• In 2025, we have initiated configuration of the tool with the future scope being active

suppliers with spend recorded in the latest 12 months.

• We will continue configurations and implementation of the supplier due diligence

tool in 2026.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Sustainability statement / Other material topics / 6. Workers in the value chain 71

Other material

topics

Workers in the value chain

Nature

Pollution

Business conduct

Ambition

We aim to halt the loss of nature

by 2033 and become nature positive

by 2045 as guided by the Nature

Roadmap.

Policy

Environmental policy

Performance

• Water withdrawal increased 15%

since 2024

Nature roadmap

Approved in 2024, implementation

will run from 2025–2045 and cover

our entire value chain.

Five broad ambitions

• Avoid degradation of land

• Reduce our relative impact on

water at priority sites

• Restore biodiversity at

priority sites

• Initiate restoration projects

• Reduce and replace glucose

7. Nature

IRO name Category Sustainability topic Value chain location

Reliance on water resources

and quality

• Water withdrawal

• Water discharge

• Upstream

• Own operations

• Downstream

Potential water scarcity risks • Water withdrawal

• Upstream

• Own operations

Reliance on natural resources

and ecosystems

• Direct impact

drivers

• Impacts on the

condition of

ecosystems

• Impacts and

dependencies on

ecosystem

services

• Upstream

• Own operations

• Downstream

Dependency on vulnerable species

for safety testing

• Impact on the

state of species

• Upstream

• Own operations

Material impacts, risks and opportunities

As illustrated in 7.1.3 on the following page, our nature impacts occur through sourcing of raw

materials of agricultural and forestry origin, where freshwater use, land-use change, deforestation

and pollution (e.g., pesticides) can degrade ecosystems and lead to loss of natural habitats. We rely

on natural resources, in particular agricultural inputs (such as glucose), forestry products (like paper),

fossil-based materials (plastic) and other materials (such as glass) that can create dependencies that

expose Novo Nordisk to short-, medium- and long-term risks that impact nature within areas such as

water, biodiversity and land.

The processes used to assess nature-related impacts are aligned with Science Based Targets

Network (SBTN) and are based on primary activity data, lifecycle assessment databases and

data on the state of nature in our value chain. Physical and transition risks were assessed

through the World Wildlife Fund Biodiversity Risk Filter and through a qualitative scenario

analysis, while dependencies on nature were assessed using the ENCORE (Exploring Natural

Capital Opportunities, Risks and Exposure) tool. Water-related risks were assessed through

production site screenings using the World Resources Institute’s Aqueduct 4.0 tool and local

water risk assessments. In 2025, we submitted our SBTN step 1 and 2 assessment (impacts

and priorities) for validation by the Accountability Accelerator.

Water is a critical resource for manufacturing Novo Nordisk’s products and for sourcing key

commodities in our supply chain. For Novo Nordisk, risks related to water include potential water

scarcity at production sites and in our supply chain and stricter water quality regulations in

pharmaceutical production.

Novo Nordisk also depends on certain species, notably horseshoe crabs, whose blood is used for

endotoxin testing to ensure the safety of our products (see also section 9.5 'Bioethics and animal

welfare', p. 78). To reduce our negative impact, we no longer use products from endangered

horseshoe crab species (Tachypleus sp./TAL) and are working to phase out the use of products

from vulnerable horseshoe crab species (Limulus sp./LAL).

7.1 Water withdrawal and discharge, and biodiversity

Policies and approach

Guided by our nature roadmap, our Environmental policy addresses key drivers of biodiversity

loss such as water- and land use, over-exploitation, pollution and climate change to mitigate

material impacts. We adhere to our nature roadmap aimed at contributing to a nature positive

future in alignment with the Global Biodiversity Framework. We commit to protecting and

restoring nature by managing impacts, dependencies and risks, collaborating with suppliers

on sustainable land, forest and water management.

The Environmental policy applies to all owned, leased, or managed operations, including those

near biodiversity-sensitive areas, and covers water withdrawal for production sites and suppliers

operating in areas of water stress. We aim to design water-efficient processes by reusing and

recycling water, and ensuring production-related wastewater is treated according to regulations.

While we do not yet have a formal deforestation policy, our nature roadmap sets an ambition for

a deforestation- and conversion-free (DCF) value chain. We collaborate with our suppliers on raw

material traceability.

Transition and physical nature risks assessment

To inform the development of our nature roadmap, we conducted a high-level resilience analysis

of the exposure of our current business model to ecosystem-related risks. The analysis assumed

two scenarios - one where we meet our nature ambitions and one where we do not with

continuous nature degradation towards 2030 and 2050. The scope included upstream value

chain of strategic raw materials in selected geographies, water withdrawal in our own operations

and chemicals in water discharge. The results indicated that implementation of the roadmap

could decrease our exposure to nature-related risks linked to raw material shortage and

emerging deforestation regulation and highlighted the need for continued focus on water

management. Novo Nordisk has therefore identified resource optimisation and reducing and

replacing glucose as nature-related opportunities.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Sustainability statement / Other material topics / 7. Nature 72

Actions

Through our nature roadmap, we have identified priority sites for action on biodiversity

and water (see table 7.1.1). Priority sites (for water; and water and biodiversity) account for

approximately 70% of the total water withdrawal. In 2025, we have mapped potential water

savings at Kalundborg and Hillerød and will continue with the process for other priority sites

setting savings targets for 2028.

7.1.1 Priority sites

Water Chartres (FR), Tianjin (CN)

Water and biodiversity Kalundborg (DK), Hillerød (DK), Montes Claros (BR), Clayton (US)

Biodiversity Durham (US), New Hampshire (US), Tietgenbyen (DK), Bagsværd (DK), Køge (DK)

Priority sites for biodiversity action were identified based on impact and proximity to natural

habitats or protected areas. With our ongoing actions we aim to reduce biodiversity impact and

to enhance water conditions near production sites including replenishment, to ensure positive

impacts by 2033. We initiated nature restoration projects near our priority sites, incorporating local

knowledge, currently in China, with further projects planned in Brazil and USA.

2025 actions

Engaging priority suppliers water stewardship programme towards 2033

• Screened and prioritised suppliers for engagement on water stewardship based on their

water risks and maturity on the topic.

Saving water and increasing wastewater treatment

• Phasing out surface water withdrawal from Lake Tissø through industrial collaboration in

Kalundborg (DK). Completion expected in 2026, with projected annual savings of 400,000 m

• Expansion of on-site wastewater treatment operated by Novonesis, increasing the industrial

wastewater and biomass treatment capacity. Completion expected in 2026.

• Metric: 7.1.2 Water.

Avoiding degradation of land in supply chain by sourcing glucose from regenerative

agriculture. Programme running until 2033.

• Supplier engagement to transition our glucose to regenerative sources to restore soils and

reduce nature and carbon impacts.

• In 2025, more than 10% of the glucose we sourced was from regenerative sources.

• Metric: 4.1.4

Nature restoration near priority sites

• In 2025, we entered into a partnership with Conservation International to restore 170

hectares of forest in the same water basin as our production site in Tianjin (China).

• We made a landmark investment in a carbon removal initiative with Re.green to restore 500

hectares of Amazon rainforest in Brazil and capture over 87,000 tonnes of CO

over the

project’s lifetime across 20 years.

The majority of pressure on nature occurs through our sourcing of raw materials (see 7.1.3),

particularly paper, cardboard and glucose. As part of our nature roadmap, to avoid the degradation

of land, we are taking key actions, for example engaging with suppliers to source glucose from

regenerative agriculture. We have also initiated the groundwork internally to ensure that our supply

chain is in compliance with upcoming regulations such as the EU Deforestation Regulation 2026.

We are continuously working on minimising and phasing out the use of biological products from

vulnerable and endangered species, including LAL from the horseshoe crab, with most testing

expected to end by 2027 (pending regulatory approval), and full discontinuation targeted for

2025–2035, both related to the internal Novo Nordisk processes.

Performance

In 2025, water withdrawals increased 15% primarily due to acquisitions of five production sites.

Our savings programme delivered 112,000 m

in savings, with additional 408,000 m

estimated as

water reused or recycled at our production facilities. We have not defined external water targets;

however, as a part of our 2024 nature roadmap, we aim to reduce relative water impact at priority

sites, with savings plans and targets in place by 2028.

7.1.2 Water

1,000 m

2025 2024 2023

Total water withdrawal 5,988 5,213 4,150

Total water discharge

5,275

4,583

–

Total water recycled and reused 408 416 –

ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Total water withdrawal

Includes all types of water such as drinking water, industrial water, steam water, water from remediation

wells and rainwater. Data are based on meter readings and invoices (primary data). Data for offices and

affiliates outside Denmark are extrapolated based on data available for their Danish counterparts

(approximately 97% of the total is based on primary data).

Total water discharge

Includes discharge of process and sanitary water and discharge from storm water to outside Novo Nordisk’s

boundaries, and water discharge used for irrigation. For sites where metered discharge data are not

available, it has been assumed that water discharge equals water withdrawal.

Total water recycled and reused

Total quantity of water and water discharge (treated or untreated) that has been used more than once

at the production sites before being discharged. The volume is estimated based on key indicators for

specific water treatment equipment and technologies available at the sites. This includes steam

condensate returned to steam generator, reverse osmosis water treatment and water discharge used

for irrigation. The metric is estimated with a conservative approach.

7.1.3 Impact on Nature

(%)

1. Nature Baseline Assessment for Novo Nordisk

conducted in 2025. Nature impact represents the

average contribution (%) of each category to the

impact from seven distinct nature pressures.

2. Raw material used in the production of tablets

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Sustainability statement / Other material topics / 7. Nature 73

Other material

topics

Workers in the value chain

Nature

Pollution

Business conduct

Ambition

Our ambition is to take ownership to

reduce the use of toxic chemicals and

minimise pharmaceuticals in the

environment.

Policy overview

Environmental policy

Performance

• Substances of very high concern

declined overall since 2024

Our chemical roadmap

Approved in 2025, implementation will

run from 2026–2033 and cover our

entire value chain.

Four focus areas to reduce SVHCs:

• Design products

• Design processes

• Optimise and scale production

• Develop data tools and enablers

8. Pollution

IRO name Category Sustainability topic Value chain location

Use of chemicals to produce

medicines, devices and packaging

• Substances of very

high concern

• Upstream

• Own operations

• Downstream

Material impacts, risks and opportunities

Novo Nordisk relies on biological processes and chemicals to produce medicines, devices and

packaging. Our material impact is primarily linked to active pharmaceutical ingredient (API)

production, which uses substances of very high concern (SVHCs) and other substances with

same inherent properties

, such as solvents. These can harm health and ecosystems if not

handled safely. Almost all SVHCs and similar substances are subsequently collected as waste

during production processes. Very small concentrations leave as emissions to air and water or

in our products, primarily in devices or as preservatives for medicines.

8.1 Substances of very high concern

Policies and approach

Our Environmental policy commits us to responsible chemical management and to proactively

eliminating SVHCs, similar substances and pollution. We strive to avoid the use of SVHCs

and similar substances, when developing or designing new products and processes, whether

own operations or outsourced, and to minimise or substitute their use for existing treatments.

We reuse chemicals where feasible and ensure compliance with production site-specific

environmental permits. We conduct annual environmental assessments at all production sites,

covering waste, noise, water use/discharge, air, soil and groundwater. Breaches of regulatory

terms are registered as a non-conformity, investigated and corrective actions implemented.

Actions

In 2025, we developed a new chemical roadmap to steer our efforts for the coming years

based on two priorities: reducing SVHCs and similar substances and minimising the release of

pharmaceuticals in the environment. We track the use of chemicals through various internal

KPIs and environmental assessments. We work with innovation projects across in-house and

outsourced production to reduce product impacts. During the product development process we

screen for SVHCs and similar substances. Most medicines in our current portfolio and pipeline

(e.g., CagriSema, Cagrilintide, IcoSema, Amycretin) are expected to be readily biodegradable and

assessed to have no significant impact on the environment

1. SVHCs are chemicals that have serious irreversible effects on human health or the environment, in accordance with

REACH. Other substances with similar inherent properties, but currently not classified as SVHCs are referred to as ‘similar

substances’ in the remainder of this chapter

2. The assessment has been performed according to the European Medicines

Agency’s Environmental Risk Assessment guideline.

Besides these ongoing actions, we have also implemented the following key actions in 2025:

2025 actions

Reducing SVHCs and similar substances in production of medicines

• Scope includes own production, contract manufacturers and suppliers.

• In 2025, we optimised the manufacturing processes for Ozempic

and Wegovy

, oral

GLP-1 products for obesity and diabetes and reduced the use of SVHCs in the process.

• Metric: 8.1.1

Performance

In 2025, procurement of SVHCs for our production decreased by 19%. We plan to further reduce

their use through substitution or by purifying materials for reuse, which is part of our chemical

roadmap. SVHCs leaving Novo Nordisk as emissions remained on par with 2024. In 2025, we

identified a new SVHC in our devices and updated our 2024 data accordingly. This SVHC will be

fully decommissioned by 2026, a culmination of one of our internal innovation projects, which

is a development already seen in the 2025 performance of the metric.

8.1.1 Substances of very high concern

Tonnes 2025 2024 2023

Total amount of substances of very high concern that are procured 1,500 1,859 -

Total amount of substances of very high concern leaving facilities as

emissions, as products, or as part of products 0.8 1.5 -

• Substances leaving facilities as emissions

0.3 0.3 -

• Substances leaving facilities as products, or part of products

0.5 1.2 -

1. 2024 value was overestimated and had to be restated from 1 to 0.3 tonnes. 2. 2024 value was restated from 0.003 to 1.2

tonnes due to a new SVHC identified in our devices.

ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Disclosures in Table 8.1.1 are manually calculated and carry a high degree of uncertainty. Substance weights

are based on known concentrations; where this information is missing, we assume a concentration of 100%,

which may lead to overestimation. The list of materials may not be fully complete. Hazard class categorisation

is not applicable to substances of very high concern.

Total amount of substances of very high concern (SVHCs) that are procured comprise the total weight of

substances procured into production. Data sources include receipts of materials and purchase orders

mapped against a chemical database.

Total amount of SVHCs that leave facilities as emissions to air or water are based on available data for Denmark

for our API production, Chemistry, Manufacturing and Control processes and Aseptic Manufacturing.

Total amount of SVHCs that leave Novo Nordisk as products or part of products are defined as SVHCs identified

either in excipients or devices. Data sources include production data (with final product quantities), bills of

materials and purchase orders mapped against a chemical database.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Sustainability statement / Other material topics / 8. Pollution 74

Other material

topics

Workers in the value chain

Nature

Pollution

Business conduct

Ambition

We define good ethics as conducting

every interaction in a way that

protects trust, prevents harm and

promotes fairness, ensuring that our

values are consistently embedded in

daily practice and rooted in the

practices of our founders.

Policy

OneCode policy

Labour Code of Conduct

Responsible Sourcing Standard

Bioethics policy

Performance

• Total supplier audits decreased by

6% since 2024

• Animals purchased for research

decreased 5% since 2024

9. Business conduct

IRO name Category Sustainability topic Value chain location

Promoting Novo Nordisk Way

• Corporate culture

• Own operations

Treating stakeholders in line with

ethical standards

• Protection of

whistleblowers

• Corruption and

bribery

• Management of

relationships with

suppliers

• Political influence

and lobbying

• Upstream

• Own operations

• Downstream

Potential risks associated with breach

of anti-corruption legislation

• Corruption and

Bribery

• Upstream

• Own operations

• Downstream

Promoting public health

• Political

engagement and

lobbying

• Downstream

Promoting bioethics

• Bioethics

• Own operations

Reliance on animals

in research

• Animal welfare

• Upstream

• Own operations

Material impacts, risks and opportunities

The impacts and risks we have identified underpin our business model and strategy. We uphold

ethics through integrity, anti-corruption, fair competition and protection of whistleblowers,

safeguarding patient trust and market access. A strong corporate culture is promoted through

the Novo Nordisk Way (NNWay), reinforcing ethical behaviour, accountability and compliance.

Transparent advocacy and responsible political engagement and lobbying support healthcare

resilience. Clear supplier expectations and responsible supplier management promote

transparency and sustainability, reducing ethical, social and environmental risks.

Stakeholder interests, including patients, healthcare professionals, suppliers and regulators, are

integrated through structured engagement, supported by robust frameworks to prevent

corruption, bribery and undue influence.

High bioethical standards are central to protecting patients, research participants and society.

Reliance on animals in research remains material to ensuring the safety, efficacy and quality of

medicines, and we are committed to animal welfare and the continued pursuit of alternatives.

Across these areas, we embed governance, training, due diligence and stakeholder consultation

to reinforce resilience, preserve trust and align responsibility with long-term business growth.

9.1 Corporate culture

Policies and approach

Our corporate culture is embedded in the Novo Nordisk Way and its 10 essentials (see right-side

margin on the following page), which establishes expectations for how we act. Guided by the

Board of Directors and Executive Management, our culture ensures that ethical principles are

consistently acted on, shaping behaviours across the organisation and aligning business growth

with integrity. Our OneCode policy translates these principles into practice, guiding all employees

and third parties working on Novo Nordisk’s behalf in areas such as ethical decision making,

workplace standards and our speak-up culture.

We implement ongoing actions through our compliance framework, including annual Novo

Nordisk Way facilitations, training, awareness programmes, supplier audits and whistleblowing

procedures, which are embedded in our day-to-day governance and operations. We monitor

adherence through reputational scores, engagement surveys and hotline reporting. We initiate

follow-up action plans across all affiliates and sites on an ongoing basis with yearly cycles, with

corrective measures implemented where gaps are identified and progress tracked.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Sustainability statement / Other material topics / 9. Business conduct 75

Performance

A team of facilitators evaluates the adherence to the Novo Nordisk Way on selected units based

on rotation every year. The units facilitated in 2025 represent 18,000 employees with interviews

of ~3,000 employees and 800 close collaborators. One unit was found to be not operating in line

with the NNWay and two units were assessed as borderline in their NNWay compliance.

Immediate actions have been initiated, which if not taken would have lead to breaches of the

Novo Nordisk Way. All other units were found in compliance, requiring no immediate actions.

Key improvement opportunities reflected the increasingly volatile and competitive market

environment in which Novo Nordisk operates in.

9.1.1 Facilitations of the Novo Nordisk Way

Number 2025 2024 2023

Facilitations of the Novo Nordisk Way 63 51 42

9.2 Anti-corruption and anti-bribery

Policies and approach

Our commitment to integrity is reflected in the OneCode policy, which prohibits any form of

bribery and corruption in our operations and the value chain. Novo Nordisk integrates these

into daily practice.

Ethics and compliance training is mandatory for all employees globally. Annual e-learning and

testing ensure awareness of anti-corruption and anti-bribery obligations, with completion rates

monitored and followed up. Both shareholder-elected members and employee representatives of

the Board of Directors receive annual training in our OneCode policy. Novo Nordisk has not

formally defined functions at risk, but our policy applies to all employees and third parties acting

on our behalf.

Procedures are in place to prevent, detect and address allegations or incidents of corruption and

bribery across all operations. Group Internal Audit conduct regular reviews and operate

independently of management when investigating cases. Outcomes and trends from significant

investigations are reported to the Audit Committee and Executive Management on a quarterly

basis. Sanctions are guided globally by intent and frequency, applied consistently and in line with

local laws and agreements.

Employees and stakeholders can report ethical or legal concerns via our Compliance Hotline, which

offers multiple formats and guarantees confidentiality, anonymity and protection from retaliation.

Reports may address ethics breaches, financial misconduct, fraud, bribery, corruption, antitrust or

data privacy violations, quality- or environmental issues, deviations from the Novo Nordisk Way,

other serious offences such as espionage, sabotage, or information security breaches and animal

use concerns (see section 9.5 'Bioethics and animal welfare, on page 78) and human rights

considerations. Reports are investigated promptly, independently and objectively, and outcomes are

monitored to ensure accountability and continuous improvement. The Compliance Hotline is

regularly reviewed and independently assessed to ensure trust.

We have zero tolerance for retaliation or discrimination against whistleblowers, good-faith reporters,

supporting parties, or investigation participants as outlined in our anti-retaliation policy.

Any retaliation against employees reporting misconduct will result in disciplinary action, including

possible termination. The reporting channel 'Compliance Hotline' is described in detail both internally,

on the intranet and externally, on the Novo Nordisk website. The mandatory annual compliance

training courses also cover how to report suspected misconduct in a secure and confidential manner

through the Compliance Hotline. Protections comply with the EU Whistleblowing Directive

(2019/1937), with adherence to local laws during investigations outside Europe.

Performance

We continue to have almost full coverage of our global mandatory ethics and compliance

training. Measures such as the annual Ethics Days support awareness, and we will continue to

assess such initiatives in the future to strengthen performance. The amount of fines for violation

of anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws was zero in 2025. In 2025, 261 substantiated cases were

reported via the Compliance Hotline relating to accounting fraud and business ethics, which is

an 8% increase compared to 2024. For substantiated cases, Novo Nordisk follows prescribed

procedures to provide remedy.

9.2.1 Anti-corruption and anti-bribery

Number 2025 2024 2023

Employees trained in ethics and compliance 99% 99% 99%

Convictions for violation of anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws – – –

Substantiated cases reported within accounting issues, fraud

and business ethics matters via the Compliance Hotline 261 242 221

9.3 Management of relationships with suppliers

Policy and approach

Our Global Procurement policy governs contracting from qualification and tendering to invoicing

and spend management. It applies to indirect spend, while goods and services used in

manufacturing are covered by dedicated internal standard operating procedures. We aim to

promote transparency, fair treatment and sustainability through our engagement, while

monitoring and mitigating ethical, social and environmental risks across the supply chain in line

with the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights (see section 6 on 'Workers in the

value chain', p. 71).

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Sustainability statement / Other material topics / 9. Business conduct 76

We perform two types of supplier audits: quality audits and responsible sourcing audits. Quality

audits qualify new suppliers and monitor performance through regular audits with risk-based

frequencies, while audit requirements depend on usage categories and are governed through

our manufacturing setup. Responsible sourcing audits cover factors such as country of operation

and supplier spend. Procurement decisions are guided by our Responsible Sourcing Standards.

We screen and evaluate suppliers and promote partnerships with preferred suppliers who

demonstrate continuous improvement, innovation and reliable delivery. E-sourcing and

e-auction tools ensure fast, fair and transparent negotiations.

Performance

The number of supplier audits have been reduced from 429 in 2024 to 403 in 2025, which is

within the normal fluctuation associated with routine audits and requests for qualification audits.

We continue to focus on conducting supplier audits as a key tool for identifying potential

deviations from Novo Nordisk’s policies. No critical findings related to responsible sourcing or

quality audits were issued during 2025.

9.3.1 Supplier audits

Number 2025 2024

2023

Total supplier audits 403 429

382

Our standard payment term is 60 days, for SMEs this is 30 days to ensure timely payments. In

2025, the overall average time to pay invoices increased by 5% mainly due to longer clearing time

after processing and due to a general extension of payment terms. Percentage of payments

aligned with standard payment terms defined in our Payment Guideline has increased by 2%

points overall since 2024. We remain firmly committed to preventing late payments, particularly

for small enterprises, and had no outstanding legal proceedings related to late payments in 2025.

9.3.2 Payment practices

Days 2025 2024 2023

Average number of days to pay invoice 44 42 –

• Small suppliers 26 24 –

• Large suppliers 50 49 –

Percentage of payments aligned with standard

payment terms 85% 83% –

• Small suppliers 82% 77% –

• Large suppliers 85% 84% –

Outstanding legal proceedings for late payments (Number) 0 0 –

9.4 Political influence and lobbying activities

Policies and approach

Our OneCode policy sets out clear commitments for ethical political engagement. We stand by the

objectives of having patients’ interests as our priority, acting with professionalism and integrity.

We apply a zero-tolerance policy on offering any undue influence, gifts, or favours to public officials

or decision-makers, including zero-tolerance with regards to in-kind political contributions. No

member of our Board of Directors has held a comparable position in public administration in the

two years preceding their appointment. Our lobbying activities primarily focus on public health

policy and access to medicines and are intended to support the material positive impact identified

in the DMA related to promoting public health.

We participate in national and international industry associations to advance broad policy issues.

Memberships are regularly assessed for alignment with Novo Nordisk’s objectives and advocacy

priorities. We support industry-wide initiatives and regulations that promote: evidence-based

chronic disease prevention, patient care and healthcare resilience through innovation, sustainable

pharma practices and optimal conditions for discovery. We ensure transparent disclosure of

advocacy priorities and provide global staff guidance. Lobbying in the EU and US is reported

annually, reviewed, corrected when needed and tracked through yearly activity and expenditure

reports. We are registered in the EU Transparency Register (REG no. 29570313329-11).

Actions

Through our engagement with various stakeholders, such as industry and trade associations,

we have taken actions for the implementation of our objectives.

Besides these ongoing actions, we have also implemented the following key actions in 2025:

2025 actions

Advocacy via EFPIA

• Advocacy via the EFPIA Obesity Policy Platform to advance care for people living with

obesity, recognise it as a relapsing chronic disease and highlight its economic burden.

• Ongoing collaboration with the EFPIA Health Systems Working Group to tackle key

challenges to health system resilience.

Advocacy via European Diabetes Forum

• Advocacy through the European Diabetes Forum for policy change that enables healthcare

systems to better manage diabetes care.

Approach to suppliers and

sustainability

We engage suppliers through a risk-

based approach, guided by global

standards (UNGP, OECD, CSDDD),

with audits, corrective actions and

continuous improvement

requirements.

Our supplier selection and

management embed sustainability

criteria, ensuring labour rights

including health and safety, human

rights, and environmental

stewardship are central to every

partnership.

We hold suppliers accountable

through due diligence, requiring

documentation, risk assessments

and enforcing consequences for

non-compliance.

RSS applies globally but we emphasise

proportionate support for SMEs,

enabling inclusion of smaller and local

suppliers in our supply chain.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Sustainability statement / Other material topics / 9. Business conduct 77

Performance

In 2025, a new metric on financial political contributions was introduced, namely 'Amount

disclosed in the EU Transparency Register'. The metric replaced the previously reported metric

'Trade association membership fees' to ensure greater consistency with peers and use already

publicly available data. The financial contributions are paid to target EU pharmaceutical-related

policy, as well as broader health, environmental and business-related policy. In accordance with

our zero-tolerance policy, we did not make any in-kind political contributions in 2025.

9.4.1 Financial and in-kind political contributions made

mDKK 2025 2024

2023

Amount disclosed in the EU Transparency Register 8.2–9 – –

In-kind political contributions made –

– –

9.5 Bioethics and animal welfare

Policies and approach

Our Bioethics policy sets operational guidelines for R&D to uphold high global ethical standards

in research involving people, animals, human materials and gene technology. These extend to

partners, Contract Research Organizations (CROs) and suppliers with performance monitored

through oversight processes. Our commitments are detailed in publicly available position

statements on clinical trials, human biosamples, animal ethics, gene therapy and technology.

We uphold high standards of animal welfare, fully aligning with EU Directive 2010/63/EU and

the Marseille Declaration, and collaborating with regulators, NGOs, researchers and welfare

organisations

to advance ethics and transparency. Our Bioethics policy embeds these strict

welfare requirements for all animals purchased for research, whether conducted in-house or

by contractors. It follows the 3R principles (Replace, Reduce, Refine) and sets clear standards

for animal housing, care, transport and health monitoring, ensuring every precaution has been

considered. As mentioned under section 7 'Nature', we continuously work on minimising the use

of products from vulnerable and endangered species such as the horseshoe crab. Use of non-

human primates is approached with care and consideration, and is limited to cases only where

necessary, i.e. where homology to the human genome is essential when testing potential new

therapies. Oversight mechanisms include veterinarians, animal unit managers and our Ethical

Review Council, which reviews all studies involving living and sentient animals performed at, or

on behalf of, Novo Nordisk.

1. These include the Danish Animal Welfare Society, the UK’s Royal Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals, the

Danish Association of the Pharmaceutical Industry and the Universities Federation for Animal Welfare.

Performance

The number of animals purchased for research in 2025 has decreased by 5% compared to 2024,

due to our continuous efforts to reduce the number of animals used in research. In 2025, 96% of

the animals were rodents. The increased use of dogs and non-human primates in 2025 are driven

by an increased number of late-stage research projects in the portfolio (pre-clinical development),

resulting in a higher demand for regulatory-required studies. It also reflects the nature and

maturity of the research projects, where species qualification determines the number needed

for testing in dogs and non-human primates.

9.5.1 Animals purchased for research

Number 2025 2024 2023

Mice, rats and other rodents 44,917 47,478 54,410

Pigs 521 615 608

Rabbits 214 689 289

Dogs 529 126 356

Non-human primates 475 366 807

Fish 202 0 36

Other vertebrates 11 10 2

Total animals purchased 46,869 49,284 56,508

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Sustainability statement / Other material topics / 9. Business conduct 78

ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Facilitations of the Novo Nordisk Way

A facilitation is an internal process for assessing adherence to the Novo Nordisk Way. The number of

facilitations is measured as the number of facilitations completed. The assessments are based on a review of

documentation and feedback from stakeholders, followed by an on-site visit during which randomly selected

employees and management are interviewed. Identified gaps and improvement opportunities related to the

Novo Nordisk Way are presented to, and discussed with, Executive Management. The facilitators and

Executive Management agree on an action plan to address any gaps and improvement opportunities.

Employees trained in ethics and compliance

The mandatory ethics and compliance training for employees working at Novo Nordisk comprises globally

applicable e-learning. The percentage of employees trained is calculated as the number of employees that

have completed the training divided by the total number of employees (invited to the training) at year-end.

We exclude employees on long-term leave, externals as well as student assistants

Number and amount of convictions for violation of anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws

Anti-corruption and anti-bribery instances where any reported undertaking including parent or affiliated

entities has been found in violation by a court of law. Disclosures include incidents involving actors in our

value chain only where Novo Nordisk or its employees are directly involved.

Substantiated cases of accounting, fraud and business ethics reported via the Compliance Hotline

Number of cases reported to the Compliance Hotline, where reported allegations of suspected

misconduct have been substantiated or partially substantiated (partially substantiated is defined as an

allegation which encompasses several aspects, but only a subset of them can be confirmed). When a case

has been substantiated or partially substantiated, corrective actions are initiated.

Average number of days to pay invoice

Average number of days it takes Novo Nordisk to settle an invoice from the invoice date (when

contractual or statutory term of payment starts to be calculated) until the invoice has been cleared.

The three fill-finish Catalent sites acquired in 2024 are not included in this metric for 2025. SME invoices

are measured against a 30-day standard, i.e. the proportion of SME invoices paid within 30 days of issue.

For non-SME invoices, performance is measured against the actual due date stated on the invoice, in line

with the contractually agreed payment terms (most commonly 60 days, but other terms may apply).

Percentage of payments aligned with standard payment terms

Includes all transactions where the invoice cycle time is equal to or less than the specified payment

terms, divided by the total number of transactions. Small suppliers (with less than DKK 1 million in

spend over the last twelve months) are measured based on 30-day payment terms, other suppliers

are assessed using payment terms from the invoice document recorded in our internal systems. The

three fill-finish Catalent sites acquired in 2024 are not included in this metric for 2025.

Number of outstanding legal proceedings for late payments

Number of all outstanding legal proceedings (litigation or arbitration) for late payment.

Supplier audits

Total number of supplier audits, concluded by Novo Nordisk’s Corporate Quality and Inspections

function, consisting of the number of responsible sourcing audits and quality audits conducted at

suppliers, selected using various risk parameters. Audits for responsible sourcing are conducted

according to Novo Nordisk’s Responsible Sourcing Standard to ensure compliance. In addition, suppliers

of goods and services used in the manufacture of Novo Nordisk pharmaceuticals are subject to extensive

quality audits in accordance with different quality standards, including third-party audits. The three fill-

finish Catalent sites acquired in 2024 are not included in this metric for 2025.

Amount disclosed in the EU Transparency Register

Novo Nordisk discloses the annual costs in DKK related to activities (lobbying and advocacy activities)

covered by the EU Transparency Register for the reporting year.

In-kind political contributions

In-kind contributions can include advertising, use of facilities, design and printing, donation of

equipment, provision of board membership, employment or consultancy work for elected politicians

or candidates for office.

Animals purchased for research

Number of animals purchased for all research undertaken by Novo Nordisk, either in-house or by

external contractors. It is based on internal registration of purchased animals and yearly reports from

external contractors.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Sustainability statement / Other material topics / 9. Business conduct 79

10. EU Taxonomy

On 04 July 2025, the European Commission introduced simplification measures for the EU

Taxonomy under a new Delegated Act, effective 1 January 2026 and applicable to the 2025

financial year. We have chosen to adopt the new rules already for financial year 2025.

Taxonomy-eligibility- and alignment

To identify potentially eligible economic activities, we have screened all the activities listed in our

financial statement and cross-referenced them with the EU Taxonomy’s list of eligible activities.

In performing the screening, we have only considered activities that were contributing to at least

10% cumulatively of the relevant KPI. For non-material economic activities, please refer to the

'Additional Sustainability statement information' p. 135. The eligibility screening resulted in the

following activities being identified as relevant to Novo Nordisk:

• 7.1 Construction of new buildings (environmental objective 'Climate change mitigation'):

Relevant for CapEx (eligibility and alignment)

• 7.2 Renovation of existing buildings (environmental objective 'Climate change mitigation'):

Relevant for CapEx (eligibility)

• 1.2 Manufacture of medicinal products (environmental objective 'Pollution prevention and

control'): Relevant for the Turnover and CapEx KPIs (eligibility)

Novo Nordisk adjusted EU Taxonomy overview

Turnover CapEx

2025 2025

Environmental objective Economic activity (mDKK) (%) (mDKK) (%)

Total Turnover and CapEx 309,064 100 94,249 100

Not assessed activities considered non-material 0 0 2,491 3

Taxonomy-non-eligible activities 0 0 26,282 28

Climate change mitigation 7.1 Construction of new buildings 17,298 18

7.2 Renovation of existing buildings 2,472 3

Pollution prevention and control 1.2 Manufacture of medicinal products 309,064 100 39,871 42

Eligible not aligned 309,064 100 59,641 63

Eligible and aligned 7.1 Construction of new buildings

0 0 5,835 6

1. See mandatory reporting templates Tables 5a, 5b and 5c in 'Additional Sustainability statement information' on p. 135 and 136

Performance

Novo Nordisk has assessed the technical screening criteria for eligible economic activities

deemed material. The summary for 2025 can be seen below:

• 7.1: 6% of our CapEx investments in 2025 related to new building constructions are Taxonomy-

aligned. In addition to the two major ongoing construction projects that we began aligning to

Taxonomy requirements last year, three more construction projects meet the criteria for

Taxonomy-alignment. While certain criteria have yet to be fulfilled due to the relevant

construction phases not being reached, we are confident in their fulfilment based on pre-

calculations from the design phases and the implementation of appropriate controls

throughout the entire construction process. With regard to our assumptions from the previous

year, there are no changes.

• 7.2: We were not able to claim alignment for this activity in 2025, and we do not currently have

any plans to pursue alignment in the future.

• 1.2: In continuation of our assessment of alignment criteria focused on our Danish

manufacturing sites for Ozempic

and Wegovy

, we have explored opportunities to close

gaps where feasible. We still face challenges in securing evidence for, or addressing the

practical aspects of certain criteria. In light of the review of the existing EU Taxonomy

screening criteria related to the EU Omnibus package, we have decided to await the revised

and updated requirements before proceeding further.

EU Taxonomy

The EU Taxonomy is a classification

system with a shared definition of

economic activities identified as

environmentally sustainable, in

accordance with established technical

criteria.

Contextual information about

the KPIs

• We consider all Novo Nordisk’s

turnover Taxonomy-eligible under

economic activity 1.2 'Manufacture

of medicinal products'.

• Taxonomy-eligible CapEx includes

only CapEx directly associated with

the manufacturing process or

related to construction or renovation

of buildings; intangible assets are

included (excluding goodwill).

• Eligible CapEx mainly relates to

equipment for manufacture of

medicinal products and additions to

property, plant and equipment, as

per note 3.3 'Property, plant and

equipment' on p. 96 in the

Consolidated financial statement

For a description of our Taxonomy

disclosure process, incl. substantial

contribution and 'do no significant

harm' (DNSH), accounting policies and

the mandatory reporting templates,

please refer to the 'Additional

Sustainability statement information',

p. 135.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Sustainability statement / 10. EU Taxonomy 80

Financial

statements

82 Consolidated financial statements

120 Statements and auditor’s reports

125 Financial statements of

the parent company

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 81

Consolidated financial statements

Income statement and Statement of comprehensive income 83 Section 4 100

Cash flow statement 84 Capital structure and financial items 100

Balance sheet 85 4.1 Earnings per share 100

Equity statement 86 4.2 Distribution to shareholders 100

4.3 Share capital, Treasury shares and Other reserves 100

Notes to the Consolidated financial statements 87 4.4 Financial risks 101

Section 1 87 4.5 Derivative financial instruments 103

Basis of preparation 87 4.6 Borrowings 104

1.1 Material accounting policies and key accounting estimates 87 4.7 Cash flow statement specifications 106

1.2 Changes in accounting policies and disclosures 87 4.8 Financial assets and liabilities 107

4.9 Financial income and expenses 108

Section 2 88

Results for the year 88 Section 5 109

2.1 Net sales and rebates 88 Other disclosures 109

2.2 Segment information 89 5.1 Share-based payment schemes 109

2.3 Research and development costs 91 5.2 Commitments 110

2.4 Employee costs 91 5.3 Acquisition of businesses 110

2.5 Other operating income and expenses 92 5.4 Related party transactions 111

2.6 Income taxes and deferred income taxes 92 5.5 Fees to statutory auditors 112

5.6 Companies in the Novo Nordisk Group 113

Section 3 94

Operating assets and liabilities 94 Part of the Annual review (not audited) 114

3.1 Intangible assets 94 Financial definitions and ratios 114

3.2 Goodwill 95 Non-IFRS financial measures 115

3.3 Property, plant and equipment 96

3.4 Inventories 97

3.5 Trade receivables 97

3.6 Provisions and contingent liabilities 98

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Financial statements / Consolidated financial statements 82

Income statement and Statement of comprehensive income

for the year ended 31 December

DKK million Note 2025 2024 2023

Income statement

Net sales 2.1, 2.2 309,064 290,403 232,261

Cost of goods sold 2.2 (58,788) (44,522) (35,765)

Gross profit 250,276 245,881 196,496

Sales and distribution costs 2.2 (64,310) (62,101) (56,743)

Research and development costs 2.2, 2.3 (52,039) (48,062) (32,443)

Administrative costs 2.2 (5,969) (5,276) (4,855)

Other operating income and expenses 2.2, 2.5 (300) (2,103) 119

Operating profit 127,658 128,339 102,574

Financial income 4.9 9,660 6,198 2,945

Financial expenses 4.9 (6,778) (7,346) (845)

Profit before income taxes 130,540 127,191 104,674

Income taxes 2.6 (28,106) (26,203) (20,991)

Net profit 102,434 100,988 83,683

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share (DKK) 4.1 23.06 22.67 18.67

Diluted earnings per share (DKK) 4.1 23.03 22.63 18.62

DKK million Note 2025 2024 2023

Statement of comprehensive income

Net profit 102,434 100,988 83,683

Other comprehensive income:

Exchange rate adjustments of investments in subsidiaries

4.3

(7,759) 3,096 (1,404)

Cash flow hedges:

Realisation of previously deferred (gains)/losses 4.3, 4.5 5,763 (1,612) (1,026)

Deferred gains/(losses) related to acquisition of businesses 4.3 — 1,154 —

Deferred gains/(losses) on hedges open at year-end 4.3, 4.5 4,339 (5,763) 1,612

Tax and other items 4.3 (2,632) 1,343 (355)

Items that will be reclassified subsequently to the income statement (289) (1,782) (1,173)

Remeasurements of retirement benefit obligations 26 (119) 13

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to the income statement 26 (119) 13

Other comprehensive income (263) (1,901) (1,160)

Total comprehensive income 102,171 99,087 82,523

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Financial statements / Consolidated financial statements / Income statement and Statement of comprehensive income 83

Cash flow statement

for the year ended 31 December

DKK million Note 2025 2024 2023

Cash flow statement

Net profit 102,434 100,988 83,683

Adjustment of non-cash items:

Income taxes in the income statement 2.6 28,106 26,203 20,991

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment losses 3.1, 3.3 21,982 19,107 9,413

Other non-cash items

4.7 (3,122) 445 424

Changes in working capital

4.7 3,737 2,589 19,713

Interest received 1,398 1,884 1,072

Interest paid (3,419) (612) (491)

Income taxes paid 2.6 (32,014) (29,636) (25,897)

Net cash flows from operating activities 119,102 120,968 108,908

Purchase of intangible assets 3.1 (29,973) (4,145) (13,090)

Purchase of property, plant and equipment 3.3 (60,140) (47,164) (25,806)

Cash used for acquisition of businesses 5.3 — (82,163) —

Settlement for prior year's acquisition of businesses 5.3 1,004 — —

Proceeds from other financial assets 30 — 33

Purchase of other financial assets (225) (786) (271)

Purchase of marketable securities (498) (19,028) (13,018)

Sale of marketable securities 10,644 24,391 8,260

Net cash flows from investing activities (79,158) (128,895) (43,892)

1. Effective 1 January 2025, 'Sales deductions and product returns' are presented as a separate line item on the balance sheet to enhance clarity of

presentation and disclosures. In prior years, a portion of these balances was included within 'Provisions' and has therefore been reclassified from 'Other

non-cash items', which captures movements in provisions, to 'Changes in working capital'. Refer to note 4.7 for further information.

DKK million Note 2025 2024 2023

Purchase of treasury shares 4.2 (1,388) (20,181) (29,924)

Dividends paid 4.2 (51,763) (44,140) (31,767)

Proceeds from borrowings 4.6 103,931 79,391 —

Repayment of borrowings 4.6 (79,188) (6,335) (1,467)

Net cash flows from financing activities (28,408) 8,735 (63,158)

Net cash generated from activities 11,536 808 1,858

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year 15,655 14,392 12,653

Exchange gains/(losses) on cash and cash equivalents (727) 455 (119)

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year 26,464 15,655 14,392

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Financial statements / Consolidated financial statements / Cash flow statement 84

Balance sheet

at 31 December

DKK million Note 2025 2024

Assets

Intangible assets

3.1 110,208 90,804

Goodwill

3.2 19,845 20,017

Property, plant and equipment 3.3 208,378 161,680

Investments in associated companies 366 400

Deferred income tax assets 2.6 23,647 24,648

Other receivables and prepayments 5,864 4,016

Other financial assets 4.8 2,141 2,277

Total non-current assets 370,449 303,842

Inventories 3.4 49,623 40,849

Trade receivables 3.5 70,856 71,949

Tax receivables 4,848 2,853

Other receivables and prepayments 13,482 13,503

Marketable securities 4.4 498 10,653

Derivative financial instruments 4.5 6,682 6,326

Cash at bank 4.4 26,464 15,655

Total current assets 172,453 161,788

Total assets 542,902 465,630

1. Effective 1 January 2025, 'goodwill' is presented as a separate line item to enhance clarity of presentation and disclosures. In prior years, goodwill was

included in the line item 'intangible assets' and has therefore been reclassified to the new line item.

2. Effective 1 January 2025, 'sales deductions and product returns' are presented as a separate line item to enhance clarity of presentation and disclosures.

In prior years, these amounts were included in the line items 'provisions', 'other liabilities', and 'trade payables' and have therefore been reclassified to the

new line item. Refer to note 2.1 for further information.

DKK million Note 2025 2024

Equity and liabilities

Share capital 4.3 446 446

Treasury shares 4.3 (2) (2)

Retained earnings 195,298 144,448

Other reserves 4.3 (1,695) (1,406)

Total equity 194,047 143,486

Borrowings 4.6 118,941 89,674

Deferred income tax liabilities 2.6 6,611 5,515

Retirement benefit obligations 861 903

Provisions

3.6 5,730 6,982

Sales deductions and product returns

2.1 1,051 1,456

Total non-current liabilities 133,194 104,530

Borrowings 4.6 12,017 13,113

Trade payables

4.8 19,758 17,140

Tax payables 8,416 9,716

Other liabilities

4.8 39,721 35,372

Derivative financial instruments 4.5 2,026 7,531

Provisions

3.6 374 289

Sales deductions and product returns

2.1 133,349 134,453

Total current liabilities 215,661 217,614

Total liabilities 348,855 322,144

Total equity and liabilities 542,902 465,630

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Financial statements / Consolidated financial statements / Balance sheet 85

Equity statement

at 31 December

2025 2024 2023

DKK million

capital

Treasury

Retained

earnings

Other

reserves Total

capital

Treasury

Retained

earnings

Other

reserves Total

capital

Treasury

Retained

earnings

Other

reserves Total

Balance at the beginning of the year 446 (2) 144,448 (1,406) 143,486 451 (5) 104,839 1,276 106,561 456 (6) 80,587 2,449 83,486

Net profit 102,434 102,434 100,988 100,988 83,683 83,683

Other comprehensive income 26 (289) (263) (119) (1,782) (1,901) 13 (1,173) (1,160)

Total comprehensive income 102,460 (289) 102,171 100,869 (1,782) 99,087 83,696 (1,173) 82,523

Transfer of cash flow hedge reserve to intangible assets (note 4.3) — — (900) (900) — —

Transactions with owners:

Dividends (note 4.2) (51,763) (51,763) (44,140) (44,140) (31,767) (31,767)

Share-based payments (note 5.1) 1,435 1,435 2,289 2,289 2,149 2,149

Purchase of treasury shares (note 4.2) (0) (1,388) (1,388) (2) (20,179) (20,181) (4) (29,920) (29,924)

Reduction of the B share capital (note 4.3) — — — (5) 5 — (5) 5 —

Tax related to transactions with owners 106 106 770 770 94 94

Balance at the end of the year 446 (2) 195,298 (1,695) 194,047 446 (2) 144,448 (1,406) 143,486 451 (5) 104,839 1,276 106,561

Refer to note 4.3 for details of movements in Other reserves.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Financial statements / Consolidated financial statements / Equity statement 86

Notes to the Consolidated financial statements

Section 1

Basis of preparation

1.1 Material accounting policies and key accounting

estimates and judgements

The Consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report have been

prepared in accordance with IFRS

Accounting Standards as issued by the

International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and in accordance with IFRS

Accounting Standards as endorsed by the EU and further requirements in the

Danish Financial Statements Act.

Measurement basis

The Consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis

except for derivative financial instruments, equity investments, marketable securities

and trade receivables in a factoring portfolio, which are measured at fair value.

Material accounting policies

Novo Nordisk’s material accounting policies are described in each of the individual notes

to the Consolidated financial statements. The accounting policies have been applied

consistently in the preparation of the Consolidated financial statements for

all the years presented.

Functional and presentation currency

The Consolidated financial statements are presented in Danish kroner (DKK), which

is also the functional and presentation currency of the parent company.

Key accounting estimates

The use of reasonable estimates is an essential part of the preparation of the Consolidated

financial statements. Given the uncertainties inherent in Novo Nordisk’s business

activities, Management must make certain estimates regarding valuation and make

judgements on the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, net sales, expenses and

related disclosures.

The key accounting estimates identified are those that have a significant risk of resulting

in a material adjustment to the carrying amount of assets and liabilities in the following

reporting period. An example being the estimation of US sales deductions and provisions

for sales rebates.

When determining estimates and assumptions, Management has assessed the qualitative

and quantitative impact of climate-related matters, geopolitical risks including US tariffs

and reference pricing, and other uncertainties. It is Management’s assessment that,

based on the current facts, these uncertainties do not significantly impact estimates

and assumptions.

Estimates are based on historical experience and various other assumptions that are held

to be reasonable under the circumstances. The estimates and underlying assumptions are

reviewed on an ongoing basis. If necessary, changes are recognised in the period in which

the estimate is revised. Management considers the key accounting estimates to be

reasonable and appropriate based on currently available information. The actual amounts

may differ from the amounts estimated as more detailed information becomes available.

In addition, Management has made certain judgements in the process of applying the

accounting policies, for example in assessing events relevant to recognising revenue

related to the 340B Drug Pricing Program, including events after the reporting date, and

in determining the implications for the financial statements.

Management regards those listed below as the key accounting estimates and judgements

applied in the preparation of the Consolidated financial statements. Refer to the specific

notes for further information on the key accounting estimates and judgements, as well as

assumptions applied.

Applying materiality

The Consolidated financial statements are a result of processing large numbers of

transactions and aggregating those transactions into classes according to their nature or

function. The transactions are presented in classes of similar items in the Consolidated

financial statements. If a line item is not individually material, it is aggregated with other

items of a similar nature in the Consolidated financial statements or in the notes.

Management provides the specific disclosures required by IFRS Accounting Standards

unless the information is not applicable or is considered immaterial to the decision-

making of the primary users of these financial statements.

Key accounting estimates and judgements Risk Note(s)Estimate and judgement related to US sales High 2.1, 3.6deductions and liabilities for sales deductions Estimate in determining the fair values of assets Medium 5.3acquired in prior year's business combinationsEstimate in determining the fair values of intangible Medium 3.1assets in impairment reviews Estimate regarding deferred income tax assets Medium 2.6and provision for uncertain tax positionsEstimate of ongoing legal disputes, litigation Medium 3.6and investigations

1.2 Changes in accounting policies and disclosures

Management has assessed that new or amended IFRS Accounting Standards

and interpretations issued by the IASB and endorsed by the EU effective on or

after 1 January 2025 have not had a significant effect on the Consolidated

financial statements. New or amended IFRS Accounting Standards and interpretations

issued by the IASB that have not yet become effective are generally not adopted until

they become effective and endorsed by the EU. Management does not anticipate any

significant impact on the Consolidated financial statements in the period of initial

application from the adoption of these new standards and amendments, apart from

IFRS 18 which replaces IAS 1 effective from 1 January 2027.

IFRS 18 implementation

IFRS 18 will revise the presentation of Novo Nordisk’s Income statement, mainly due

to the classification of 'financial income' and 'financial expenses' into three new line

items: 'operating financial income and expenses', 'investment income' and 'interest

expenses'. This reclassification will result in a difference between the IAS 1 operating

profit reported in prior periods and the new IFRS 18-defined operating profit, mainly

due to the inclusion of operating foreign exchange differences from intragroup

balances and related hedging activities. Reported net results remain unaffected.

Further, IFRS 18 is expected to introduce a new note with 'management-defined

performance measures' in the audited section of the financial statements, as well

as introduce additional disclosures. 'Goodwill' is presented as a separate line item

in the balance sheet with effect from 2025 in line with IFRS 18 requirements.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Financial statements / Consolidated financial statements / Notes to the Consolidated financial statements / Section 1 Basis of preparation 87

Section 2

Results for the year

2.1 Net sales and rebates

Gross-to-net sales reconciliationDKK million 2025 2024 2023Gross sales 729,423 680,563 608,645US Managed Care and Medicare (247,003) (238,946) (223,191)US wholesaler charge-backs (69,504) (64,437) (74,435)US Medicaid rebates (38,749) (32,919) (31,821)Other US discounts and sales returns (39,375) (30,737) (28,481)US rebates, discounts and sales returns (394,631) (367,039) (357,928)Non-US rebates, discounts and sales returns (25,728) (23,121) (18,456)Total gross-to-net sales adjustments (420,359) (390,160) (376,384)Net sales 309,064 290,403 232,261

Liabilities for sales deductions and product returnsDKK million 2025 2024 2023Sales deductions at beginning of the year 132,815 116,090 83,469Additions, including increases to existing liabilities 310,248 318,812 285,266Amount paid during the year (294,690) (301,247) (248,074)Adjustments regarding prior years, including unused amounts reversed during the year (4,193) (6,452) (2,364)Effect of exchange rate adjustment (12,848) 5,612 (2,207)Sales deductions at end of the year131,332 132,815 116,090Liabilities for product returns 3,068 3,094 1,532Sales deductions and product returns 134,400 135,909 117,622

Sales discounts and sales rebates are predominantly issued in the US. As such, total US

rebates, discounts and sales returns amount to DKK 394,631 million, corresponding to

70% of gross sales in the US (69% in 2024 and 74% in 2023). Liabilities for sales rebates

include US Managed Care, Medicare, Medicaid, 340B Drug Pricing Program and other

US rebate types, as well as rebates in a number of European countries and Canada.

Pricing mechanisms in the US market

In the US, sales rebates are paid in connection with public healthcare insurance

programmes, including Medicare and Medicaid, as well as rebates to pharmacy

benefit managers (PBMs) and managed healthcare plans. Key customers in the US

include private payers, PBMs and government payers. PBMs and managed healthcare

plans play a role in negotiating price concessions with drug manufacturers for both

the commercial and government channels, and determine which drugs are covered

on their formularies (or 'preferred drug lists').

US Managed Care and Medicare

For Managed Care and Medicare, rebates are offered to a number of PBMs and

managed healthcare plans. These rebate programmes allow the customer to receive a

rebate after attaining certain performance parameters relating to formulary status or

pre-established market share thresholds. Rebate liabilities are estimated according to

the specific terms in each agreement, historical experience, anticipated channel mix,

growth rates and market share information. Novo Nordisk adjusts the liabilities

periodically to reflect actual sales performance. Managed Care and Medicare rebates

are generally settled around 100 days from the transaction date.

US wholesaler charge-backs

Wholesaler charge-backs relate to contractual arrangements between Novo Nordisk and

indirect customers in the US whereby products are sold at contract prices lower than the

list price originally charged to wholesalers. Estimates of expected charge-backs are made

using a combination of factors such as historical experience, current wholesaler inventory

levels, contract terms and the value of claims received but not yet processed. Wholesaler

charge-backs are generally settled within 30 days after receipt of claim.

In January 2021, Novo Nordisk changed its policy in the US related to the 340B Drug

Pricing Program, whereby Novo Nordisk no longer provides 340B statutory discounts

to certain pharmacies that contract with covered entities participating in the 340B Drug

Pricing Program. Novo Nordisk’s 340B policy has been the subject of legal challenges.

As a result, Novo Nordisk has only recognised revenue related to the 340B Drug Pricing

Program to the extent that in Management’s assessment it is highly probable that its

inclusion will not result in a significant revenue reversal in the future. Management’s

assessment considers interpretations of applicable laws, and legal and administrative

rulings, as well as attrition and experience from historical claims. Given the passage

of time and the current legal and regulatory landscape relating to enforcement of

the 340B program, the provision for 340B statutory discounts was reduced

by USD 0.4 billion during 2025 to USD 4.2 billion at 31 December 2025, reflecting

an assessment of applicable laws, and legal and administrative rulings as well as

attrition and experience from historical claims. Refer to note 3.6 for further details.

US Medicaid rebates

Medicaid is a government insurance programme. Medicaid rebates have been

estimated using a combination of historical experience, product and population

growth, price changes and the impact of contracting strategies. The calculation also

involves interpretation of relevant regulations that are subject to changes in

interpretative guidance from government authorities. Novo Nordisk adjusts the

liabilities periodically to reflect actual sales performance. Medicaid rebates

are generally settled around 150 days from the transaction date.

Other US and non-US discounts and sales returns

Other discounts are provided to distributors, wholesalers, hospitals, pharmacies, etc.

Further, discounts are provided to patients through different programmes. They are

usually linked to sales volume or provided as cash discounts. Discounts are calculated

based on historical data and recorded as a reduction in gross sales at the time the

related sales are recorded. Sales returns relate to damaged or expired products.

Other net sales disclosures

In 2025, Novo Nordisk had 3 major wholesalers distributing products in the US,

representing 23%, 18% and 14% respectively of global net sales (23%, 17% and 17% in

2024 and 22%, 17% and 15% in 2023). Sales to these 3 wholesalers are within both

Obesity and Diabetes care and Rare disease.

Net sales to be recognised from existing customer contracts containing fixed or

minimum sales volumes, with an original term greater than 12 months, are expected

to be DKK 4,139 million within 12 months (DKK 3,753 million in 2024) and DKK 3,193

million thereafter (DKK 5,822 million in 2024).

KEY ACCOUNTING ESTIMATE AND JUDGEMENT RELATED TO SALES DEDUCTIONS

AND LIABILITIES FOR SALES REBATES

Sales deductions are estimated at the time the related sales are recorded. These

estimates of unsettled rebates and discounts are considered a key accounting

estimate as not all conditions are known at the time of sale, for example total sales

volume to a given customer. The estimates are based on analyses of existing

contractual obligations and historical experience. Liabilities are calculated on the basis

of a percentage of sales for each product as defined by the contracts with the various

customer groups. Liabilities for sales rebates are adjusted to actual amounts as

rebates, discounts and returns are processed. Revenue related to the 340B Drug

Pricing Program can only be recognised to the extent that it is highly probable that a

significant reversal of the recognised revenue will not occur. As discussed below in this

note 2.1 and in note 3.6, Management determined that it was appropriate to record a

provision for 340B statutory discounts of USD 4.2 billion at 31 December 2025.

Following a favourable Administrative Dispute Resolution (“ADR”) ruling on a 340B

petition filed against Novo Nordisk, that became final and effective on 20 January 2026

after the expiration of a reconsideration deadline, Management concluded that the

legal uncertainty relating to the 340B program was resolved only after the balance

sheet date. Consequently, it was concluded that it was not highly probable at 31

December 2025 that a significant revenue reversal after that date would not occur.

On that basis, Management considered all pertinent factors and applied judgement

determining that the event was a non-adjusting event after the 31 December 2025,

and that estimates made in respect of variable consideration constraints at 31

December 2025 are unaffected by the expiration of the reconsideration deadline on 20

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Financial statements / Consolidated financial statements / Notes to the Consolidated financial statements / Section 2 Results for the year 88

January 2026. As such, the Company will in the first quarter of 2026 recognise revenue

of USD 4.2 billion comprising the entire amount of provisions for 340B statutory

discounts included in ‘sales deductions and product returns’. Refer to note 3.6 for

further details.

Novo Nordisk considers the liabilities established for sales rebates to be reasonable

and appropriate based on the information currently available. However, the actual

amount of rebates and discounts may differ from the amounts estimated by

Management as more detailed information becomes available.

ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Revenue from sale of goods is recognised when Novo Nordisk has transferred

control of products sold to the buyer. Control of the products is transferred at a point

in time, typically on delivery. Where contracts contain customer acceptance criteria,

Novo Nordisk recognises sales when the acceptance criteria are satisfied. The amount

of sales to be recognised is based on the consideration Novo Nordisk expects to

receive in exchange for goods. When sales are recognised, Novo Nordisk also records

estimates for a variety of sales deductions including product returns as well as rebates

and discounts to government agencies, wholesalers, health insurance companies,

managed healthcare organisations and retail customers. Sales deductions are

recognised as a reduction of gross sales to arrive at net sales, by assessing the

expected value of the sales deductions (variable consideration).

Effective 1 January 2025, 'sales deductions and product returns' are presented as a

separate balance sheet line for greater clarity. Amounts related to ‘Estimated rebates,

discounts and charge-backs’ and ‘Expected products returns’ were previously included

in ‘provisions’ and ‘Other liabilities’. Furthermore, amounts related to ‘Confirmed sales

rebates’ previously included in ‘trade payables’, have been restated to ‘Sales

deductions and product returns’. Wholesaler charge-backs remain netted against

trade receivable balances.

Reconciliation of new line item 'sales deductions and product returns'

DKK million 2025 2024 2023Estimated sales rebates, discounts and charge-backs — 548 451Expected product returns 1,051 908 613Sales deductions and product returns (non-current) 1,051 1,456 1,064Estimated sales rebates, discounts and charge-backs 124,967 120,561 102,162Confirmed sales rebates 6,365 11,706 13,477Expected product returns 2,017 2,186 919Sales deductions and product returns (current) 133,349 134,453 116,558Total sales deductions and product returns 134,400 135,909 117,622

Novo Nordisk issues credit notes for expired goods as a part of the normal business.

In some markets, Novo Nordisk sells products on a sale-or-return basis. Where there

is historical experience or a reasonably accurate estimate of future returns, estimated

product returns are recorded as a reduction in sales and as a provision for estimated

product returns. The provision is measured at net sales value. Expected product

returns are recorded in the balance sheet as 'sales deductions and product returns'.

2.2 Segment information

Operating segments

Novo Nordisk operates in two segments based on therapies: Obesity and Diabetes

care and Rare disease, representing the entirety of the Group's operations. The

activities of the segments include research, development, manufacturing and

marketing of products within the following areas:

• Obesity and Diabetes care: obesity, diabetes, cardiovascular and emerging therapy areas

• Rare disease: rare blood disorders, rare endocrine disorders and hormone

replacement therapy.

Segment performance is evaluated on the basis of operating profit, consistent with the

Consolidated financial statements. Financial income and expenses and income taxes

are managed at Group level and are not allocated to segments. There are no sales or

other transactions between the segments. Costs have generally been split between

segments according to a specific allocation. Certain corporate overhead costs are

Operating segments – Key figures

Obesity and Diabetes careRare diseaseTotalDKK million 2025 2024 2023 2025 2024 2023 2025 2024 2023Net sales 289,456 271,764 215,098 19,608 18,639 17,163 309,064 290,403 232,261Cost of goods sold (51,998) (37,760) (30,483) (6,790) (6,762) (5,282) (58,788) (44,522) (35,765)Sales and distribution costs (60,274) (57,840) (52,477) (4,036) (4,261) (4,266) (64,310) (62,101) (56,743)Research and development costs (44,891) (41,490) (28,073) (7,148) (6,572) (4,370) (52,039) (48,062) (32,443)Administrative costs (5,580) (4,881) (4,435) (389) (395) (420) (5,969) (5,276) (4,855)Other operating income and expenses (267) (2,074) (7) (33) (29) 126 (300) (2,103) 119Segment operating profit 126,446 127,719 99,623 1,212 620 2,951 127,658 128,339 102,574Operating margin 43.7% 47.0% 46.3% 6.2% 3.3% 17.2% 41.3% 44.2% 44.2%Depreciation and amortisation expenses (13,063) (7,104) (6,042) (1,603) (1,441) (1,247) (14,666) (8,545) (7,289)Impairment losses and reversals (6,143) (9,262) (2,153) (1,173) (1,300) 29 (7,316) (10,562) (2,124)Total depreciation, amortisation, impairment losses and reversals(19,206) (16,366) (8,195) (2,776) (2,741) (1,218) (21,982) (19,107) (9,413)

allocated between segments based on overall allocation keys. Other operating income

and expenses have been allocated to the two segments based on the same principle.

ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting

provided to Executive Management and the Board of Directors. We consider Executive

Management to be the operating decision-making body.

Geographical areas

International Operations cover the following Regions:

• EUCAN (covering Europe and Canada),

• Emerging Markets (covering mainly Latin America, the Middle East, and Africa),

• APAC (covering Japan, Korea, Oceania and Southeast Asia), and

• Region China (covering Mainland China, Hong Kong and Taiwan).

Effective 1 January 2025, North America Operations and International Operations were

reorganised into US Operations and International Operations. Of the total net sales of

DKK 309,064 million, DKK 173,166 million was generated from external customers in

the US (DKK 167,402 million in 2024). The country of domicile is Denmark (part of

EUCAN). Denmark is immaterial to Novo Nordisk's activities in terms of sales as 99.1%

of total net sales are realised outside Denmark (99.2 % in 2024). Sales are attributed to

geographical areas according to the location of the customer.

Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets excluding goodwill amount to

DKK 318,586 million (DKK 252,484 million in 2024). DKK 194,790 million is located in

Denmark (DKK 164,744 million in 2024) and DKK 77,394 million is located in the US

(DKK 49,305 million in 2024). Comparatives were restated to reflect changes in the

provisional purchase price allocation from business combination in 2024 (note 5.3).

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Financial statements / Consolidated financial statements / Notes to the Consolidated financial statements / Section 2 Results for the year 89

31.3%

Net sales – Segments and geographical areasUS Operations International OperationsTotal Novo Nordisk net salesUSA Total IO EUCAN Emerging Markets APAC Region China111111111111120232025 202420232025 202420232025 202420232025 202420232025 202420232025 20242023DKK million 2025 2024Obesity and Diabetes care segment:®Ozempic88,46784,20163,01038,62236,14132,70822,77419,81917,9177,2357,4487,1023,2143,1122,8685,3995,7624,821127,089120,34295,718®Rybelsus8,83310,79511,06013,26012,5067,6907,0656,7833,9682,0612,1821,3753,5143,0302,21662051113122,09323,30118,750®Victoza4711,6993,6132,5493,7835,0516941,1692,0591,0501,2641,1372043755996019751,2563,0205,4828,664Total GLP-197,77196,69577,68354,43152,43045,44930,53327,77123,94410,34610,8949,6146,9326,5175,6836,6207,2486,208152,202149,125123,132Long-acting insulin5,0075,5382,93113,74813,55711,9746,2526,6996,2372,9732,8032,6881,3171,3591,4003,2062,6961,64918,75519,09514,905®• of which Awigli———41019—10413————18——2886—41019—®• of which Tresiba4,7062,8061,3337,3437,0996,4193,5673,6333,3831,9801,6421,33284784685694997884812,0499,9057,752®• of which Xultophy2952813254,3244,2222,8941,8642,0681,7123103473683583934051,7921,4144094,6194,5033,219®• of which Levemir62,4511,2731,6712,2172,6617179851,142683814988941201391772983921,6774,6683,934Premix insulin5676322169,74810,1579,3589301,0391,1632,0492,0671,7952,1062,2671,9594,6634,7844,44110,31510,7899,574®• of which Ryzodeg———5,3824,9293,7302251861718776274991,3161,3341,0952,9642,7821,9655,3824,9293,730®• of which NovoMix5676322164,3665,2285,6287058539921,1721,4401,2967909338641,6992,0022,4764,9335,8605,844Fast-acting insulin8,2457,7735,26510,33810,74910,6845,0234,9635,0772,8943,1112,7721,1101,2011,2901,3111,4741,54518,58318,52215,949®• of which Fiasp1,0792136181,7391,6561,5551,3141,2701,201210192201215194153———2,8181,8692,173®• of which NovoRapid7,1667,5604,6478,5999,0939,1293,7093,6933,8762,6842,9192,5718951,0071,1371,3111,4741,54515,76516,65313,776Human insulin1,4151,5351,4064,0695,4326,1887058689691,8302,7452,7588121,0131,2487228061,2135,4846,9677,594Total insulin15,23415,4789,81837,90339,89538,20412,91013,56913,4469,74610,72610,0135,3455,8405,8979,9029,7608,84853,13755,37348,022Other Diabetes care1392132671,6311,9072,0455195525512612772582632963445887828921,7702,1202,312Total Diabetes care113,144112,38687,76893,96594,23285,69843,96241,89237,94120,35321,89719,88512,54012,65311,92417,11017,79015,948207,109206,618173,466®Wegovy51,01545,77029,43028,09112,4361,91315,3837,7051,7996,1002,6771145,8121,858—796196—79,10658,20631,343®Saxenda2687773,3062,9736,1636,9831,4442,7963,1241,2382,1952,5872631,0701,126281021463,2416,94010,289Total Obesity care 51,28346,54732,73631,06418,5998,89616,82710,5014,9237,3384,8722,7016,0752,9281,12682429814682,34765,14641,632Obesity and Diabetes care total164,427158,933120,504125,029112,83194,59460,78952,39342,86427,69126,76922,58618,61515,58113,05017,93418,08816,094289,456271,764215,098Rare disease segment: Rare blood disorders4,9275,3875,0707,0286,7516,7063,3403,3923,3591,9462,0402,0271,04595694869736337211,95512,13811,776• of which Haemophilia A3995374682,0151,9171,9549871,1131,1404103483712532202203652362232,4142,4542,422• of which Haemophilia B5454863368678207256106145098338441571511591717131,4121,3061,061®• of which NovoSeven3,5024,1354,0653,8243,8483,8931,6511,6131,6611,4071,6041,5604515215363151101367,3267,9837,958Rare endocrine disorders3,4782,9221,7572,4812,0712,0791,002817981594511(22)86370290422412165,9594,9933,836Other Rare disease3341602031,3601,3481,3489609459442051951931901992065951,6941,5081,551Rare disease total8,7398,4697,03010,86910,17010,1335,3025,1545,2842,7452,7462,1982,0981,8572,05872441359319,60818,63917,163Total sales by geographical area173,166 167,402 127,534 135,898 123,001 104,727 66,091 57,547 48,148 30,436 29,515 24,784 20,713 17,438 15,108 18,658 18,501 16,687 309,064 290,403 232,261Total sales growth as reported 3.4% 31.3% 50.6% 10.5% 17.4% 13.5% 14.9% 19.5% 24.1% 3.1% 19.1% 8.0% 18.8% 15.4% 5.4% 0.8% 10.9% 2.9% 6.4% 25.0% 1. Comparative information has been restated to reflect the new geographical structure.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Financial statements / Consolidated financial statements / Notes to the Consolidated financial statements / Section 2 Results for the year 90

2.3 Research and development costs

DKK million 2025 2024 2023Employee costs (note 2.4) 16,598 15,923 12,429Amortisation, intangible assets (note 3.1) 1,048 931 649Impairment losses and reversals, intangible assets (note 3.1) 2,742 7,912 1,108Depreciation, property, plant and equipment (note 3.3) 1,439 1,120 1,053Impairment losses, property, plant and equipment (note 3.3) 1,588 78 260Clinical trial cost 16,171 12,232 9,468Other research and development costs 12,453 9,866 7,476Total research and development costs 52,039 48,062 32,443As percentage of net sales 16.8% 16.6% 14.0%

Novo Nordisk's research and development is mainly focused on:

• GLP-1s and combinations for obesity treatment

• Insulins, GLP-1s and other therapeutic compounds for diabetes treatment

• Novel targets for obesity and diabetes treatment and their related comorbidities;

Such as cardiovascular disease, chronic kidney disease and MASH

• New indications with existing assets within MASH, cardiovascular disease and

chronic kidney disease

• Blood-clotting factors and new modes of action for treatment of haemophilia

and other rare blood disorders

• Human growth hormone and new modes of action for treatment of

growth disorders

• Research technology platforms including RNAi for treatment of cardiovascular

disease, chronic kidney disease and MASH

The research activities mainly utilise biotechnological methods based on advanced

protein chemistry and protein engineering. These methods have played a key role in

the development of the production technology used to manufacture insulin, GLP-1,

recombinant blood-clotting factors and human growth hormone. Research activities

further utilise digital scientific methodologies and other technology platforms,

including RNAi therapies and small molecules.

Research and development activities are mainly carried out by Novo Nordisk's

research and development centres in Denmark, the US, the UK and China. Clinical

trials are carried out all over the world. Novo Nordisk also enters into partnerships

and licence agreements to execute R&D activities.

Other research and development costs mainly comprise external consulting

fees, IT services, facilities, consumables and other operational costs.

ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Novo Nordisk expenses all research costs. Due to significant regulatory uncertainties

and other uncertainties inherent in the development of new products, internal and

subcontracted development costs are also expensed as they are incurred, in line with

industry practice. This means that they do not qualify for capitalisation as intangible

assets until marketing approval by a regulatory authority is obtained or considered

highly probable. Costs for post-approval activities that are required by authorities

as a condition for obtaining regulatory approval are recognised as research and

development costs.

Research and development costs primarily comprise employee costs as well as

internal and external costs related to execution of studies, including manufacturing

costs and facility costs of the research centres. The costs also comprise amortisation,

depreciation and impairment losses related to intellectual property rights and

property, plant and equipment used in the research and development activities.

Amortisations of intellectual property rights related to marketed products are

recognised in cost of goods sold. Royalty expenses paid to partners after regulatory

approval are also expensed as cost of goods sold.

Contractual research and development obligations to be paid in the future are

disclosed separately as commitments in note 5.2.

2.4 Employee costs

DKK million 2025 2024 2023Wages and salaries 61,238 52,311 42,867Share-based payment costs (note 5.1) 1,435 2,289 2,149Pensions – defined contribution plans 4,763 4,235 3,267Pensions – defined benefit plans 129 156 126Other social security contributions 4,140 3,505 3,039Other employee costs 5,770 4,929 4,066Total employee costs for the year 77,475 67,425 55,514Employee costs capitalised as intangible assets and property, plant and equipment (4,676) (3,540) (2,337)Change in employee costs capitalised as inventories (994) (470) (409)Total employee costsin the income statement 71,805 63,415 52,768Included in the income statement:Cost of goods sold 24,467 20,074 15,490Sales and distribution costs 23,757 22,920 20,810Research and development costs 16,598 15,923 12,429Administrative costs 5,154 4,265 3,962Other operating income and expenses 1,829 233 77Total employee costs in theincome statement 71,805 63,415 52,768

Number of employees

Number 2025 2024 2023

Average number of full-time employees 76,343 69,480 59,552

Year-end number of full-time employees 68,794 76,302 63,370

Year-end employees (total) 69,505 77,349 64,319

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Financial statements / Consolidated financial statements / Notes to the Consolidated financial statements / Section 2 Results for the year 91

ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Wages, salaries, social security contributions, annual leave and sick leave, bonuses

and non-monetary benefits are recognised in the year in which the associated services

are rendered by employees of Novo Nordisk. Where Novo Nordisk provides long-term

employee benefits, the costs are accrued to match the rendering of the services by the

employees concerned.

2.5 Other operating income and expenses

Other operating income and expenses comprises items secondary to Novo Nordisk's

main activities. This primarily includes income from non-core manufacturing contracts

with external customers and related expenses. Further, it covers the following items

• Licence income, as well as amortisation and impairment losses, from assets which

are secondary to Novo Nordisk's main activities

• Operating profit from wholly owned subsidiaries not related to core activities, and

• transaction costs associated with acquisition of businesses (see note 5.3 for details).

2.6 Income taxes and deferred income taxes

Income taxes expensed DKK million 2025 2024 2023Current tax on profit for the year 30,239 32,082 25,918Deferred tax on profit for the year (1,179) (5,484) (4,464)Tax on profit for the year 29,060 26,598 21,454Current tax adjustments recognised for prior years (1,257) 172 (916)Deferred tax adjustments recognised for prior years 303 (567) 453Income taxes in the income statement 28,106 26,203 20,991Tax on other comprehensive income for the year, (income)/expense 2,629 (1,343) 359

Computation of effective tax rate% DKK million 2025 2024 2023Statutory corporate income tax rate in Denmark 22.0% 22.0% 22.0% Deviation in foreign subsidiaries' tax rates compared to the Danish tax rate (net) 0.1% (0.5%) (0.9%) Non-taxable income less non-tax-deductible expenses (net) (0.4%) (0.7%) (0.7%) Other adjustments (net) (0.2%) (0.2%) (0.3%) Effective tax rate 21.5% 20.6% 20.1%

Income taxes paidDKK million 2025 2024 2023Income taxes paid in Denmark 24,150 21,810 16,899Income taxes paid outside Denmark 7,864 7,826 8,998Income taxes paid 32,014 29,636 25,897

The deviation in foreign subsidiaries' tax rates from the Danish tax rate is mainly

driven by Swiss and US business activities. Other adjustments consist of tax related

to prior years.

From 1 January 2024 Novo Nordisk is subject to Global Minimum Tax (OECD BEPS Pillar 2

rules). The rules did not have a material impact on the tax position of Novo Nordisk in 2025

and 2024.

KEY ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES REGARDING DEFERRED INCOME TAX ASSETS AND

PROVISIONS FOR UNCERTAIN TAX POSITIONS

Management has considered future taxable income and has estimated the amount

of deferred income tax assets that should be recognised. The estimate is based on an

assessment of whether sufficient taxable income will be available in the future, against

which the temporary differences and unused tax losses can be utilised. The total tax

value of unrecognised tax loss carry-forwards amounts to DKK 1,383 million in 2025

(DKK 602 million in 2024).

In the course of conducting business globally, tax and transfer pricing disputes with

tax authorities may occur. Management has estimated the expected outcome of the

disputes by using the ‘most likely outcome’ method to determine the provisions for

uncertain tax positions. Management considers the provisions made to be adequate.

However, the actual obligation may deviate and depends on the result of litigation

and settlements with the relevant tax authorities.

ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The tax expense for the period comprises current and deferred tax. It also includes

adjustments to previous years and changes in provisions for uncertain tax positions.

Tax is recognised in the income statement except to the extent that it relates to items

recognised in equity or other comprehensive income. Provisions for ongoing tax

disputes are included as part of deferred tax assets, tax receivables and tax payables.

Deferred income taxes arise from temporary differences between the accounting

and tax values of the individual consolidated companies and from realisable tax loss

carry-forwards.

In general, the Danish tax rules related to dividends from group companies provide

exemption from tax for most repatriated profits. In some countries withholding tax

will be applied to dividends paid to Denmark. A provision for withholding tax is only

recognised if a concrete distribution of dividends is planned. The unrecognised

potential withholding tax amounts to DKK 1,261 million (DKK 1,228 million in 2024).

The value of future tax deductions in relation to share programmes is recognised

as a deferred tax asset until the shares are paid out to the employees. Any estimated

excess tax deduction compared to the costs realised in the income statement is

charged to equity.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Financial statements / Consolidated financial statements / Notes to the Consolidated financial statements / Section 2 Results for the year 92

Development in deferred income tax assets and liabilitiesProperty,Offsetplant and Intangiblewithinequipmentassets Inventories Liabilities Othercountries TotalDKK million2025Net deferred tax asset/(liability) at the beginning of the year (5,484) (6,472) 3,790 18,742 8,557 — 19,133Income/(charge) to the income statement (52) (532) 2,823 222 (1,585) — 876Income/(charge) to other comprehensive income — — (407) (14) (2,222) — (2,643)Income/(charge) to equity — — — — (37) — (37)Additions from acquisitions — — — — 1,460 — 1,460Effect of exchange rate adjustment 496 129 (8) (1,908) (462) — (1,753)Net deferred tax asset/(liability) at the end of the year (5,040) (6,875) 6,198 17,042 5,711 — 17,036Classified as follows:Deferred tax asset at the end of the year 579 239 6,267 17,605 11,820 (12,863) 23,647Deferred tax liability at the end of the year (5,619) (7,114) (69) (563) (6,109) 12,863 (6,611)2024Net deferred tax asset/(liability) at the beginning of the year (2,561) (10,241) 1,717 14,427 6,876 — 10,218Income/(charge) to the income statement (207) 427 2,142 3,485 204 — 6,051Income/(charge) to other comprehensive income — (254) (71) 17 1,622 — 1,314Income/(charge) to equity — 254 — — (314) — (60)1Additions from acquisitions(2,600) 3,487 — 40 102 — 1,029Effect of exchange rate adjustment (116) (145) 2 773 67 — 581Net deferred tax asset/(liability) at the end of the year (5,484) (6,472) 3,790 18,742 8,557 — 19,133Classified as follows:1Deferred tax asset at the end of the year497 231 3,847 19,004 13,112 (12,043) 24,6481Deferred tax liability at the end of the year(5,981) (6,703) (57) (262) (4,555) 12,043 (5,515)1. Comparatives were restated to reflect changes in the provisional purchase price allocation from business combination in 2024. Reference is made to note 5.3.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Financial statements / Consolidated financial statements / Notes to the Consolidated financial statements / Section 2 Results for the year 93

Section 3

Operating assets and

liabilities

3.1 Intangible assets

AmortisationDKK million 2025 2024 2023Cost of goods sold 5,266 1,400 982Sales and distribution costs — — 9Research and development costs 1,048 931 649Administrative costs 29 14 41Other operating income and expenses 186 167 153Total amortisation 6,529 2,512 1,834

Impairment losses and reversalsDKK million 2025 2024 2023Cost of goods sold 12 — —Research and development costs 2,742 7,912 1,108Other operating income and expenses 6 1,601 306Total impairment losses and reversals 2,760 9,513 1,414

Intellectual property Software Total rights and and other intangible DKK millionknow-howintangiblesassets2025Cost at the beginning of the year 106,709 6,402 113,111 Additions during the year 28,719 528 29,247 Disposals during the year — (52) (52) Effect of exchange rate adjustment (663) (178) (841) Cost at the end of the year 134,765 6,700 141,465 Amortisation and impairment losses at the beginning of the year 19,873 2,434 22,307 Amortisation for the year 6,211 318 6,529 Impairment losses for the year 2,708 52 2,760 Amortisation and impairment losses reversed on disposals during the year — (52) (52) Effect of exchange rate adjustment (252) (35) (287) Amortisation and impairment losses at the end of the year 28,540 2,717 31,257 Carrying amount at the end of the year 106,225 3,983 110,208 2024Cost at the beginning of the year 60,745 5,584 66,329 1Additions from acquisition of businesses (note 5.3) 41,154 90 41,244 Additions during the year 4,165 710 4,875 Disposals during the year (213) (70) (283) Effect of exchange rate adjustment 858 88 946 Cost at the end of the year 106,709 6,402 113,111 Amortisation and impairment losses at the beginning of the year 8,225 2,162 10,387 Amortisation for the year 2,257 255 2,512 Impairment losses for the year 9,441 72 9,513 Amortisation and impairment losses reversed on disposals during the year (213) (70) (283) 1Effect of exchange rate adjustment 163 15 178 Amortisation and impairment losses at the end of the year 19,873 2,434 22,307 Carrying amount at the end of the year 86,836 3,968 90,804 1. Comparatives were restated to reflect changes in the provisional purchase price allocation from business combination in 2024.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Financial statements / Consolidated financial statements / Notes to the Consolidated financial statements / Section 3 Operating assets and liabilities 94

Intellectual property rights and know-how

Intellectual property rights and know-how with a carrying value of DKK 106,225 million

(DKK 86,836 million in 2024), comprise intellectual property and licenses related mainly

to marketed products, know-how attributable to manufacturing, products and

technologies in development as well as technologies used in the research and

development phase. Intangible assets not yet available for use amount to

DKK 47,079 million (DKK 23,893 million in 2024) and relate to intellectual property

rights, software and other intangibles.

Know-how with a carrying value of DKK 36,834 million (DKK 40,944 million in 2024),

and a remaining useful life of 9 years (10 years in 2024), is recognised in the

acquisition of three fill-finish sites in 2024 and is primarily attributable to the

documented processes and systems for efficient and large-scale production of GLP-1

products as well as know-how to expand capacity in an efficient way. Products and

technologies in development include efruxifermin, a clinical stage drug candidate for

the treatment of compensated cirrhosis due to MASH, with a carrying value of

DKK 23,478 million. Intellectual property and licenses related to marketed products

include Rybelsus

with a carrying value of DKK 4,887 million (DKK 5,453 million in

2024) and a remaining useful life of 9 years (10 years in 2024). Technologies used in

the research and development phase include a RNAi technology platform with a

carrying value of DKK 9,172 million (DKK 9,530 million in 2024), with a remaining

estimated useful life of 19 years (20 years in 2024).

Impairment losses on intellectual property rights

Impairment losses on intellectual property rights amounted to DKK 2,708 million in

2025 (DKK 9,441 million in 2024). There were no individually material impairment

losses recognised in 2025. The single-largest impairment loss recognised in 2024

amounted to DKK 5,650 million arising from the impairment of ocedurenone. The

impairment loss in 2024 is linked to the termination of a phase 3 trial with

ocedurenone which failed to meet its primary endpoints, hence the recoverable

amount was estimated to nil. The impairment loss is recognised in research and

development costs in the segment Obesity and Diabetes care.

KEY ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES IN DETERMINING FAIR VALUES OF INTANGIBLE

ASSETS IN IMPAIRMENT REVIEWS

Intangible assets not yet available for use are tested for impairment at least annually

or when indicators of impairment are identified. Assets that are subject to

amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in

circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Factors

considered material that could trigger an impairment test include the following:

• Development of a competing drug

• Realised sales trending below predicted sales

• Changes or anticipated changes in participation rates or reimbursement policies

• Inconsistent or unfavourable clinical readouts

• Changes in the legal framework covering patents, rights and licences

• Advances in medicine and/or technology that affect the medical treatments

• Adverse impact on reputation and/or brand names

• Changes in the economic lives of similar assets

• Relationship to other intangible assets or property, plant and equipment

Impairment tests are based on Management’s projections and anticipated net present

value of estimated future cash flows. The discount rate used is based on the Group

WACC, adjusted where appropriate, to reflect the risk of the specific asset tested. Fair

value is determined using largely unobservable inputs. Accordingly, the valuation

technique and inputs used to measure fair value are classified as level 3 in the fair

value hierarchy. An impairment loss is recognised when the carrying amount of

intangible assets exceeds the recoverable amount. Impairments on intangible assets

are reviewed at each reporting date for possible reversal.

ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Research and development projects

Internal and subcontracted research costs are fully charged to the consolidated

income statement in the period in which they are incurred. Consistent with industry

practice, development costs are expensed until regulatory approval is obtained

or is probable; refer to note 2.3.

Payments to third parties under collaboration and licence agreements are assessed

for the substance of their nature. Payments which represent subcontracted research

and development work are expensed as the services are received. Payments which

represent transfer of rights of intellectual property are capitalised.

For acquired research and development projects, and intellectual property rights,

the likelihood of obtaining future commercial sales is reflected in the cost of the asset,

and thus the probability recognition criteria is always considered to be satisfied. As the

cost of acquired research and development projects can often be measured reliably,

these projects fulfil the capitalisation criteria as intangible assets on acquisition.

Subsequent milestone payments payable on achievement of a contingent event (e.g.,

commencement of phase 3 trials) are accrued and capitalised into the cost of the

intangible asset when the achievement of the event is probable. Development costs

incurred subsequent to acquisition are treated consistently with internal project

development costs.

Recognition and measurement

Intangible assets acquired separately are initially measured at cost and are

subsequently measured at cost less any accumulated amortisation and any

impairment loss. Identifiable intangible assets acquired in a business combination

are initially measured at fair value.

Amortisation of intellectual property rights is based on the straight-line method over

the estimated useful life. This corresponds to the legal duration or the economic

useful life depending on which is shorter, and not exceeding 25 years in either case.

The amortisation of intellectual property rights commences after regulatory approval

has been obtained or when assets are put in use.

Amortisation of know-how, which arises from business combinations, is based on

the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of 10 years corresponding

to the period in which economic benefits are expected to be realised.

Amortisation of software is based on the straight-line method over the estimated

useful life of 3-15 years. The amortisation commences when the asset is in the

location and condition necessary for it to be capable of operating in the manner

intended by Management.

3.2 Goodwill

DKK million 2025 2024Cost at the beginning of the year 20,017 4,4641Additions during the year — 15,275Effect of exchange rate adjustment (172) 278Cost at the end of the year 19,845 20,017Carrying amount at the end of the year 19,845 20,0171. Comparatives were restated to reflect changes in the provisional purchase price allocation from business combination in 2024. Reference is made to note 5.3.

Impairment review of goodwill

Goodwill is allocated to the segments Obesity and Diabetes care by DKK 19,373 million

(DKK 19,545 million in 2024) and to Rare Disease by DKK 472 million (DKK 472 million

in 2024). The annual impairment review showed that the recoverable amount

significantly exceeds the carrying amount of the cash-generating

units to which goodwill was allocated.

Goodwill is monitored for impairment at the operating segment level, which is the lowest

level CGU to which consolidated goodwill is allocated and monitored by Management.

CGUs are therefore defined as Novo Nordisk's operating segments, Obesity and Diabetes

care and Rare disease. Goodwill is allocated to operating segments based on expected

future cash flow from products utilising the synergies. The recoverable amount is

estimated based on fair value, with fair value being estimated at net present value using

an income-approach. The applied post-tax discount rates are 7.0% (Pre-tax discount rate

of 8.3%). Cash flow projections are based on budgets approved by Management and

cover a five-year forecast period, supplemented by a terminal value to reflect cash flows

beyond this period.

The key estimations relate to volume of market share, growth rates, pricing,

development of new markets and the success rate for introducing new products and

treatments. Assumptions are affected by external factors such as market and generic

competition, and price regulation. Key assumptions reflect past experience adjusted

for market specific risks or expected changes. Fair value is determined using largely

unobservable inputs.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Financial statements / Consolidated financial statements / Notes to the Consolidated financial statements / Section 3 Operating assets and liabilities 95

3.3 Property, plant and equipment

DepreciationDKK million 2025 2024 2023Cost of goods sold 4,703 3,799 3,522Sales and distribution costs 560 487 500Research and development costs 1,439 1,120 1,053Administrative costs 586 554 354Other operating income and expenses 849 73 26Total depreciation 8,137 6,033 5,455Of which related to leased assets 1,671 1,500 1,251

Impairment losses and reversalsDKK million 2025 2024 2023Cost of goods sold 2,714 962 446Sales and distribution costs 5 9 4Research and development costs 1,588 78 260Other operating income and expenses 249 — —Total impairment losses and reversals 4,556 1,049 710Of which related to leased assets 216 9 —

Assets Property, Land and Plant and Other under plant and DKK millionbuildingsmachineryequipmentconstructionequipment2025Cost at the beginning of the year 61,374 57,039 10,166 85,497 214,076 Additions during the year 5,127 1,877 1,222 56,776 65,002 Disposals during the year (392) (509) (647) (3,612) (5,160) Transfer and reclassifications 2,287 3,564 762 (6,613) — Effect of exchange rate adjustment (2,837) (1,951) (390) (1,426) (6,604) Cost at the end of the year 65,559 60,020 11,113 130,622 267,314 Depreciation and impairment losses at the beginning of the year 20,704 25,558 6,134 — 52,396 Depreciation for the year 3,438 3,382 1,317 — 8,137 Impairment losses for the year 401 400 180 3,575 4,556 Depreciation and impairment losses reversed on disposals during the year (321) (371) (589) (3,575) (4,856) Effect of exchange rate adjustment (565) (493) (239) — (1,297) Depreciation and impairment losses at the end of the year 23,657 28,476 6,803 — 58,936 Carrying amount at the end of the year 41,902 31,544 4,310 130,622 208,378 2024Cost at the beginning of the year 48,990 40,951 8,979 39,663 138,583 Additions from acquisition of businesses (note 5.3)1 5,937 12,325 276 6,104 24,642 Additions during the year 3,789 872 874 46,650 52,185 Disposals during the year (632) (1,305) (547) (524) (3,008) Transfer and reclassifications 2,342 3,602 509 (6,453) — Effect of exchange rate adjustment 948 594 75 57 1,674 Cost at the end of the year 61,374 57,039 10,166 85,497 214,076 Depreciation and impairment losses at the beginning of the year 18,325 23,834 5,463 — 47,622 Depreciation for the year 2,786 2,099 1,148 — 6,033 Impairment losses for the year 43 474 8 524 1,049 Depreciation and impairment losses reversed on disposals during the year (563) (918) (538) (524) (2,543) Effect of exchange rate adjustment 113 69 53 — 235 Depreciation and impairment losses at the end of the year 20,704 25,558 6,134 — 52,396 Carrying amount at the end of the year 40,670 31,481 4,032 85,497 161,680 1. Comparatives were restated to reflect changes in the provisional purchase price allocation from business combination in 2024.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Financial statements / Consolidated financial statements / Notes to the Consolidated financial statements / Section 3 Operating assets and liabilities 96

Novo Nordisk mainly leases office buildings, warehouses, laboratories and vehicles.

The right-of-use asset is presented in property, plant and equipment and the lease

liability in borrowings.

Leased property, plant and equipmentDKK million 2025 2024Land and buildings 7,600 6,067Other equipment 881 775Total 8,481 6,842

The total cash outflow for leases amounted to DKK 2,447 million (DKK 2,211 million

in 2024 and DKK 2,022 million in 2023). Refer to note 4.6 for a maturity analysis of

lease payments and 5.2 for commitments not recognised in the balance sheet

related to leases.

ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Property, plant and equipment is measured at historical cost less accumulated

depreciations and any impairment losses. The cost of self-constructed assets includes

costs directly attributable to the construction of the assets. Any subsequent cost is

included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset only when

it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to Novo

Nordisk, and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. Depreciation is based on

the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the assets (buildings: 10-50

years, plant and machinery: 5-25 years and other equipment: 3-10 years. Land is not

depreciated), unless another depreciation method better reflects how future economic

benefits are expected to be consumed. Climate-related matters, including the

commitment to reach net zero emissions, were considered when estimating the

useful lives of property, plant and equipment.

Depreciation commences when the asset is available for use, i.e. when it is in the location

and condition necessary for it to be capable of operating in the manner intended by

Management. The asset's residual value and useful life is reviewed and adjusted, if

appropriate, at the end of each reporting period. If an asset’s carrying amount is higher

than its estimated recoverable amount, it is written down to the recoverable amount.

Plant and equipment with no alternative use developed as part of a research and

development project are expensed. However, plant and equipment with an alternative

use or used for general research and development purposes are capitalised and

depreciated over the estimated useful life as research and development costs.

For contracts which are, or contain, a lease, a right-of-use asset and a lease liability is

recognised. Right-of-use assets are initially measured at cost, being the initial amount

of the lease liability. Right-of-use assets are subsequently depreciated using the

straight-line method over the lease term. The lease term comprises the non-

cancellable period of a lease, together with periods covered by extension options

if these are reasonably certain to be exercised.

3.4 Inventories

DKK million 2025 2024Raw materials 17,436 13,369Work in progress 25,858 22,335Finished goods 11,990 8,873Total inventories (gross) 55,284 44,577Write-downs at year-end (5,661) (3,728)Total inventories (net) 49,623 40,849Indirect production costs included in work in progress and finished goods 18,867 15,082Share of total inventories (net) 38% 37% Movements in inventory write-downs:Write-downs at the beginning of the year 3,728 2,514Write-downs during the year 4,272 2,660Utilisation of write-downs (2,046) (1,401)Reversal of write-downs (293) (45)Write-downs at the end of the year 5,661 3,728

All write-downs in both 2025 and 2024 relate to fully impaired inventory.

ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Inventories are stated at cost or net realisable value, whichever is lower. Cost is

determined using the first-in, first-out method. Cost comprises direct production

costs such as raw materials, consumables and labour. Production costs for work in

progress and finished goods include indirect production costs such as employee costs,

depreciation, maintenance, etc. If the expected sales price less completion costs to

execute sales (net realisable value) is lower than the carrying amount, a write-down is

recognised for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds its net realisable value.

Inventory manufactured prior to regulatory approval (prelaunch inventory) is

capitalised but immediately written down, until there is a high probability of regulatory

approval for the product. The cost is recognised in the income statement as research

and development costs. Once there is a high probability of regulatory approval being

obtained, the write-down is reversed, up to no more than the original cost.

3.5 Trade receivablesGross Net carrying Loss carrying DKK millionamountallowanceamount2025Not yet due 70,034 (1,244) 68,7901-90 days 1,813 (141) 1,67291-180 days 295 (76) 219181-270 days 212 (37) 175271-360 days 114 (114) —More than 360 days past due 375 (375) —Trade receivables 72,843 (1,987) 70,8562024Not yet due 71,245 (1,049) 70,1961-90 days 1,452 (230) 1,22291-180 days 415 (110) 305181-270 days 328 (102) 226271-360 days 341 (341) —More than 360 days past due 295 (295) —Trade receivables 74,076 (2,127) 71,949

Allowance for doubtful trade receivables

DKK million 2025 2024Carrying amount at the beginning of the year 2,127 1,794Reversal of allowance on realised losses (70) (70)Net movement recognised in income statement 44 445Effect of exchange rate adjustment (114) (42)Allowance at the end of the year 1,987 2,127

Novo Nordisk’s customer base is comprised of government agencies, wholesalers,

retail pharmacies and other customers. Novo Nordisk closely monitors the current

economic conditions of countries impacted by currency fluctuations, high inflation

and an unstable political climate. These indicators, as well as payment history, are

taken into account in the valuation of trade receivables.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Financial statements / Consolidated financial statements / Notes to the Consolidated financial statements / Section 3 Operating assets and liabilities 97

No loss allowance has been recognised on trade receivables in trade receivable

programmes in 2025 and 2024. Refer to note 4.4 for more information on credit

exposures and trade receivable programmes.

ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Trade receivables are initially recognised at transaction price. Subsequently, trade

receivables eligible for factoring are measured at fair value with changes recognised in

other comprehensive income, while the remainder of trade receivables is measured at

amortised cost. The allowance for doubtful receivables is deducted from the carrying

amount of trade receivables, with changes recognised in sales and distribution costs.

Management measures allowance for doubtful trade receivables based on the

simplified approach to provide for expected credit losses, which requires the use

of the lifetime expected loss provision for all trade receivables. The allowance is an

estimate based on shared credit risk characteristics and the days past due. Generally,

invoices are due for payment within 90 days from shipment of goods. Loss allowance

is calculated using an ageing factor, geographical risk and specific customer

knowledge. The allowance is based on individual customer assessments, a provision

matrix based on days past due and a forward looking element relating to

incorporation of external country risk ratings.

Refer to note 4.4 for a general description of credit risk.

3.6 Provisions and contingent liabilitiesProvisionsProvisions for legalOther2025 for legal Other 20242Totaldisputesprovisions2DKK milliondisputesprovisionsTotalAt the beginning of the year 4,179 3,092 7,271 3,786 1,931 5,717Additional provisions, including increases to existing provisions 124 859 983 202 798 1,0001Additional provisions from acquisition of businesses (note 5.3) — — — — 884 884Amount used during the year (144) (343) (487) — (191) (191)Adjustments regarding prior years, including unused amounts reversed during the year (506) (477) (983) (31) (320) (351)Effect of exchange rate adjustment (489) (191) (680) 222 (10) 212At the end of the year 3,164 2,940 6,104 4,179 3,092 7,2713Non-current liabilities3,139 2,591 5,730 4,154 2,828 6,982Current liabilities 25 349 374 25 264 289

1. Comparatives were restated to reflect changes in the provisional purchase price allocation from business combination in 2024. 2. Other provisions consist of various types of provisions, including contingent payments

arising from business combinations and obligations in relation to employee benefits such as jubilee benefits. 3. For non-current liabilities related to legal disputes, the timing of settlement cannot be determined.

Contingent liabilities

Novo Nordisk is currently involved in pending litigations, arbitrations, claims and

investigations arising out of the normal conduct of its business. While provisions that

Management deems to be reasonable and appropriate have been made for probable

losses, there are inherent uncertainties connected with these estimates.

Since January 2021, Novo Nordisk Inc. (“NNI”) has made a number of changes to its

policy in the US related to facilitating delivery of its discounted medicines to

commercial pharmacies that contract with covered entities participating in the 340B

Drug Pricing Program. Novo Nordisk’s 340B policy has been the subject of legal

challenges. As a result, Novo Nordisk has only recognised revenue related to the 340B

Drug Pricing Program to the extent that in Management’s assessment it is highly

probable that its inclusion will not result in a significant revenue reversal in the future.

Management’s assessment considers interpretations of applicable laws, and legal and

administrative rulings, as well as attrition and experience from historical claims. As of

31 December 2025, provisions for 340B statutory discounts included in the ‘sales

deductions and product returns’ amounted to USD 4.2 billion.

On 30 January 2023, the US Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit issued a ruling

holding that Novo Nordisk’s drug distribution policy was consistent with the 340B

statute. On 21 May 2024, the US Court of Appeals for the DC Circuit issued a ruling in a

different case involving the drug distribution policies of other pharmaceutical

manufacturers that similarly held that their drug distribution policies were consistent

with the 340B statute. However, an appeal in another case involving the drug

distribution policy of another pharmaceutical manufacturer is still pending before the

US Court of Appeals for the Seventh Circuit, and as such these cases may be subject to

further discretionary appellate review before the US Supreme Court. Subsequent to

the ruling by the US Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit, covered entities filed ADR

petitions against the Company before the Health Resources and Services

Administration (“HRSA”) to recover alleged overcharges related to the 340B Drug

Pricing Program. On 4 December 2025, HRSA dismissed an ADR petition filed by two

covered entities, the University of Washington Medical Center (“UW”) and Harborview

Medical Center (“Harborview”), stating that Novo Nordisk’s 340B policy did not result in

overcharges to either covered entity, citing the ruling of the US Court of Appeals for

the Third Circuit. This decision, rendered by the ADR Panel even in the absence of a

ruling from the Seventh Circuit, is evidence that HRSA is applying the Third Circuit

ruling as the law governing overcharge claims alleged by covered entities relating to

Novo Nordisk’s 340B policy. Neither UW nor Harborview timely sought reconsideration

of the decision, which became final and effective on 20 January 2026 after the

expiration of the reconsideration deadline. As a result, Novo Nordisk has determined

that, as of 20 January 2026, it is highly probable that the inclusion of revenue relating

to the 340B Drug Pricing Program claims that was previously constrained will not

result in a significant reversal in the future. As such, the Company will in the first

quarter of 2026 recognise revenue of USD 4.2 billion comprising the entire amount of

provisions for 340B statutory discounts included in ‘sales deductions and product

returns’.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Financial statements / Consolidated financial statements / Notes to the Consolidated financial statements / Section 3 Operating assets and liabilities 98

Pending litigation against Novo Nordisk

Mosaic Health Inc. and Central Virginia Health Services, Inc. (both 340B covered

entities) filed a putative class action lawsuit in Federal Court in New York against NNI,

Eli Lilly and Company, Sanofi and AstraZeneca alleging a conspiracy among the

manufacturers to artificially fix prices of diabetes medications through changes to

their policies relating to the distribution of 340B drugs. The lawsuit was subsequently

dismissed by the District Court on 2 September 2022, yet this ruling was reversed and

remanded back the District Court by the United States Court of Appeals for the Second

Circuit. Novo Nordisk does not expect this matter to have a material impact on Novo

Nordisk’s financial position, operating profit or cash flow.

Novo Nordisk is currently defending numerous lawsuits, including putative class

actions, relating to the pricing of diabetes medicines in the US. The first lawsuit was

filed in 2017 and in August 2023 a multi-district litigation was created in the United

States District court for the District of New Jersey. Nearly all pending matters also

name Eli Lilly and Company and Sanofi as defendants, while certain matters also name

Pharmacy Benefit Managers ("PBMs") and related entities. Plaintiffs generally allege that

the manufacturers and PBMs colluded to artificially inflate list prices paid by consumers

for diabetes products, while offering reduced prices to PBMs through rebates used to

secure formulary access. Novo Nordisk does not expect these matters to have a material

impact on Novo Nordisk’s financial position, operating profit or cash flow.

In 2015, a former Novo Nordisk employee (the “Relator”) filed a qui tam lawsuit

alleging Novo Nordisk provided kickbacks to patient and physicians and caused the

submission of false claims to Medicare, Medicaid, Federal Employees Health Benefits

Program and private insurers in California relating to NovoSeven

. After the US

Department of Justice (”DOJ”) declined to intervene in that lawsuit, the Relator and the

Washington State Attorney General (“WAG”) proceeded with the lawsuit. A jury trial

was conducted in this matter, which resulted in a defense verdict in favor of Novo

Nordisk in November 2025. Relator and WAG have filed an appeal to the US Court of

Appeals for the Ninth Circuit. Novo Nordisk does not expect this matter to have a

material impact on Novo Nordisk’s financial position, operating profit or cash flow.

In 2021, two former Novo Nordisk employees (the “Relators”) filed a qui tam lawsuit in

the United States District Court for the District of Columbia alleging Novo Nordisk

provided kickbacks to physicians and caused the submission of false claims to federal

healthcare programs relating to the promotion of Ozempic

and Rybelsus

and that

the Relators’ employment was wrongfully terminated. Novo Nordisk does not expect

this matter to have a material impact on Novo Nordisk’s financial position, operating

profit or cash flow.

Novo Nordisk, along with Eli Lilly, are defendants in numerous product liability

lawsuits (mainly in in the US) related to the use of GLP-1-based medicines. Plaintiffs

have alleged that the use of these medicines, including Victoza

, Ozempic

Wegovy

and Rybelsus

, have caused various gastrointestinal and other injuries.

The US lawsuits are pending in various federal and state courts, with many matters

having been consolidated in two multi-district litigations in the United States District

Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania. Novo Nordisk does not expect these

matters to have a material impact on Novo Nordisk’s financial position, operating

profit or cash flow.

On 13 September 2024, five former employees filed a putative class action against

NNI, the NNI Board of Directors, and the NNI Retirement Committee alleging claims

for breach of fiduciary duty in connection with the management of the NNI Retirement

Plan. The complaint alleges that, from September 2018 to the present, certain conduct

violated the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. Novo Nordisk does not

expect this matter to have a material impact on Novo Nordisk’s financial position,

operating profit or cash flow.

On 24 January 2025, a class-action lawsuit was filed against Novo Nordisk A/S,

former Chief Executive Officer Lars Fruergaard Jørgensen and Executive Vice

President, R&D and Chief Scientific Officer Martin Holst Lange in the United States

District Court for the District of New Jersey by a proposed class of purchasers of Novo

Nordisk ADRs between 2 November 2022 and 19 December 2024. The lawsuit relates

to REDEFINE-1 and alleges that the company failed to disclose or otherwise misled

investors as to the nature of the dosages provided to patients in the study and that the

company misleadingly exhibited confidence in its expected 25% average weight loss

outcome. Novo Nordisk does not expect the litigation to have a material impact on

Novo Nordisk’s financial position, operating profit or cash flow.

On 1 August 2025, a class-action lawsuit was filed against Novo Nordisk A/S, former

Chief Executive Officer Lars Fruergaard Jørgensen, Chief Executive Officer Maziar Mike

Doustdar, Chief Financial Officer Karsten Munk Knudsen and Executive Vice President

Dave S. Moore in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey by

proposed class of purchasers of Novo Nordisk ADRs between 7 May 2025 and 28 July

2025. The lawsuit alleges that the company misled investors as to its potential to

capitalise on the compounded market for GLP-1 medicines, understated the potential

impact of the personalised exception for compounding of GLP-1 medicines and

overstated the company’s ability to penetrate the GLP-1 market to achieve continued

growth. Novo Nordisk does not expect the litigation to have a material impact on Novo

Nordisk’s financial position, operating profit or cash flow.

Other provisions and contingent liabilities

In February 2023, a class action lawsuit was filed by the City of Warwick Retirement

System (”City of Warwick”) against Catalent, Inc. (”Catalent”) and co-defendants in the

United States District Court for the District of New Jersey. The lawsuit alleges that the

defendants artificially inflated Catalent’s revenue and made misleading statements

and omissions concerning Catalent’s quality control issues; compliance with the US

Generally Accepted Accounting Principles; and the general demand for non-vaccine

products. In December 2024, Novo Nordisk acquired three Catalent fill-finish sites

from Novo Holding A/S, including a portion of any potential financial liability

associated with the City of Warwick lawsuit. In November 2025, Catalent settled this

lawsuit for an amount fully covered through Catalent insurance policies. Final court

approval of the settlement is anticipated in mid-2026.

In addition to the above, Novo Nordisk is engaged in certain litigation proceedings

and various ongoing audits and investigations. In the opinion of Management, neither

settlement nor continuation of such proceedings, nor such pending audits and

investigations, are expected to have a material effect on Novo Nordisk’s financial

position, operating profit or cash flow.

KEY ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES REGARDING ONGOING LEGAL DISPUTES,

LITIGATION AND INVESTIGATIONS

Provisions for legal disputes consist of various types of provisions linked to ongoing

legal disputes. Management makes estimates regarding provisions and contingencies,

including the probability of pending and potential future litigation outcomes. These

are by nature dependent on inherently uncertain future events. When determining

likely outcomes of litigation, etc., Management considers the input of external counsel

on each case, as well as known outcomes in case law. Although Management believes

that the total provisions for legal proceedings are adequate based on currently

available information, there can be no assurance that there will not be any changes in

facts or matters, or that any future lawsuits, claims, proceedings or investigations will

not be material.

ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Provisions for legal disputes are recognised where a legal or constructive obligation

has been incurred as a result of past events and it is probable that there will be an

outflow of resources that can be reliably estimated. In this case, Novo Nordisk arrives

at an estimate based on an evaluation of the most likely outcome. Disputes for which

no reliable estimate can be made are disclosed as contingent liabilities.

Provisions are measured at the present value of the anticipated expenditure for

settlement. This is calculated using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market

assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the obligation.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Financial statements / Consolidated financial statements / Notes to the Consolidated financial statements / Section 3 Operating assets and liabilities 99

Section 4

Capital structure and

financial items

4.1 Earnings per share

2025 2024 2023Net profit DKK million 102,434 100,988 83,683Average number of shares in million 1outstandingshares 4,443.0 4,453.9 4,482.8Average dilutive effect of in million restricted stock unitsshares 4.7 9.1 12.0Average number of shares outstanding, including in million dilutive effectshares 4,447.7 4,463.0 4,494.8Basic earnings per share DKK 23.06 22.67 18.67Diluted earnings per share DKK 23.03 22.63 18.62

1. Excluding treasury shares.

The trading unit of the Novo Nordisk B shares listed on NASDAQ Copenhagen was

changed from DKK 0.20 to DKK 0.10 as of 13 September 2023. The ADRs listed on

the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) were similarly split as of 20 September 2023.

4.2 Distribution to shareholders

DKK million 2025 2024 2023Interim dividend for the year 16,663 15,583 13,430Dividend for prior year 35,100 28,557 18,337Dividend payout in the year 51,763 44,140 31,767Share repurchases for the year 1,388 20,181 29,924Total distribution for the year 53,151 64,321 61,691

Novo Nordisk's dividend pay-outs in the year were complemented by a share

repurchase programme ending on 3 February 2025. Novo Nordisk's guiding principle

is that any excess capital after the funding of organic growth opportunities and

potential acquisitions should be returned to investors. No dividend is declared on

treasury shares.

DKK million 2025 2024 20231Interim dividend16,663 15,583 13,4302Final dividend35,312 35,100 28,557Total dividend 51,975 50,683 41,987DKK per share 2025 2024 2023Interim dividend13.75 3.50 3.002Final dividend7.95 7.90 6.40Total dividend 11.70 11.40 9.40

1. Interim dividend was paid in August 2025. 2. Final dividend for 2025 is expected to be

distributed pending approval at the Annual General Meeting in March 2026. Final dividend for

2024 was approved in March 2025 and paid in March 2025 (final dividend on A shares) and April

2025 (final dividend on B shares).

4.3 Share capital, Treasury shares and Other reserves

Development in number of sharesTotal Out-A B issued Treasury standing Number of shares (million)sharessharessharessharessharesShares beginning of 2024 1,075 3,435 4,510 (52) 4,458Shares cancelled in 2024 — (45) (45) 45 —Released allocated shares to employees — — — 8 8Shares purchased in 2024 — — — (25) (25)Number of shares end of 2024 1,075 3,390 4,465 (24) 4,441Released allocated shares to employees — — — 5 5Shares purchased in 2025 — — — (2) (2)Number of shares end of 2025 1,075 3,390 4,465 (21) 4,444

The A share capital and number of A shares of DKK 0.10 was unchanged in 2025 and 2024.

In 2024, the B share capital decreased by DKK 4.5 million (equal to cancellation of 45

million shares of DKK 0.10).

Each A share of DKK 0.10 per share carries 100 votes and each B share of DKK 0.10 per

share carries 10 votes.

At the end of 2025, the holding of treasury shares amounted to 0.5% of the total

outstanding shares (0.5% of the outstanding shares in 2024). Treasury shares are

primarily acquired to reduce the company's share capital. In addition, a limited part is

used to finance Novo Nordisk's long-term share-based incentive programme and

restricted stock units to employees. Treasury shares are deducted from the share

capital on cancellation at their nominal value of DKK 0.10 per share. Differences

between this amount and the amount paid to acquire or received for disposing of

treasury shares are deducted directly in retained earnings.

The purchase of treasury shares during the year relates to the remaining part of the

DKK 20 billion Novo Nordisk B share repurchase programme for 2024/2025. The

programme ended on 3 February 2025.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Financial statements / Consolidated financial statements / Notes to the Consolidated financial statements / Section 4 Capital structure and financial items 100

Specification of Other reserves

Exchange rate Cash flow Tax and 1DKK millionadjustmentshedgesother items TotalReserve at 1 January 2023 1,385 1,026 38 2,449Other comprehensive income, net (1,404) 586 (355) (1,173)Reserve at 31 December 2023 (19) 1,612 (317) 1,276Other comprehensive income, net 3,096 (6,221) 1,343 (1,782)Transferred to 2intangible assets— (1,154) 254 (900)Reserve at 31 December 2024 3,077 (5,763) 1,280 (1,406)Other comprehensive income, net (7,759) 10,102 (2,632) (289)Reserve at 31 December 2025 (4,682) 4,339 (1,352) (1,695)1. Refer to note 4.5 for information on cash flow hedges. 2. A gain from cash flow hedges related to

acquisition of businesses of DKK 1,154 million was transferred directly from the cash flow hedge

reserve on an after-tax basis to the initial cost of net assets acquired leading to a net hedging effect

of DKK 900 million.

According to Danish corporate law, reserves available for distribution as dividends

are based on the financial statements of the parent company, Novo Nordisk A/S.

Dividends are declared and paid from distributable reserves. As of 31 December

2025, distributable reserves total DKK 141,045 million (DKK 121,931 million in 2024),

corresponding to the parent company's retained earnings and Reserve for cash flow

hedges and exchange rate adjustments.

4.4 Financial risks

Management has assessed the following key financial risks:

Type Financial riskForeign exchange risk HighCredit risk LowInterest rate risk LowLiquidity risk Low

Novo Nordisk has centralised management of the Group's financial risks. The overall

objectives and policies for the company's financial risk management are outlined in

the internal Treasury Policy, which is approved by the Board of Directors. The Treasury

Policy consists of the Foreign Exchange Policy, the Investment Policy, the Financing

Policy and the Policy regarding Credit Risk on Financial Counterparts, and includes a

description of permitted use of financial instruments and risk limits.

Novo Nordisk only hedges commercial exposures and consequently does not enter

into derivative transactions for trading or speculative purposes. Novo Nordisk uses a

fully integrated treasury management system to manage all financial positions, and

all positions are marked-to-market.

Novo Nordisk's rating is AA and Aa3 from S&P and Moody's, respectively.

Foreign exchange risk

Foreign exchange risk is the largest financial risk for Novo Nordisk and can have a

significant impact on the income statement, statement of comprehensive income,

balance sheet and cash flow statement. The majority of Novo Nordisk's foreign

exchange exposure is in USD, EUR, CNY, and JPY combined. The foreign exchange risk

is most significant in USD. The exchange rate risk from EUR is regarded as low because

of Denmark's fixed exchange rate policy towards EUR. The overall objective of foreign

exchange risk management is to reduce the short-term negative impact of exchange

rate fluctuations on earnings and cash flow, thereby contributing to the predictability

of the financial results. In selected currencies, Novo Nordisk hedges assets and

liabilities as well as future expected cash flows up to a maximum of 24 months.

Hedge accounting is applied to match the impact of the hedged item and the hedging

instrument in the consolidated income statement. The currency hedging strategy

balances risk reduction and cost of hedging by use of foreign exchange forwards and

foreign exchange options matching the due dates of the hedged items. The approach

is dynamic as expected cash flows and hedging hereof are continually assessed using

historical inflows, budgets and monthly sales forecasts. Hedge effectiveness is

assessed on a regular basis.

Exchange rates applied for hedged currencies

USD CNY JPYAverage exchange rate applied (DKK per 100)2025 662 92 4.432024 689 96 4.562023 689 97 4.91Year-end exchange rate applied (DKK per 100)2025 635 91 4.072024 714 98 4.532023 674 95 4.771. Exchange rates applied for EUR are not included because the exchange rate risk exposure in EUR is regarded as low.

Sensitivity on financial instruments of an immediate 5% decrease in currency

rates on 31 December vs DKK

DKK million 2025 2024Sensitivity of all currenciesImpact on profit before tax (153) (323)Impact on equity 5,678 8,012Total 5,525 7,689Of which sensitivity to USDImpact on profit before tax 348 148Impact on equity 4,901 7,178Total 5,249 7,3262. An immediate 5% increase would have the opposite impact to the above.

The foreign exchange sensitivity analysis comprises effects from the Group's financial

instruments, including cash, trade receivables and trade payables, current loans,

current and non-current financial investments, lease liabilities and foreign exchange

forwards. Anticipated currency transactions, investments in foreign subsidiaries and

non-current assets are not included. The main impact is driven by forward contracts

used for hedging activities.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Financial statements / Consolidated financial statements / Notes to the Consolidated financial statements / Section 4 Capital structure and financial items 101

Financial contracts coverage at year end3Months USD CNYJPY2025 12 12 122024 12 12 12

3. Chinese yuan traded offshore (CNH) is used to hedge Novo Nordisk's CNY currency exposure.

The table above shows hedge coverage horizon existing at year-end to cover the

expected future cash flow for the disclosed number of months. Average hedge rate

for USD cash flow hedges is 653 at the end of 2025 (676 at the end of 2024).

Credit risk

Credit risk arises from the possibility that transactional counterparties may default

on their obligations towards the Group.

Credit exposure for cash at bank, marketable securities and

derivative financial instruments (fair value)Derivative Cash atMarketable financial DKK millionbanksecuritiesinstruments Total2025AAA range — 498 — 498AA range 10,026 — 1,777 11,803A range 15,457 — 4,905 20,362BBB range 200 — — 200Not rated or below BBB range 781 — — 781Total 26,464 498 6,682 33,6442024AAA range — 10,653 — 10,653AA range 6,582 — 1,773 8,355A range 8,278 — 4,553 12,831BBB range 172 — — 172Not rated or below BBB range 623 — — 623Total 15,655 10,653 6,326 32,634

Credit risk exposure to financial counterparties

Novo Nordisk considers its maximum credit exposure to financial counterparties

to be DKK 33,644 million (DKK 32,634 million in 2024).

To manage credit risk regarding financial counterparties, Novo Nordisk only enters

into derivative financial contracts and money market deposits with financial

counterparties possessing a satisfactory long-term credit rating from at least two

of the three selected rating agencies: Standard and Poor's, Moody's and Fitch.

Furthermore, maximum credit lines defined for each counterparty diversify the

overall counterparty risk. The credit risk on marketable securities is low, as

investments are made in highly liquid bonds with AAA credit ratings.

Credit risk exposure to non-financial counterparties

Novo Nordisk considers its maximum credit exposure to trade receivables, other

receivables (less prepayments and VAT receivables) and other financial assets to be

DKK 75,834 million (DKK 78,463 million in 2024). Refer to note 4.8 for details of the

Group's total financial assets.

Outside the US, Novo Nordisk has no significant concentration of credit risk related

to trade receivables or other receivables and prepayments, because the exposure in

general is spread over a large number of counterparties and customers. In the US, the

three major wholesalers account for a large proportion of total net sales, see note 2.1.

However, US wholesaler credit ratings are monitored, and part of the trade receivables

are sold on full non-recourse terms; see below for details.

Novo Nordisk closely monitors the current economic conditions of countries impacted

by currency fluctuations, high inflation and an unstable political climate. These

indicators, as well as payment history are taken into account in the valuation of

trade receivables.

Trade receivable programmes

Novo Nordisk's subsidiaries in the US and Japan employ trade receivable programmes

in which trade receivables are sold on full non-recourse terms to optimise working

capital. At year-end, the Group had derecognised receivables without recourse having

due dates after 31 December amounting to:

DKK million 2025 2024 2023US 3,812 3,214 5,059Japan 1,747 1,834 2,050

Interest rate risk

Novo Nordisk's exposure to interest rate risk is deemed low, because the company's

interest-bearing liabilities consist primarily of fixed rate bonds and, to a lesser extent,

floating rate bonds. Refer to note 4.6 for details on borrowings. The risk associated

with variable interest-bearing liabilities is offset by variable interest-bearing assets.

These assets consist of cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities with a low

portfolio duration. Taking into account these balancing factors, the overall interest

rate risk is assessed to be low.

Liquidity risk

Novo Nordisk´s liquidity risk is considered to be low. The availability of the required

liquidity is ensured through a combination of cash pools for cash centralisation, highly

liquid investment portfolios and both uncommitted and committed credit facilities. In

combination these factors mitigate short-term liquidity risk.

Financial reserves

DKK million 2025 2024 2023Cash at bank 26,464 15,655 14,392Marketable securities 498 10,653 15,8384Undrawn committed credit facility24,401 22,380 11,552Undrawn bridge facility 7,469 6,341 —Borrowings (10,681) (11,775) (5,431)Financial reserves 48,151 43,254 36,3514. The undrawn committed credit facility comprises a facility of EUR 3,267 million in 2025 (EUR

3,000 million in 2024 and EUR 1,550 million in 2023) committed by a portfolio of international banks.

The facility matures in 2030.

Financial reserves comprise sources of liquidity, as shown in the table above, less

borrowings that are contractually obliged to be repaid within 12 months. Borrowings,

which reduce the financial reserves, consist of current borrowings (DKK 12,017 million)

excluding leasing (DKK 1,336 million).

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Financial statements / Consolidated financial statements / Notes to the Consolidated financial statements / Section 4 Capital structure and financial items 102

4.5 Derivative financial instruments2025 2024ContractPositiveNegativeContractPositiveNegativeAverage amountfair valuefair valueAverage amountfair valuefair valueDKK millionrateat year-endat year-endat year-endrateat year-endat year-endat year-endCash flow hedgesForward contracts USD 653 101,884 4,316 497 676 137,781 13 5,704Forward contracts CNH and JPY 16,356 598 78 16,910 109 181Forward contracts recognised in other comprehensive income 118,240 4,914 575 154,691 122 5,885Fair value hedgesForward contracts USD 632 69,406 1,186 1,351 683 75,864 6,135 1,5771Forward contracts EUR102,282 272 1 10,597 15 3Forward contracts CNH, JPY and others 11,492 310 99 6,854 54 66Forward contracts recognised in the income statement 183,180 1,768 1,451 93,315 6,204 1,646Total derivative financial instruments 301,420 6,682 2,026 248,006 6,326 7,531

1.The EUR forward contracts hedge the Eurobonds, see note 4.6. Despite the foreign exchange risk from EUR being considered low, the Eurobonds are hedged due to the size of the outstanding balance.

Deferred gains of DKK 4,339 million from cash flow hedges open at year-end were

recorded in Other Comprehensive Income. The corresponding amount of deferred

losses in 2024 was DKK 5,763 million.

Forward contracts are expected to impact the income statement within the next 12

months through financial income or expenses. There is no ineffectiveness recognised

at 31 December 2025.

ACCOUNTING POLICIES

On initiation of the contract, Novo Nordisk designates each derivative financial

contract that qualifies for hedge accounting as one of:

• hedges of the fair value of a recognised asset or liability (fair value hedge)

• hedges of a forecast financial transaction (cash flow hedge).

All contracts are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently remeasured

at fair value at the end of the reporting period.

Fair value hedges

Value adjustments of fair value hedges are recognised in the income statement, along

with any value adjustments of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the

hedged risk.

Cash flow hedges

Value adjustments of the effective part of cash flow hedges are recognised in other

comprehensive income. The cumulative value adjustment of these contracts is

transferred to the income statement when the hedged transaction is recognised in the

income statement.

For cash flow hedges of foreign currency risk on highly probable non-financial asset

purchases, the cumulative value adjustments are transferred directly from the cash

flow hedge reserve to the initial cost of the asset when recognised.

Discontinuance of cash flow hedging

When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the

criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that

time remains in equity and is transferred when the forecasted transaction is ultimately

recognised in the income statement. When a forecasted transaction is no longer

expected to occur, the cumulative gain

or loss that was reported in equity is immediately transferred to the income statement

under financial income or financial expenses.

For additional disclosures on accounting policies for financial instruments refer to

note 4.8.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Financial statements / Consolidated financial statements / Notes to the Consolidated financial statements / Section 4 Capital structure and financial items 103

4.6 Borrowings

Liabilities arising from financing activities Non-cash movementsBeginning of Re-Exchange End of the 1DKK millionthe yearpayments Proceeds AdditionsDisposalsrates Otheryear2025Lease liabilities 6,766 (1,503) — 3,935 (23) (628) 25 8,572Eurobonds 50,528 (3,734) 74,091 — — 118 71 121,074Loans 39,701 (45,898) 6,599 — — (18) — 384Commercial papers 5,343 (27,865) 23,261 — — 6 — 745Bank overdrafts 449 (188) (20) — — (58) — 183Total borrowings 102,787 (79,188) 103,931 3,935 (23) (580) 96 130,9582024Lease liabilities 5,726 (1,417) — 2,383 (3) 71 6 6,766Eurobonds 20,824 (4,849) 34,513 — — 12 28 50,528Loans — — 39,494 201 — 6 — 39,701Commercial papers — — 5,344 — — (1) — 5,343Bank overdrafts 456 (69) 40 — — 22 — 449Total borrowings 27,006 (6,335) 79,391 2,584 (3) 110 34 102,787

1. Non-cash additions in 2024 include additions from acquisitions of businesses.

Issuance of Eurobonds Nominal value in millionsInterest Issue date Maturity EUR DKK3.375% Fixed May 2024 May 2026 1,300 9,7103mEuribor + 30bp May 2025 May 2027 1,400 10,4561.125% Fixed Mar 2022 Sep 2027 500 3,7343mEuribor + 20bp Nov 2025 Nov 2027 650 4,8552.375% Fixed May 2025 May 2028 1,450 10,8300.125% Fixed Jun 2021 Jun 2028 650 4,8553.125% Fixed May 2024 Jan 2029 1,000 7,4692.500% Fixed Nov 2025 Feb 2029 650 4,8551.375% Fixed Mar 2022 Mar 2030 500 3,7342.875% Fixed May 2025 Aug 2030 1,000 7,4693.250% Fixed May 2024 Jan 2031 1,000 7,4693.000% Fixed Nov 2025 Feb 2032 600 4,4813.125% Fixed May 2025 May 2033 900 6,7223.375% Fixed May 2024 May 2034 1,350 10,0833.375% Fixed Nov 2025 Feb 2035 600 4,4813.625% Fixed May 2025 May 2037 1,250 9,3363.625% Fixed Nov 2025 Feb 2038 750 5,6024.000% Fixed Nov 2025 Nov 2045 750 5,602

Eurobonds

In 2025, eleven tranches of Eurobonds with an aggregate nominal amount of EUR 10

billion, corresponding to DKK 74.7 billion, were issued under the Novo Nordisk’s

European Medium Term Note (EMTN) programme. The fair value of Eurobonds

approximates the carrying value. Net proceeds were used in 2025 partly to repay the

temporary funding of three fill-finish sites acquired from Novo Holdings A/S in 2024 in

connection with a transaction where Novo Holdings A/S acquired Catalent, Inc. (note

5.3), and partly for the financing of the acquisition of Akero Therapeutics Inc.

Loans

Loans comprise bank loans which carry a combination of fixed and variable interest

rates. The fair value of the loans approximates their carrying value.

Commercial papers

Commercial papers comprise short-term, unsecured promissory notes, which carry

fixed interest rates. The fair value of the commercial papers approximates their

carrying value.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Financial statements / Consolidated financial statements / Notes to the Consolidated financial statements / Section 4 Capital structure and financial items 104

ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Issued bonds, loans, commercial papers and bank overdrafts are initially recognised

at the fair value of the proceeds received less transaction costs. In subsequent periods

these are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. The

difference between the proceeds received and the nominal value is recognised in

financial income or financial expenses over the term of the loan. For fair value

determination refer to note 4.8.

Lease liabilities are related to right-of-use assets primarily premises and company

cars and include the present value of future lease payments during the lease term.

Lease liabilities are initially measured at the present value of the lease payments

outstanding at the commencement date, discounted using the incremental borrowing

rate. Lease liabilities are measured using the effective interest method. Lease liabilities

are subsequently remeasured to reflect changes in future lease payments, e.g.,

changes in lease terms.

Contractual undiscounted cash flows 2025Commercial Bank DKK million Leases Eurobonds Loanspapersoverdrafts Total2025Within 1 year 1,613 12,536 58 747 183 15,1371-3 years 2,485 40,369 124 — — 42,9783-5 years 1,785 27,999 39 — — 29,823More than 5 years 4,740 64,137 256 — — 69,133Total 10,623 145,041 477 747 183 157,071Carrying amount end of the year 8,572 121,074 384 745 183 130,958Non-current borrowings 7,236 111,373 332 — — 118,941Current borrowings 1,336 9,701 52 745 183 12,0172024Within 1 year 1,510 4,842 3,279 5,356 449 15,4361-3 years 2,327 11,829 37,945 — — 52,1013-5 years 1,558 17,700 28 — — 19,286More than 5 years 2,056 23,403 — — — 25,459Total 7,451 57,774 41,252 5,356 449 112,282Carrying amount end of the year 6,766 50,528 39,701 5,343 449 102,787Non-current borrowings 5,428 46,799 37,447 — — 89,674Current borrowings 1,338 3,729 2,254 5,343 449 13,113

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Financial statements / Consolidated financial statements / Notes to the Consolidated financial statements / Section 4 Capital structure and financial items 105

4.7 Cash flow statement specifications

Other non-cash itemsDKK million 2025 2024 2023Interest income and interest expenses, net (note 4.9) 2,938 (198) (527)Capital gain/(loss) on investments, net (note 4.9) (80) 19 106Results of associated companies (note 4.9) 17 17 (81)Share-based payment costs (note 5.1) 1,435 2,289 2,149Increase/(decrease) in provisions and 1retirement benefit obligations(1,209) 1,918 1,349Exchange rate effects on provisions and 1retirement benefit obligations711 (230) 65Adjustment for remeasurements of retirement benefit obligations 26 (119) 13Adjustment of provisions and retirement benefit obligations related to acquisition of businesses — (1,088) —Unrealised gain/(loss) on fair value hedge through profit or loss (note 4.9) 4,241 (5,098) (662)Unrealised gain/(loss) from foreign exchange (9,432) 4,996 2,394Other (1,769) (2,061) (4,382)1Total other non-cash items(3,122) 445 424

1. Amounts relating to the reclassification from 'provisions' to 'sales deductions and product

returns' in 2024 and 2023 have been reclassified from 'Other non-cash items' to 'Changes in working

capital'.

Change in working capitalDKK million 2025 2024 2023Inventories (8,774) (9,038) (7,423)Trade receivables 1,093 (7,179) (14,210)Other current receivables and prepayments 21 (4,544) (2,063)1 2Sales deductions and product returns(1,509) 18,287 33,1232Trade payables2,618 5,011 7,5292Other liabilities4,349 9,264 5,436Other non-current receivables and prepayments (1,848) (2,586) (1,224)Adjustment for payables related to non-current assets 54 (3,520) (2,432)Adjustment related to acquisition (note 5.3)of businesses — 1,134 —Adjustment related to settlement for prior year's acquisition of businesses (note 5.3) (1,004) — —Change in working capital including exchange rate adjustments (5,000) 6,829 18,7361Exchange rate s8,737 (4,240) 9771Cash flow change in working capital3,737 2,589 19,713

1. Amounts relating to the reclassification from 'provisions' to 'sales deductions and product returns

relating to 2024 and 2023 have been reclassified from 'Other non-cash items' to 'Changes in

working capital'. 2. Amounts included in 'sales deductions and product returns relating to 2024 and

2023 have been reclassified from 'trade payables' and 'other liabilities'.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Financial statements / Consolidated financial statements / Notes to the Consolidated financial statements / Section 4 Capital structure and financial items 106

4.8 Financial assets and liabilities

Financial instruments by measurement category

2025 2024Fair value Fair value Derivatives Fair value Fair value Derivatives through the through other used as through the through other used as Amortised income comprehensive hedging Amortised income comprehensivehedging 4statement4DKK millioncoststatementincomeinstruments Totalcostincomeinstruments TotalOther receivables and 1prepayments2,837 — — — 2,837 3,233 1,004 — — 4,237Other financial assets 599 1,542 — — 2,141 747 1,530 — — 2,277Trade receivables (note 3.5) 27,434 — 43,422 — 70,856 25,996 — 45,953 — 71,949Marketable securities — 498 — — 498 — 10,653 — — 10,653Derivative financial instruments (note 4.5) — — — 6,682 6,682 — — — 6,326 6,326Cash at bank (note 4.4) 26,464 — — — 26,464 15,655 — — — 15,655Financial assets at the end of the year 57,334 2,040 43,422 6,682 109,478 45,631 13,187 45,953 6,326 111,097Borrowings (note 4.6) 130,958 — — — 130,958 102,787 — — — 102,7872,3Other liabilities38,804 — — — 38,804 34,412 — — — 34,4123Trade payables19,758 — — — 19,758 17,140 — — — 17,140Sales deductions and 3product returns (note 2.1)134,400 — — — 134,400 135,909 — — — 135,909Derivative financial instruments (note 4.5) — — — 2,026 2,026 — — — 7,531 7,531Financial liabilities at the end of the year 323,920 — — 2,026 325,946 290,248 — — 7,531 297,779

1. The balance sheet item 'other receivables and prepayments' includes prepayments and VAT receivables amounting to DKK 16,509 million (DKK 13,282 million in 2024) that are not financial instruments.

2. The balance sheet item 'other liabilities' includes VAT and duties payable amounting to DKK 917 million (DKK 960 million in 2024) that are not financial instruments.

3. Comparatives were restated to reflect the new balance sheet item 'sales deductions and product returns' and the reclassification of confirmed sales rebates from 'trade payables' and 'other liabilities' to 'sales

deductions and product returns'. Reference is made to note 2.1.

4. Comparatives for 'other receivables and prepayments' were restated to reflect changes in the provisional purchase price allocation from business combination in 2024. Reference is made to note 5.3.

Fair value measurement hierarchyDKK million 2025 2024Active market data (level 1) 800 10,833Directly or indirectly observable market data (level 2) 6,682 6,3261Not based on observable market data (level 3)44,662 48,307Total financial assets at fair value 52,144 65,466Directly or indirectly observable market data (level 2) 2,026 7,531Total financial liabilities at fair value 2,026 7,531

1. Comparatives were restated to reflect changes in the provisional purchase price allocation from

business combination in 2024. Reference is made to note 5.3.

Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value can be categorised using the fair

value measurement hierarchy. There were no material transfers between the 'Active

market data' and 'Directly or indirectly observable market data' categories during 2025

or 2024.

Cash at bank at 31 December 2025 includes DKK 897 million that is restricted (DKK 867

million in 2024). The restricted cash balance relates to subsidiaries in which availability

of currency for remittance of funds is temporarily scarce.

ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Depending on purpose, Novo Nordisk classifies financial instruments into the

following categories:

• Financial assets at amortised cost

• Financial assets at fair value through the income statement

• Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

• Financial liabilities at amortised cost

• Derivatives used as hedging instruments

Recognition and measurement

Financial assets measured at fair value through the income statement consist of other

financial assets, which are comprised of equity investments, and marketable

securities. These financial instruments are initially recognised at fair value. Net gains

and losses arising from changes in the fair value of equity instruments and marketable

securities are recognised in the income statement as financial income or expenses.

For a description of accounting policies on derivative financial instruments used as

hedging instruments, refer to note 4.5.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Financial statements / Consolidated financial statements / Notes to the Consolidated financial statements / Section 4 Capital structure and financial items 107

Financial assets at amortised cost are cash at bank and non-derivative financial assets

solely with payments of principal and interest. Novo Nordisk normally 'holds-to-collect'

the financial assets to attain the contractual cash flows. These are initially measured at

fair value less transaction costs, except for trade receivables that are initially measured

at the transaction price. Subsequently, they are measured at amortised cost using the

effective interest method less impairment. For a description of accounting policies on

trade receivables, refer to note 3.5.

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income are trade

receivables that are held to collect or to sell in factoring agreements.

Financial liabilities at amortised cost consist of borrowings (issued Eurobonds, bank

overdrafts and lease liabilities), trade payables, liabilities for sales deductions and

product returns as well as other liabilities (primarily accruals for promotional and

distribution activities, accrued employee-related costs and accrued payables related

to assets under construction). These are initially recognised at the fair value less

transaction costs. Subsequently, they are measured at amortised cost using the

effective interest method. For initial recognition of lease liabilities refer to note 4.6.

Fair value measurement

If an active market exists, the fair value of a financial instrument is based on the

most recently observed market price at the end of the reporting period. If a financial

instrument is quoted in a market that is not active, Novo Nordisk bases its valuation

on the most recent transaction price. Adjustment is made for subsequent changes

in market conditions, for instance by including transactions in similar financial

instruments assumed to be motivated by normal business considerations. The fair

values of quoted investments are based on current bid prices at the end of the

reporting period.

Financial assets for which no active market exists are carried at fair value based on a

valuation methodology. The fair value of such financial instruments is determined

on the basis of quoted market prices of financial instruments traded in active markets.

The fair value of standard and simple financial instruments, such as foreign exchange

forward contracts, interest rate swaps, currency swaps and unlisted bonds, is

measured according to generally accepted valuation techniques. Market-based input

is used to measure the fair value.

The fair value of trade receivables held to collect or sell in factoring agreements is

calculated based on the net invoice amount (invoice amount less charge-backs) less

the fee payable to the factoring entity. The factoring fee is insignificant due to the

short period between the time of sale to the factoring entity and the invoice due date

and the rate applicable. Inputs into the estimate of US wholesaler charge-backs are

described in note 2.1.

4.9 Financial income and expenses

DKK million 2025 2024 2023Financial income1Interest income1,269 1,838 1,069Foreign exchange gain (net) 8,311 — 308Financial gain from forward contracts (net) — 4,358 1,344Capital gain on investments 80 — —Capital gain on marketable securities — 2 143Result of associated companies — — 81Total financial income 9,660 6,198 2,945Financial expensesInterest expenses on debts and borrowings 4,207 1,640 542Foreign exchange loss (net) — 5,381 —Financial loss from forward contracts (net) 2,304 — —Capital loss on investments — 19 106Capital loss on marketable securities 9 — —Result of associated companies 17 17 —Other financial expenses 241 289 197Total financial expenses 6,778 7,346 845

1. Interest income include DKK 57 million from marketable securities at fair value through the

income statement (2024: DKK 399 million; 2023: DKK 370 million) while the remaining interest

income is derived from financial assets at amortised cost.

Financial impact from forward contracts, specifiedDKK million 2025 2024 2023Income/(loss) transferred from other comprehensive income (5,763) 1,612 1,026Realised fair value adjustment of transferred contracts 9,860 (2,903) 214Unrealised fair value adjustments of 2forward contracts317 4,558 (540)Realised foreign exchange gain/(loss) on forward contracts (6,718) 1,091 644Financial income/(expense) from forward contracts (2,304) 4,358 1,344

2. Refer to note 4.5 for information on open fair value hedge contracts at 31 December.

ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Management has chosen to classify the result of hedging activities as part of financial

items in the income statement, except for foreign currency-risk cash flow hedges on

highly probable non-financial asset purchases, where the cumulative value

adjustments are transferred directly from the cash flow hedge reserve to the initial

cost of the asset when recognised.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Financial statements / Consolidated financial statements / Notes to the Consolidated financial statements / Section 4 Capital structure and financial items 108

Section 5

Other disclosures

5.1 Share-based payment schemes

Share-based payment expensed in the income statementDKK million 2025 2024 2023Restricted stock units to employees 576 380 365Long-term share-based incentive programme (Management Board) 119 314 304Long-term share-based incentive programme (Management group below Management Board) 437 1,403 1,271Restricted stock units to individual employees 303 192 209Share-based payment expensed in the income statement 1,435 2,289 2,149

General terms and conditions of 2025-2023 programmes

100 year anniversary Management group below programmeManagement BoardManagement Board Individual employeesYear of launch20232025 2024 2023 2025 2024 2023 2025 2024 20231Preliminary number of shares outstanding (million) 3.3 0.3 0.2 0.3 1.5 0.9 1.3 0.6 0.1 0.1 Fair value per restricted stock unit at grant date (DKK) 446 545 767 456 545 767 456 331 794 544 Performance and vesting period 2023 to 2026 2025 to 2027 2024 to 2026 2023 to 2025 2025 to 2027 2024 to 2026 2023 to 2025 2025 to 2028 2024 to 2027 2023 to 2026Allocation date Aug 2026 Feb 2028 Feb 2027 Feb 2026 Feb 2028 Feb 2027 Feb 2026 2028 2027 2026Amortisation period 3.5 years 3 years 3 years 3 years 3 years 3 years 3 years 1 - 3 years 1 - 3 years 1 - 3 years

1. The number of shares to be allocated at target under the LTIPs to Management Board and management group below Management Board, respectively, may potentially be reduced or increased depending on whether Novo Nordisk's performance during the 3-year performance period is higher or lower compared

to targets determined by the Board of Directors. The maximum number is capped.

Restricted stock units to employees

In connection with Novo Nordisk's 100 year anniversary and in appreciation of the

efforts of employees during recent years, as of 1 February 2023, all eligible employees

in the company were offered 74 restricted stock units. Each restricted stock unit gives

the holder the right to receive one Novo Nordisk B share free of charge in August

2026, subject to continued employment. The cost of the programme is DKK 1,533

million and is amortised over the vesting period.

Long-term share-based incentive programme (LTIP)

Management Board

The LTIPs commenced in 2023, 2024 and 2025 have a three-year performance

period, subject to continued employment, and a subsequent two-year holding

period. Targets are set at the beginning of the performance period and include

determination of threshold, on-target level of performance and level of performance

to achieve maximum allocation of shares. The maximum share allocation at grant

cannot exceed 30 months' base salary for the CEO, 24 months' base salary for executive

vice presidents and up to 15.6 months' base salary for senior vice presidents. Hence the

LTIP is capped at a number of shares at the time of grant. For 2024 onward, the Board

sets both financial and non-financial targets for a three-year period which are linked to

three-year average growth in sales, operating profit and non-financial performance.

All targets are aligned to Novo Nordisk's Strategic Aspirations 2025: Purpose and

sustainability, Innovation and therapeutic focus, Commercial execution and Financials.

Target achievement is assessed by the Board of Directors.

The grant date of the 2025-programme was 5 February 2025, and the share price

used for the determining the grant date fair value of the award (DKK 545) was the

average share price for Novo Nordisk B shares on Nasdaq Copenhagen in the

period 5 February 2025 to 19 February 2025, adjusted for the expected dividend.

Based on the split of participants at the grant date, 50% of the shares are allocated

to Executives and 50% to other members of the Management Board.

All restricted stock units and shares allocated to Management are settled by transfers

of treasury shares at the time of vesting.

Management group below the Management Board

The Management group below the Management Board has a share-based

incentive programme with similar performance criteria to the Management Board.

For 2024 onward, the Board sets both financial and non-financial targets for a

three-year period.

On 31 December 2025, a total of 8.8 million shares (13.3 million in 2024 and 18.9

million in 2023) were expected to vest, including all ongoing programmes.

ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Novo Nordisk operates equity-settled, share-based compensation plans.

The fair value of the employee services received in exchange for the grant of

shares is recognised as an expense and allocated over the vesting period.

The total amount to be expensed over the performance and vesting period is

determined by reference to the fair value of the shares granted, excluding the

impact of any non-market vesting conditions. The fair value is fixed at the grant

date, and adjusted for expected dividends during the vesting period. Non-market

vesting conditions are included in assumptions about the number of shares that

are expected to vest. At the end of each reporting period, Novo Nordisk revises its

estimates of the number of shares expected to vest. Novo Nordisk recognises the

impact of the revision of the original estimates, if any, in the income statement and in

a corresponding adjustment to equity (change in proceeds) over the remaining vesting

period. Adjustments relating to previous years are included in the income statement

in the year of adjustment.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Financial statements / Consolidated financial statements / Notes to the Consolidated financial statements / Section 5 Other disclosures 109

5.2 Commitments

Contractual obligations not recognised in the balance sheet

Non-DKK million (undiscounted) CurrentcurrentTotal20251Leases 265 717 982Research and development obligations 10,201 15,705 25,906Research and development – potential 2milestone payments 1,610 23,341 24,951Commercial product launch – potential 2milestone payments 278 27,721 27,999Purchase obligations relating to investments in property, plant and equipment 16,775 3,668 20,443Purchase obligations relating to contract manufacturers 15,746 75,285 91,031Other purchase obligations 8,832 5,702 14,534Total obligations not recognised in the balance sheet 53,707 152,139 205,84620241Leases 288 3,893 4,181 Research and development obligations 12,101 23,215 35,316 Research and development – potential 2milestone payments 2,076 32,507 34,583 Commercial product launch – potential 2milestone payments 384 16,543 16,927 Purchase obligations relating to investments in property, plant and equipment 8,305 3,354 11,659 Purchase obligations relating to contract manufacturers 8,925 62,136 71,061Other purchase obligations 10,531 8,463 18,994 Total obligations not recognised in the balance sheet 42,610 150,111 192,721

1. Predominantly relates to estimated variable property taxes, leases committed but not yet

commenced and low value leases. 2. Potential milestone payments are associated with uncertainty

because they are linked to successful achievements in research activities.

Contractual obligations

Research and development obligations include commitments relating to external

research and development agreements, mainly related to costs for clinical trials.

Potential milestone payments tied to external research and development are

contingent upon successful progress in research and development activities.

Commercial product launch milestones include contingent payments solely related

to achievement of a commercial product launch following regulatory approval.

Commercial milestones, royalties and other payments based on a percentage of

sales generated from sale of goods following marketing approval are excluded from

the contractual commitments analysis because of their contingent nature, related

to future sales.

Potential milestone payments entail uncertainties in relation to the period in

which payments are due because a proportion of the obligations are dependent on

milestone achievements. Exercise fees and subsequent milestone payments under in-

licensing option agreements are excluded, because Novo Nordisk is not contractually

obligated to make such payments. The increase in research and development

obligation is driven by the general increase in business activities.

Purchase obligations relating to investments in property, plant and equipment

primarily relates to production capacity expansion projects. Novo Nordisk expects

to fund these commitments with existing cash and cash flow from operations.

Purchase obligations related to contract manufacturers relate to commitments

entered to secure future manufacturing capacity.

Other purchase obligations mainly consist of commitments related to promotional and

media activities, professional and consulting activities and strategic sourcing contracts.

The contractual obligations not recognised in the balance sheet are not discounted

and are not risk-adjusted.

Other guarantees

Other guarantees amount to DKK 3,053 million (DKK 2,380 million in 2024) and

primarily relate to performance guarantees issued by Novo Nordisk.

5.3 Acquisition of businesses

Business combinations in 2025

In 2025, no business combinations were completed. The purchase price allocation for

the former Catalent fill-finish sites remained provisional at the end of 2024 and was

finalised in 2025. Refer to below section.

Business combinations in 2024

Three fill-finish sites (Catalent)

On 18 December 2024, Novo Nordisk acquired three fill-finish sites from Novo

Holdings A/S in connection with a transaction where Novo Holdings A/S acquired

Catalent, Inc. (“Catalent”), a global contract development and manufacturing

organisation. Total cash consideration transferred in 2024 amounted to USD

11,723 million (DKK 82,146 million including hedging effects). The final purchase

price allocation is shown in the table below.

Fair value recognised at date of acquisition (final)2024Other Fill-finish sitesacquisi-Provisional FinaltionsDKK millionTotalKnow-how 41,102 41,102 — 41,102Intellectual property rights and other intangible assets 311 90 52 142Property, plant and equipment 24,839 24,034 608 24,642Deferred tax assets (liabilities), net 992 924 (7) 917Provisions (1,084) (884) — (884)Other net assets 1,290 1,228 (2) 1,226Net identifiable assets acquired 67,450 66,494 651 67,145Goodwill 15,293 15,245 30 15,275Purchase price 82,743 81,739 681 82,420Settlement from closing mechanism (receivable)— 1,004 — 1,004Settlement of pre-existing relationships (597) (597) — (597)Cash consideration transferred 82,146 82,146 681 82,827Cash acquired (664) (664) — (664)Cash used for acquisition of businesses; net of cash acquired 81,482 81,482 681 82,163

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Financial statements / Consolidated financial statements / Notes to the Consolidated financial statements / Section 5 Other disclosures 110

The finalisation of the purchase price allocation in 2025 resulted in a retrospective

restatement of the net assets recognised. Primary changes to the provisional

purchase price allocation included a decrease in fair value of 'Property, plant and

equipment' (DKK 805 million) and 'Intellectual property rights and other intangible

assets' (DKK 221 million), as well as related tax effects.

Further, the acquisition of the three fill-finish sites from Novo Holdings A/S included

closing mechanisms. During the measurement period, confirmed amounts from these

closing mechanisms amounted to DKK 1,004 million and were recognised as a

receivable at the combination date. Potential future adjustments from these closing

mechanisms are yet to be confirmed with Novo Holdings A/S and will be recognised

outside the measurement period (in profit or loss). Material transactions with Novo

Holdings A/S in 2025 are disclosed in note 5.4.

As a result of the adjustments made in the measurement period, goodwill decreased

by DKK 48 million. Goodwill primarily reflects the value of a highly-skilled assembled

workforce in place at the three fill-finish sites and expected synergies from Novo

Nordisk’s existing know-how and production capabilities. Goodwill is fully allocated to

the Obesity and Diabetes care segment.

The fair value of know-how remained unchanged from the provisional purchase price

allocation. Know-how is primarily comprised of the documented processes and

systems for efficient and large-scale production of GLP-1 products as well as know-

how to expand capacity in an efficient way. The fair value of both property, plant and

equipment and know-how incorporate a significant value of accelerated access to

capacity as a reflection of the current shortage of fill-finish capacity and high demand

for GLP-1 products in the market.

All changes made to provisional amounts recognised at 31 December 2024 were restated.

Other acquisitions

Other acquisitions of businesses in 2024 comprise the acquisition of a production

site in Ireland for a total purchase price of DKK 681 million. The provisional purchase

price allocation was finalised in 2025 without any adjustments.

KEY ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES IN DETERMINING THE FAIR VALUE OF

ASSETS ACQUIRED IN PRIOR YEAR'S BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

The application of the acquisition method of accounting involves the use of significant

estimates because the identifiable net assets of the acquiree are recognised at their

fair value for which observable market prices are typically not available. This is

particularly relevant for assets which require use of valuation techniques typically

based on estimates of present value of future cash flows.

The fair value is based on assumptions made by market participants, which in case of

the Catalent transaction is assessed to be a company with similar needs and capacity

to acquire assets of the same nature and size as those of the acquired business.

The valuation of know-how identified in the acquisition of the three fill-finish sites is

based on the multi-period excess earnings method, which is used to value unique

assets that generate earnings. The economic benefit of the know-how is comprised by

net cash flows attributable to the asset which also includes the benefit of accelerated

access to production capacity compared to a greenfield construction scenario without

the know-how required for commercial production at scale. The net present value of

future estimated cash flows is based on projections of sales volumes and prices,

valuation period and royalty rates.

The valuation of property, plant and equipment identified in the acquisition of the

three fill-finish sites is mainly based on the depreciated replacement cost method in

combination with the present value of accelerated access to production facilities. The

depreciated replacement cost method reflects adjustments for physical deterioration

as well as functional and economic obsolescence. Land has been valued using the

market approach based on comparable transactions.

ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for all business combinations.

The purchase price for a business comprises the fair value of the assets transferred,

liabilities incurred to the former owners including warrant holders of the acquired

business and the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent

consideration arrangement. Any amount of the purchase price which effectively

comprises a settlement of a pre-existing relationship is not part of the exchange for

the acquiree and is therefore not included in the consideration for the purpose of

applying the acquisition method. Settlements of pre-existing relationships are

accounted for as separate transactions in accordance with the relevant IFRS

Accounting Standards.

Identifiable assets and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed are measured

at fair value at the date of acquisition by applying relevant valuation methods.

Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred. Goodwill is recognised as the

excess of purchase price over the fair value of net identifiable assets acquired and

liabilities assumed.

5.4 Related party transactions

Material transactions with related partiesDKK million 2025 2024 2023Novo Holdings A/SPurchase of Novo Nordisk B shares — 10,164 8,775Acquisition of fill-finish sites (note 5.3) — 82,146 —Settlement for prior year's acquisition of fill-finish sites (note 5.3) (1,004) — —Dividend payment to Novo Holdings A/S 14,591 12,502 9,028Services provided by Novo Nordisk (55) (33) (17)Subsidiaries of Novo Holding A/S• Catalent Group Services provided by Catalent 743 — —• Novonesis Group Services provided by Novo Nordisk (42) (48) (48) Services provided by Novonesis 280 117 112 Assets purchased from Novonesis 125 — —• Altasciences Group Services provided by Altasciences 103 146 229• Other subsidiaries Services provided to Novo Nordisk 139 93 —NNIT GroupServices provided by NNIT 237 257 436

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Financial statements / Consolidated financial statements / Notes to the Consolidated financial statements / Section 5 Other disclosures 111

Novo Nordisk A/S is controlled by Novo Holdings A/S (incorporated in Denmark), which

owns 28.1% of the share capital in Novo Nordisk A/S, representing 77.3% of the total

number of votes. The remaining shares are widely held. The ultimate parent of the

Group is the Novo Nordisk Foundation (incorporated in Denmark). Both entities are

considered related parties.

Novonesis Group, Catalent Group, Altasciences Company Inc., and other subsidiaries

of Novo Holdings A/S are considered related parties to Novo Nordisk A/S. As an

associated company of Novo Nordisk A/S, NNIT Group is also considered a related

party.

In 2025, Novo Nordisk A/S and Novonesis entered into a joint liability agreement with

a local utilities provider for a shared project. Novo Nordisk A/S has guaranteed

Novonesis’ obligations under the agreement.

In 2025, Novo Nordisk A/S did not acquire B shares from Novo Holdings A/S as part of

the DKK 20,000 million share repurchase programme.

Remuneration to Executives and Board of Directors DKK million 2025 2024 2023Salary and short-term incentive 127 180 173Pension 11 18 17Benefits 16 10 121Long-term incentive100 112 1212Termination payments220 45 73, 4Executives in total474 365 3305Fees to Board of Directors24 23 22Total 498 388 3521. Refer to note 5.1 for further information on share-based payment schemes.

2. Includes recruitment-related payments for all years which for 2025 amounted to DKK 6 million.

3. Total remuneration for persons registered as members of Executive Management with the

Danish Business Authority amounts to DKK 46 million (DKK 88 million in 2024 and DKK 195 million in

2023).

4. Executive Management comprises the Chief Executive Officer, Executive Vice Presidents and two

Senior Vice Presidents. The remuneration disclosed includes only the Executives, meaning the Chief

Executive Officer and Executive Vice Presidents.

5. All members of the Board of Directors are registered with the Danish Business Authority. Fees

paid to observers in Novo Nordisk's board meetings amounted to DKK 0.9 million and are not

included in the table above (no payments to observers in 2024 and 2023).

There were no transactions with Executives or the Board of Directors besides

remuneration.

There were no material unsettled balances with related parties at the end of the year.

5.5 Fees to statutory auditors

DKK million 2025 2024 20231Statutory audit43 35 30Audit-related services 6 5 3Tax advisory services 10 9 8Other services 6 13 18Total fees to statutory auditors 65 62 59

1. Statutory audit fees in 2024 include DKK 5 million of additional fees mainly related to business

acquisitions.

Fees for services other than statutory audit of the financial statements amount to

DKK 22 million (DKK 27 million in 2024 and DKK 29 million in 2023).

In 2025, Deloitte Statsautoriseret Revisionspartnerselskab provided other services

than statutory audit in the amount of DKK 10 million (DKK 6 million in 2024 and

DKK 18 million in 2023) which primarily relate to ESG assurance, tax and financial due

diligence relating to acquisitions, and other tax and accounting compliance services.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Financial statements / Consolidated financial statements / Notes to the Consolidated financial statements / Section 5 Other disclosures 112

5.6 Companies in the Novo Nordisk Group

Activity:

•

Sales and marketing

•

Production

•

Research and development

•

Services/investments

Subsidiaries by geographical area

Company and country

Percentage of shares owned

Activity

US Operations

Novo Nordisk Inc., US

100

•

Novo Nordisk Pharmaceutical Industries LP, US

100

•

Novo Nordisk Pharmatech US, Inc., US

100

•

Novo Nordisk Pharma, Inc., US

100

•

Novo Nordisk Corporate Development US, Inc., US

100

•

Novo Nordisk Research & Development US, Inc., US

100

•

Novo Nordisk US Bio Production, Inc., US

100

•

Novo Nordisk US Holdings Inc., US

100

•

Akero Therapeutics Inc., US

100

•

Catalent Indiana LLC, US

100

•

Dicerna Pharmaceuticals, Inc., US

100

•

Emisphere Technologies, Inc., US

100

•

Forma Therapeutics, Inc., US

100

•

International Operations

Aldaph SpA, Algeria

100

•

Novo Nordisk Pharma Argentina S.A., Argentina

100

•

Novo Nordisk Pharmaceuticals Pty. Ltd., Australia

100

•

Novo Nordisk Pharma GmbH, Austria

100

•

Novo Nordisk Azerbaijan LLC, Azerbaijan

100

•

Novo Nordisk Pharma (Private) Limited, Bangladesh

100

•

Novo Nordisk Production Belgium S.A, Belgium

100

•

S.A. Novo Nordisk Pharma N.V., Belgium

100

•

Novo Nordisk Pharma d.o.o., Bosnia and Herzegovina

100

•

Novo Nordisk Farmacêutica do Brasil Ltda., Brazil

100

•

Novo Nordisk Produção Farmacêutica do Brasil Ltda., Brazil

100

•

Novo Nordisk Pharma EAD, Bulgaria

100

•

Inversago Pharma Inc., Canada

100

•

Novo Nordisk Canada Inc., Canada

100

•

Novo Nordisk Farmacéutica Limitada, Chile

100

•

Beijing Novo Nordisk Pharmaceuticals Science & Technology

Co., Ltd., China

100

•

Novo Nordisk (China) Pharmaceuticals Co. Ltd., China

100

•

Novo Nordisk Region China A/S, Denmark

100

•

Novo Nordisk (Shanghai) Pharma Trading Co., Ltd., China

100

•

Novo Nordisk Colombia SAS, Colombia

100

•

Company and country

Activity

Parent company

Novo Nordisk A/S, Denmark

•

Company and country Percentage of shares owned Activity

Novo Nordisk Hrvatska d.o.o., Croatia 100

•

Novo Nordisk Production Czech s.r.o, Czech Republic

100

•

Novo Nordisk s.r.o., Czech Republic

100

•

Novo Nordisk Denmark A/S, Denmark

100

•

Novo Nordisk North America Operations A/S, Denmark

100

•

Novo Nordisk Pharmaceuticals A/S, Denmark

100

•

Novo Nordisk Pharma Operations A/S, Denmark

100

•

Novo Nordisk Region AAMEO and LATAM A/S, Denmark

100

•

Novo Nordisk Region Europe A/S, Denmark

100

•

Novo Nordisk Region Japan & Korea A/S, Denmark

100

•

Novo Nordisk Pharmatech A/S, Denmark

100

•

Novo Nordisk Egypt LLC, Egypt

100

•

Novo Nordisk Egypt Pharmaceuticals Ltd., Egypt

100

•

Novo Nordisk Estonia OÜ, Estonia 100

•

Novo Nordisk Farma OY, Finland

100

•

Biocorp Production S.A., France

100

•

Novo Nordisk Production SAS, France

100

•

Novo Nordisk, France

100

•

Cardior Pharmaceuticals GmbH, Germany

100

•

Novo Nordisk Pharma GmbH, Germany

100

•

Novo Nordisk Hellas Epe., Greece

100

•

Novo Nordisk Hong Kong Limited, Hong Kong

100

•

Novo Nordisk Hungária Kft., Hungary

100

•

Novo Nordisk India Private Limited, India

100

•

Novo Nordisk Service Centre (India) Pvt. Ltd., India

100

•

PT. Novo Nordisk Indonesia, Indonesia

100

•

Novo Nordisk Pars Co. (PJS), Iran

100

•

Novo Nordisk Limited, Ireland

100

•

Novo Nordisk Production Ireland Ltd., Ireland

100

•

Novo Nordisk Ltd, Israel

100

•

Catalent Anagni S.R.L, Italy

100

•

Novo Nordisk S.P.A., Italy

100

•

Novo Nordisk Pharma Ltd., Japan

100

•

Novo Nordisk Kazakhstan LLP, Kazakhstan

100

•

Novo Nordisk Kenya Ltd., Kenya

100

•

Novo Nordisk Latvia SIA, Latvia

100

•

Novo Nordisk Pharma SARL, Lebanon

100

•

UAB Novo Nordisk Pharma, Lithuania

100

•

Novo Nordisk Pharma (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd, Malaysia

100

•

Novo Nordisk Pharma Operations (Business Area) Sdn,

Malaysia 100

•

Novo Nordisk Mexico S.A. de C.V., Mexico

100

•

Novo Nordisk Service Centre Mexico, S.A., Mexico 100

•

Novo Nordisk Pharma SAS, Morocco

100

•

Novo Nordisk B.V., Netherlands

100

•

Company and country Percentage of shares owned Activity

Novo Nordisk Finance (Netherlands) B.V., Netherlands 100

•

Novo Nordisk Pharmaceuticals Ltd., New Zealand

100

•

Novo Nordisk Pharma Limited, Nigeria

100

•

Novo Nordisk Farma dooel, North Macedonia

100

•

Novo Nordisk Norway AS, Norway

100

•

Novo Nordisk Pharma (Private) Limited, Pakistan

100

•

Novo Nordisk Panama S.A., Panama

100

•

Novo Nordisk Peru S.A.C., Peru

100

•

Novo Nordisk Pharmaceuticals (Philippines) Inc., Philippines

100

•

Novo Nordisk Pharma Sp.z.o.o., Poland

100

•

Novo Nordisk Pharmaceutical Services Sp. z.o.o., Poland

100

•

Novo Nordisk Portugal, Lda., Portugal

100

•

Novo Nordisk Farma S.R.L., Romania

100

•

Novo Nordisk Limited Liability Company, Russia

100

•

Novo Nordisk Production Support LLC, Russia

100

•

Novo Nordisk Saudi for Trading, Saudi Arabia

100

•

Novo Nordisk Regional Headquarters Company, Saudi Arabia

100

•

Novo Nordisk Pharma d.o.o. Belgrade (Serbia), Serbia

100

•

Novo Nordisk Pharma (Singapore) Pte Ltd., Singapore

100

•

Novo Nordisk Slovakia s.r.o., Slovakia

100

•

Novo Nordisk, d.o.o., Slovenia

100

•

Novo Nordisk (Pty) Limited, South Africa

100

•

Novo Nordisk Pharma Korea Ltd., South Korea

100

•

Novo Nordisk Pharma S.A., Spain

100

•

Novo Nordisk Lanka (PVT) Ltd, Sri Lanka

100

•

Novo Nordisk Scandinavia AB, Sweden

100

•

Novo Nordisk Health Care AG, Switzerland

100

•

Novo Nordisk Pharma AG, Switzerland

100

•

Novo Nordisk Pharma (Taiwan) Ltd., Taiwan

100

•

Novo Nordisk Pharma (Thailand) Ltd., Thailand

100

•

Novo Nordisk Tunisie SARL, Tunisia

100

•

Novo Nordisk Saglik Ürünleri Tic. Ltd. Sti., Turkey

100

•

Novo Nordisk Ukraine, LLC, Ukraine

100

•

Novo Nordisk Pharma Gulf FZE, United Arab Emirates

100

•

Novo Nordisk Limited, UK 100

•

Novo Nordisk Research Centre Oxford Limited, UK 100

•

Novo Nordisk Vietnam Ltd., Vietnam

100

•

Other subsidiaries and associated companies

NNE A/S, Denmark

100

•

NNIT A/S, Denmark 18

•

CS Solar Fund XIV, LLC, US 99

•

Companies without significant activities are not included in the list.

NNE A/S subsidiaries are not included in the list.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Financial statements / Consolidated financial statements / Notes to the Consolidated financial statements / Section 5 Other disclosures 113

Definitions of key figures and ratios

(part of the Annual review – not audited)

Key figures and financial ratios have been calculated in accordance with the guidelines

from the Danish Society of Financial Analysts, and supplemented by certain key ratios

for Novo Nordisk. Financial ratios are described below and in the section 'Non-IFRS

financial measures'.

KEY FIGURES AND FINANCIAL DEFINITIONS

ADR

An American Depository Receipt (ADR) represents ownership of shares in a non-US

company and trades in US financial markets.

EBITDA

EBITDA is defined as ’net profit’, adjusted for 'income taxes', 'financial items',

'depreciation and amortisation' and 'impairment losses and reversals'.

Number of shares outstanding

The total number of shares, excluding the holding of treasury shares.

The share capital of Novo Nordisk comprises of A shares and B shares, with B shares

listed on Nasdaq Copenhagen in trading units of nominal value DKK 0.10 and ADRs,

that equal B shares of nominal value DKK 0.10, being listed on New York Stock

Exchange (NYSE). Key ratios per share, including number of outstanding shares, are

aligned with trading units of nominal value DKK 0.10.

Working capital

Working capital is the net of operating assets and operating liabilities.

FINANCIAL RATIOS

Basic earnings per share (EPS)

Net profit divided by the average number of shares outstanding.

Diluted earnings per share

Net profit divided by average number of shares outstanding, including the dilutive

effect of the outstanding restricted stock units.

Dividend payout ratio

Total dividends for the year as a percentage of net profit. Total dividends for the year

comprise interim dividends paid during the year and proposed ordinary dividend for

the year.

Effective tax rate

Income taxes as a percentage of profit before income taxes.

Gross margin

Gross profit as a percentage of net sales.

Operating margin

Operating profit as a percentage of net sales.

Net profit margin

Net profit as a percentage of net sales.

–

Part of the Annual review – not audited 114

Non-IFRS financial measures

(part of the Annual review – not audited)

In the Annual review, Novo Nordisk discloses certain financial measures of the

Group’s financial performance, financial position and cash flows that reflect

adjustments to the most directly comparable measures calculated and presented

in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards. These non-IFRS financial measures

may not be defined and calculated by other companies in the same manner, and

may therefore not be comparable.

The non-IFRS financial measures presented in the Annual review are:

• Net sales and operating profit growth in constant exchange rates (CER)

• EBITDA and EBITDA at CER

• Adjusted net profit and Adjusted diluted earnings per share (”Adjusted diluted EPS”)

• Free cash flow

• Return on invested capital (ROIC)

• Cash to earnings

• Net debt and Net debt/EBITDA

In addition, the 2026 outlook is provided for growth in Adjusted sales and growth in

Adjusted operating profit. These additional measures will be presented as non-IFRS

financial measures from the first quarter of 2026.

IFRS refers to an IFRS financial measure.

Net sales and operating profit in constant exchange rates

'Growth at CER’ means that the effect of changes in exchange rates is excluded. It is

defined as the relevant measure for the period calculated using the average exchange

rates for the same period prior year compared with the same measure for the same

period prior year. Price adjustments within hyperinflation countries, as defined in IAS

29 ‘Financial reporting in hyperinflation economies’, are excluded from the calculation

to avoid growth at CER being artificially inflated.

Growth at CER is considered to be relevant information for investors in order to

understand the underlying development in net sales and operating profit by adjusting

for the impact of currency fluctuations.

Net sales in constant exchange rates

DKK million 2025 2024 2023

Net sales IFRS 309,064 290,403 232,261

Effect of exchange rate 11,219 1,575 7,658

Net sales in constant exchange rates 320,283 291,978 239,919

Net sales previous year 290,403 232,261 176,954

% increase/(decrease) in reported

currencies 6.4% 25.0% 31.3%

% increase/(decrease) in constant

exchange rates 10.3% 25.7% 35.6%

Operating profit in constant exchange rates

DKK million 2025 2024 2023

Operating profit IFRS 127,658 128,339 102,574

Effect of exchange rate 8,419 1,096 4,898

Operating profit in constant

exchange rates 136,077 129,435 107,472

Operating profit previous year 128,339 102,574 74,809

% increase/(decrease) in reported

currencies (0.5%) 25.1% 37.1%

% increase/(decrease) in constant

exchange rates 6.0% 26.2% 43.7%

EBITDA and EBITDA growth at constant exchange rates

Novo Nordisk defines EBITDA as ’Net profit’ adjusted for 'income taxes', 'financial

items', 'depreciation and amortisation' and 'impairment losses and reversals'. EBITDA

is a measure that is widely used by investors and analysts as it helps analyse operating

results from core business operations without including the effects of capital

structure, tax rates and depreciation and amortisation and impairment losses.

These factors can vary substantially between companies.

EBITDA and EBITDA growth at constant exchange rates

DKK million 2025 2024 2023

Net profit IFRS 102,434 100,988 83,683

Income taxes IFRS 28,106 26,203 20,991

Financial income IFRS (9,660) (6,198) (2,945)

Financial expenses IFRS 6,778 7,346 845

Operating profit (EBIT) IFRS 127,658 128,339 102,574

Depreciation and amortisations IFRS 14,666 8,545 7,289

Impairment losses and reversals IFRS 7,316 10,562 2,124

EBITDA 149,640 147,446 111,987

Effect of exchange rate 8,632 1,146 5,043

EBITDA in constant exchange rates 158,272 148,592 117,030

EBITDA previous year 147,446 111,987 82,171

% increase/(decrease) in reported

currencies 1.5% 31.7% 36.3%

% increase/(decrease) in constant

exchange rates 7.3% 32.7% 42.4%

–

Part of the Annual review – not audited 115

Adjusted net profit and Adjusted diluted earnings per share (”EPS”)

Novo Nordisk defines Adjusted net profit as ‘Net profit’ excluding the following items

and related tax effects:

• Impairment losses and reversals on intangible assets

• Amortisations on intangible assets

• Major restructuring costs

Adjusted net profit is considered to be relevant information for investors as it helps

analyse financial performance from core business operations from period to period

and enhances comparability against peer companies. Adjusted EPS is calculated as

Adjusted net profit divided by average number of shares outstanding, including the

dilutive effect of the outstanding restricted stock units.

Major restructuring costs

Major restructuring costs refer to costs incurred in connection with substantial

restructuring plans where the accumulated costs exceed DKK 1,000 million. Costs

included under ‘Major restructuring costs’ are considered exceptional and non-

recurring, as they arise from strategic restructurings that are not reflective of the

Group’s ongoing operating activities. Such costs include costs of severance and

termination benefits, impairments of tangible assets and committed expenses for

contract or projects terminated as part of substantial restructuring plans. Impairments

of intangible assets are included in the line ‘Impairment losses and reversals on

intangible assets’ even if related to substantial restructuring plans.

The company-wide transformation plan announced on 10 September 2025 is an

example of such substantial restructuring plan. As part of the restructuring, the global

workforce was being reduced by approximately 9,000 positions. No other major

restructuring plans have been undertaken within the past two years.

Adjusted net profit and Adjusted diluted EPS

DKK million 2025 2024 2023

Net profit IFRS 102,434 100,988 83,683

Impairment losses and reversals on

intangible assets

IFRS

2,760 9,513 1,414

Amortisations on intangible assets IFRS 6,529 2,512 1,834

Major restructuring costs 8,014 — —

Tax effects of adjustments (3,330) (2,456) (702)

Adjusted net profit 116,407 110,557 86,229

Average number of shares outstanding,

including dilutive effect (million)

4,447.7 4,463.0 4,494.8

Adjusted diluted EPS 26.17 24.77 19.18

1. In 2025, impairment losses on intangible assets (DKK 2,760 million) include impairments related

to substantial restructuring plans (DKK 1,352 million). These are detailed in the table 'Specification of

major restructuring costs'

Specification of major restructuring costs

DKK million

Costs of

goods

sold

Sales and

distributi

on costs

Research

and

develop

ment

costs

Administ

rative

costs 2025

Severance and termination

benefits 1,685 1,600 1,126 809 5,220

Committed expenses for

contracts or projects

terminated — — 424 — 424

Impairment losses on

property, plant and

equipment 1,369 — 1,001 — 2,370

Major restructuring costs

excluded from

Adjusted net profit 3,054 1,600 2,551 809 8,014

Impairment losses on

intangible assets — — 1,352 — 1,352

Total major restructuring

costs 3,054 1,600 3,903 809 9,366

Free Cash Flow

Free cash flow is a measure of the amount of cash generated in the period which is

available for the Board of Directors to allocate between Novo Nordisk's capital

providers, through measures such as dividends, share repurchases and repayment of

debt (excluding lease liabilities) or for retaining within the business to fund future

growth.

The following table shows a reconciliation of Free cash flow with net cash generated

from operating activities, the most directly comparable IFRS financial measure:

Free Cash Flow

DKK million 2025 2024 2023

Net cash generated from operating

activities IFRS

119,102 120,968 108,908

Purchase of property,plant and

equipment IFRS

(60,140) (47,164) (25,806)

Purchase of intangible assets IFRS (29,973) (4,145) (13,090)

Cash used for acquisition of

businesses IFRS

— (82,163) —

Settlement for prior year's acquisition of

businesses IFRS

1,004 — —

Proceeds from other financial assets IFRS 30 — 33

Purchase of other financial assets IFRS (225) (786) (271)

Repayment of lease liabilities IFRS (1,503) (1,417) (1,448)

Free cash flow 28,295 (14,707) 68,326

–

Part of the Annual review – not audited 116

Cash to earnings

Cash to earnings is defined as 'free cash flow as a percentage of net profit'.

Management believes that cash to earnings is an important performance metric

because it measures the Group’s ability to turn earnings into cash. Since Management

wants this measure to capture the ability of the Group’s operations to generate cash,

free cash flow is used as the numerator instead of net cash flow.

The following table shows the reconciliation of cash to earnings to the most directly

comparable IFRS financial measure:

Cash to earnings

DKK million 2025 2024 2023

Free cash flow 28,295 (14,707) 68,326

/ Net profit IFRS 102,434 100,988 83,683

Cash to earnings 27.6% (14.6%) 81.6%

Net debt and Net debt/EBITDA

Net debt comprises of current and non-current ‘Borrowings’, excluding lease liabilities,

less ‘Cash at bank’ and ‘Marketable securities’. Net Debt and Net debt/EBITDA is

considered relevant information for investors as it provides a clear indicator of Novo

Nordisk’s leverage position.

The following table shows a reconciliation of Net debt with the balance sheet items,

the most directly comparable IFRS financial measures:

Net debt and Net debt/EBITDA

DKK million 2025 2024 2023

Borrowings, non-current IFRS (118,941) (89,674) (20,528)

Borrowings, current IFRS (12,017) (13,113) (6,478)

Add-back of lease liabilities IFRS 8,572 6,766 5,726

Cash at bank IFRS 26,464 15,655 14,392

Marketable securities IFRS 498 10,653 15,838

Net debt (95,424) (69,713) 8,950

EBITDA 149,640 147,446 111,987

Net debt/EBITDA 64% 47% (8%)

Return on invested capital (ROIC)

ROIC is defined as 'operating profit after tax' (using the effective tax rate) as a

percentage of average inventories, receivables, property, plant and equipment,

intangible assets and deferred tax assets, less non-interest-bearing liabilities including

provisions and deferred tax liabilities (where the average is the sum of the above

assets and liabilities at the beginning of the year and at year-end divided by two).

Management believes ROIC is a useful measure for providing investors and

Management with information regarding the Group's performance. The calculation

of this financial target is a widely accepted measure of earnings efficiency in relation

to total capital employed.

The following tables show the reconciliation of ROIC with reconciliation to the most

directly comparable IFRS financial measure:

ROIC

DKK million 2025 2024 2023

Operating profit after tax 100,212 101,901 81,957

/ Average net operating assets 254,687 159,548 92,566

ROIC in % 39.3% 63.9% 88.5%

Reconciliation of net operating assets to equity IFRS

DKK million 2025 2024 2023

Equity IFRS 194,047 143,486 106,561

Investment in associated companies (366) (400) (410)

Other financial assets (2,141) (2,277) (1,253)

Marketable securities (498) (10,653) (15,838)

Derivative financial instruments (6,682) (6,326) (2,344)

Cash at bank (26,464) (15,655) (14,392)

Borrowings – non-current 118,941 89,674 20,528

Borrowings – current 12,017 13,113 6,478

Derivative financial instruments 2,026 7,531 1,272

Net operating assets 290,880 218,493 100,602

ROIC numerator

Reconciliation of operating profit to operating profit after tax

DKK million 2025 2024 2023

Operating profit IFRS 127,658 128,339 102,574

Tax on operating profit (using effective

tax rate) (27,446) (26,438) (20,617)

Operating profit after tax 100,212 101,901 81,957

ROIC denominator

DKK million 2025 2024 2023

Intangible assets 110,208 90,804 55,941

Goodwill 19,845 20,017 4,465

Property, plant and equipment 208,378 161,680 90,961

Deferred income tax assets 23,647 24,648 20,380

Other receivables and prepayments (non-

current) 5,864 4,016 1,430

Inventories 49,623 40,849 31,811

Trade receivables 70,856 71,949 64,770

Tax receivables 4,848 2,853 2,423

Other receivables and prepayments

(current) 13,482 13,503 8,068

Deferred income tax liabilities (6,611) (5,515) (10,162)

Retirement benefit obligations (861) (903) (742)

Provisions (non-current) (5,730) (6,982) (5,585)

Sales deductions and product returns

(non-current) (1,051) (1,456) (1,064)

Trade payables (19,758) (17,140) (12,130)

Tax payables (8,416) (9,716) (7,116)

Other liabilities (current) (39,721) (35,372) (26,159)

Provisions (current) (374) (289) (132)

Sales deductions and product returns

(current) (133,349) (134,453) (116,557)

Net operating assets 290,880 218,493 100,602

Average net operating assets 254,687 159,548 92,566

–

Part of the Annual review – not audited 117

New non-IFRS measures effective from 2026

To enhance transparency and comparability of underlying performance, Novo Nordisk

will, with effect from the financial year 2026, present outlook and expectations for

sales growth and operating profit growth using new non-IFRS measures that better

reflect underlying developments by excluding certain exceptional and non-recurring

effects, primarily of non-cash nature.

Definitions of the new non-IFRS measures are presented below. From the first quarter

of 2026, management will present a reconciliation of these adjusted measures to the

most directly comparable IFRS measure.

Adjusted sales as reported and at constant exchange rates

The introduction of Adjusted sales as reported and at constant exchange rates (”CER”)

is driven by the impact of reversing a provision for sales rebates of USD 4.2 billion in

the first quarter of 2026 related to the 340B Drug Pricing Program in the US, that was

previously constrained. The effect is considered exceptional and non‑recurring and is

not reflective of the Group’s normal course operating activities. Adjusted sales growth

as reported and at CER will exclude this specific effect to provide a clearer view of

underlying operating performance.

Adjusted operating profit as reported and at constant exchange rates

Adjusted operating profit as reported and at constant exchange rates (”CER”) will

likewise exclude the impact of reversing the provision for sales rebates of USD 4.2

billion in the first quarter of 2026 related to the 340B Drug Pricing Program in the US,

that was previously constrained, as well as other exceptional and non-recurring items

related to effects from major legal matters and major impairment losses.

Major legal matters

Major legal matters refers to legal matters (such as legal or administrative disputes,

litigations, investigations or settlements) where any such matter, or series of related

matters, has an impact (net of insurance recoveries) in excess of DKK 1,000 million on

Novo Nordisk in any given year. Expenses incurred for Novo Nordisk’s legal counsel

and consultants in advising, defending, litigating or negotiating settlements are not

excluded. Major legal matters are considered exceptional and non‑recurring and not

reflective of the Group’s normal course operating activities.

Major impairments

Major impairments refers to impairment losses on intangible assets and property,

plant and equipment in excess of DKK 1,000 million. Major impairments are

considered exceptional and non‑recurring and not reflective of the Group’s normal

course operating activities.

Free cash flow

With effect from 2026, Novo Nordisk defines Free cash flow as ’net cash generated

from operating activities’, less ‘Purchase of property, plant and equipment’. The

change has been made to align with guidance metric and improve peer comparability.

Adjusted net profit

With effect from 2026, adjusted net profit will further adjust for the impact of

reversing the provision for sales rebates of USD 4.2 billion in the first quarter of 2026

related to the 340B Drug Pricing Program in the US, that was previously constrained,

'Major legal matters' and 'Major impairments on property, plant and equipment'. This

change is made to align with new guidance metrics, i.e. Adjusted operating profit. The

additional adjustments, which are implemented in 2026, are primarily of non-cash

nature.

–

Part of the Annual review – not audited 118

Sustainable tax approach

Our overall guiding principle within taxation is to have a sustainable tax approach,

emphasising our business-anchored approach to managing the impact of taxes while

remaining true to the Novo Nordisk values of operating our business in a responsible

and transparent manner. Our legal structures are based on business-anchored

considerations and substance.

Consequently, we pay tax where value is generated and always respect international

and domestic tax rules. As a global business, we conduct cross-border trading, which

is subject to transfer pricing regulations.

We apply a ‘Principal structure’ in line with OECD principles, meaning all legal entities,

except for the principals, perform their functions under contract on behalf of the

principals. As a result, entities contracted by the principals are allocated an activity-

based profit according to a benchmarked profit margin. The tax outcome of this

operational model is reflected in the overview below, which shows our corporate

income taxes and paid taxes by region.

To ensure alignment between tax authorities regarding the allocation of profit

between our entities, we aim to have Advance Pricing Agreements and similar tax

rulings in place for geographies representing around 70% of our revenue worldwide.

Our tax policy has been approved by the Board of Directors. Read more about this at:

www.novonordisk.com/sustainable-business/esg-portal/principles-positions-and-

policies/tax-policy.html.

TAXES BY REGION (THREE-YEAR AVERAGE 2023-2025)

Region

Intellectual

property

rights

Production

Sales

Corporate

income

taxes

(DKK billion)

Paid taxes

(DKK billion)

International Operations 23.4 24.1

Denmark

20.4 21.4

EUCAN (excl. Denmark)

1.5 1.0

Emerging Markets

0.3 0.4

APAC

0.3 0.4

Region China

0.9 1.0

US Operations 1.7 5.1

Total 25.1 29.2

1: Intellectual property rights based on sales from where intellectual property rights are located. 2: Production

based on number of production employees in the region. 3: Sales based on location of the customer.

–

Part of the Annual review – not audited 119

Statement by the Board of Directors and Executive Management

The Board of Directors and Executive Management have today considered

and approved the Annual Report of Novo Nordisk A/S for the financial year

1 January 2025 – 31 December 2025.

The Consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with IFRS

Accounting Standards as adopted by the EU and disclosure requirements for listed

companies in Denmark. The parent financial statements are presented in accordance

with the Danish Financial Statements Act. Furthermore, the Annual Report is prepared

in accordance with disclosure requirements for listed companies.

In our opinion, the Consolidated financial statements and the parent financial

statements give a true and fair view of the Group’s and the Parent's financial position

at 31 December 2025 as well as of the results of their operations and the Group's

cash flows for the financial year 1 January 2025 – 31 December 2025.

In our opinion, the Management report is prepared in accordance with relevant laws

and regulations and contains a fair review of the development of the Group's and the

In our opinion, the Management report is prepared in accordance with relevant laws

and regulations and contains a fair review of the development of the Group's and the

Parent’s business and financial matters, the results for the year and of the Parent’s

financial position and the financial position as a whole of the entities included in the

Consolidated financial statements, together with a description of the principal risks

and uncertainties that the Group and the Parent face.

The Sustainability statement is prepared in accordance with the European

Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS) as required by the Danish Financial

Statements Act, as well as article 8 in the EU Taxonomy regulation.

Furthermore, in our opinion, the Annual Report of Novo Nordisk A/S for the financial

year 1 January 2025 – 31 December 2025, with the file name NOVO-2025-12-31-1-en, is

prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with the ESEF Regulation.

We recommend the Annual Report for adoption at the Annual General Meeting.

Bagsværd, 4 February 2026

Registered Executive Management Board of Directors

Maziar Mike Doustdar

President and Chief Executive

Officer (CEO)

Karsten Munk Knudsen

Chief Financial Officer (CFO)

Lars Rebien Sørensen

Chair

Cees de Jong

Vice Chair

Elisabeth Dahl Christensen Stephan Engels

Liselotte Hyveled Mette Bøjer Jensen Britt Meelby Jensen Kasim Kutay

Tanja Villumsen

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Financial statements / Statements and auditor's report / Statement by the Board of Directors and Executive Management 120

Independent auditor’s report

To the shareholders of Novo Nordisk A/S

Report on the Financial Statements

Opinion

We have audited the consolidated financial statements and the parent financial statements of

Novo Nordisk A/S for the financial year 1 January 2025 – 31 December 2025, which comprise the

income statement, balance sheet, equity statement and notes, including a summary of material

accounting policy information, for the Group as well as the Parent, and the statement of

comprehensive income and the cash flow statement of the Group (collectively referred to as the

“Financial Statements”). The Consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with

IFRS Accounting Standards as endorsed by the EU and additional disclosure requirements for

listed entities in Denmark, and the parent financial statements are prepared in accordance with

the Danish Financial Statements Act.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements give a true and fair view of the Group’s

financial position at 31 December 2025, and of the results of its operations and cash flows for the

financial year 1 January 2025 – 31 December 2025 in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards

as endorsed by the EU and additional disclosure requirements for listed entities in Denmark.

Furthermore, in our opinion, the parent financial statements give a true and fair view of the

Parent’s financial position at 31 December 2025, and of the results of its operations for the

financial year 1 January 2025 – 31 December 2025 in accordance with the Danish Financial

Statements Act.

Our opinion is consistent with our long-form auditor's report issued to the Audit Committee and

the Board of Directors.

Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (ISAs) and the

additional requirements applicable in Denmark. Our responsibilities under those standards and

requirements are further described in the ”Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the Financial

Statements” section of this auditor’s report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with

the International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants’ International Code of Ethics for

Professional Accountants (IESBA Code), as applicable to audits of financial statements of public

interest entities, and the additional ethical requirements applicable in Denmark to audits of

financial statements of public interest entities. We have also fulfilled our other ethical

responsibilities in accordance with these requirements and the IESBA Code. We believe that the

audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

To the best of our knowledge and belief, we have not provided any prohibited non-audit services

as referred to in Article 5(1) of Regulation (EU) No 537/2014.

We were appointed auditors of Novo Nordisk A/S for the first time on 25 March 2021, for the

financial year 2021. We have been reappointed annually by decision of the general meeting for a

total continuous engagement period of five years up to and including the financial year 2025.

Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most

significance in our audit of the consolidated financial statements and the parent financial

statements for the financial year 1 January 2025 – 31 December 2025. These matters were

addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial statements and the parent

financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a

separate opinion on these matters.

Key audit matter How the matter was addressed in our audit

US sales rebates

Refer to notes 2.1 and 3.6 in the consolidated financial statements.

In the United States (US), sales rebates are paid in connection with public healthcare

insurance programs, namely Medicare and Medicaid, as well as rebates to pharmacy

benefit managers and managed healthcare plans. In January 2021, the Company changed

its policy in the US related to the 340B Drug Pricing Program, whereby Novo Nordisk no

longer provides 340B statutory discounts to certain pharmacies that contract with covered

entities participating in the 340B Drug Pricing Program. Novo Nordisk has only recognised

revenue related to the 340B Drug Pricing Program to the extent that it is highly probable

that its inclusion will not result in a significant revenue reversal in the future. When sales

are recognised, Novo Nordisk also records provisions for the expected value of the sales

deductions (variable consideration) at the time the related sales are recorded.

We identified the US sales rebates, including provisions related to the 340B Drug Pricing

Program, as a key audit matter due to the significant measurement uncertainty involved in

developing these provisions, as the provisions are based on legal interpretations of

applicable laws and regulations, historical claims experience, payer channel mix, current

contract prices, unbilled claims, claims submission time lags and inventory levels in the

distribution channel. In addition, significant judgment was required to determine whether,

at 31 December 2025, it was deemed highly probable that a significant reversal of revenue

would not occur. This led to a high degree of auditor judgment and an increased extent of

eﬀort in applying procedures relating to these provisions.

We evaluated the appropriateness of the Company’s methodology used to develop their

sales rebates provisions, including provisions related to the 340B Drug Pricing Program,

by involving audit professionals with industry and quantitative analytics experience to

assist us in performing our auditing procedures.

We tested the eﬀectiveness of controls relating to sales rebates, including controls over

the assumptions and data used to estimate these rebates.

We tested rebate claims processed by the Company, including evaluating those claims for

consistency with the conditions and terms of the Company’s rebate arrangements.

We tested the overall reasonableness of the accruals recorded at period end by

developing an expectation for comparison to actual recorded balances.

We evaluated the Company’s ability to estimate sales rebates accurately by considering

the historical accuracy of the Company’s estimates in prior year.

We evaluated the accounting for subsequent events related to the 340B Drug Pricing

Program, including consulting with our accounting specialists related to the Company’s

conclusions.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Financial statements / Statements and auditor's report / Independent auditor’s report 121

Statement on the Management report

Management is responsible for the Management report.

Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements and the parent financial statements

does not cover the Management report, and we do not express any form of assurance

conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial statements and the parent financial

statements, our responsibility is to read the Management report and, in doing so, consider

whether the Management report is materially inconsistent with the consolidated financial

statements and the parent financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit or

otherwise appears to be materially misstated.

Moreover, it is our responsibility to consider whether the Management report provides the

information required by the Danish Financial Statements Act. This does not include the

requirements in section 99a related to the Sustainability statement covered by the

separate auditor’s limited assurance report hereon.

Based on the work we have performed, we conclude that the Management report is in

accordance with the consolidated financial statements and the parent financial statements and

has been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Danish Financial Statements Act

except for the requirements in section 99a related to the Sustainability statement, cf. above. We

did not identify any material misstatement in the Management report.

Management’s responsibilities for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation of consolidated financial statements that give a

true and fair view in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards as endorsed by the EU and

additional disclosure requirements for listed entities in Denmark as well as the preparation of

parent financial statements that give a true and fair view in accordance with the Danish Financial

Statements Act, and for such internal control as Management determines is necessary to enable

the preparation of consolidated financial statements and parent financial statements that are

free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements and the parent financial statements,

Management is responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Parent’s ability to continue as a

going concern, for disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern, and for using the

going concern basis of accounting in preparing the consolidated financial statements and the

parent financial statements unless Management either intends to liquidate the Group or the

Entity or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the Financial Statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial

statements and the parent financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement,

whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion.

Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted

in accordance with ISAs and the additional requirements applicable in Denmark will always detect

a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are

considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to

influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated financial

statements and these parent financial statements.

As part of an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs and the additional requirements applicable

in Denmark, we exercise professional judgement and maintain professional scepticism

throughout the audit. We also:

• Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial

statements and the parent financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and

perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is

sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a

material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as

fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the

override of internal control.

• Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit

procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of

expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s and the Parent’s internal control.

• Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of

accounting estimates and related disclosures made by Management.

• Conclude on the appropriateness of Management’s use of the going concern basis of

accounting in preparing the consolidated financial statements and the parent financial

statements, and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty

exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group's and

the Parent’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material

uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s report to the related

disclosures in the consolidated financial statements and the parent financial statements or,

if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on

the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events

or conditions may cause the Group and the Entity to cease to continue as a going concern.

• Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the Financial Statements,

including the disclosures in the notes, and whether the Financial Statements represent the

underlying transactions and events in a manner that gives a true and fair view.

• Plan and perform the group audit to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding

the financial information of the entities or business units within the group as a basis for

forming an opinion on the Financial Statements. We are responsible for the direction,

supervision and review of the audit work performed for purposes of the group audit. We

remain solely responsible for our audit opinion.

We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the

planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant

deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit.

We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with

relevant ethical requirements regarding independence, and to communicate with them all

relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence,

and, where applicable, safeguards put in place and measures taken to eliminate threats.

From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determine those

matters that were of most significance in the audit of the Financial Statements of the current

period and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditor’s report

unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter.

Report on compliance with the ESEF Regulation

As part of our audit of the Financial Statements of Novo Nordisk A/S, we performed

procedures to express an opinion on whether the annual report for the financial year 1

January 2025 – 31 December 2025, with the file name NOVO-2025-12-31-1-en, is prepared, in

all material respects, in compliance with the Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2019/815

on the European Single Electronic Format (ESEF Regulation), which includes requirements

related to the preparation of the annual report in XHTML format and iXBRL tagging of the

consolidated financial statements including notes.

Management is responsible for preparing an annual report that complies with the ESEF

Regulation. This responsibility includes:

• The preparing of the annual report in XHTML format;

• The selection and application of appropriate iXBRL tags, including extensions to the ESEF

taxonomy and the anchoring thereof to elements in the taxonomy, for financial

information required to be tagged using judgement where necessary;

• Ensuring consistency between iXBRL tagged data and the consolidated financial statements

presented in human readable format; and

• For such internal control as Management determines necessary to enable the preparation

of an annual report that is compliant with the ESEF Regulation.

Our responsibility is to obtain reasonable assurance on whether the annual report is

prepared, in all material respects, in compliance with the ESEF Regulation based on the

evidence we have obtained, and to issue a report that includes our opinion. The nature,

timing and extent of procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgement, including the

assessment of the risks of material departures from the requirements set out in the ESEF

Regulation, whether due to fraud or error. The procedures include:

• Testing whether the annual report is prepared in XHTML format;

• Obtaining an understanding of the Company’s iXBRL tagging process and of internal

control over the tagging process;

• Evaluating the completeness of the iXBRL tagging of the consolidated financial statements

including notes;

• Evaluating the appropriateness of the Company’s use of iXBRL elements selected from the

ESEF taxonomy and the creation of extension elements where no suitable element in the

ESEF taxonomy has been identified;

• Evaluating the use of anchoring of extension elements to elements in the ESEF taxonomy;

and

• Reconciling the iXBRL tagged data with the audited consolidated financial statements.

In our opinion, the annual report of Novo Nordisk A/S for the financial year 1 January 2025 –

31 December 2025, with the file name NOVO-2025-12-31-1-en is prepared, in all material

respects, in compliance with the ESEF Regulation.

Copenhagen, 4 February 2026

Deloitte

Statsautoriseret Revisionspartnerselskab

Business Registration No 33 96 35 56

Anders Vad Dons Sumit Sudan

State-Authorised Public Accountant State-Authorised Public Accountant

mne25299 mne33716

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Financial statements / Statements and auditor's report / Independent auditor’s report 122

Independent auditor’s limited assurance report on Sustainability statement

To the stakeholders of Novo Nordisk A/S

Limited assurance conclusion

We have conducted a limited assurance engagement on the Sustainability statement of Novo

Nordisk A/S (the “Group”) included in the Management Report (the “Sustainability statement”),

for the financial year 1 January – 31 December 2025.

Based on the procedures we have performed and the evidence we have obtained, nothing

has come to our attention that causes us to believe that the Sustainability statement is not

prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with the Danish Financial Statements Act

section 99a, including:

• compliance with the European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS), including that the

process carried out by the management to identify the information reported in the

Sustainability statement (the “Process”) is in accordance with the description set out in 1.4

Double materiality assessment; and

• compliance of the disclosures in 10. EU Taxonomy within the Other material topics

information and EU Taxonomy – Contextual information, accounting policies and templates

within the section Additional Sustainability statement information with Article 8 of EU

Regulation 2020/852 (the “Taxonomy Regulation”).

Basis for conclusion

We conducted our limited assurance engagement in accordance with ISAE 3000 (Revised),

Assurance engagements other than audits or reviews of historical financial information, and

additional requirements applicable in Denmark.

The procedures in a limited assurance engagement vary in nature and timing from, and are

less in extent than for, a reasonable assurance engagement. Consequently, the level of

assurance obtained in a limited assurance engagement is substantially lower than the

assurance that would have been obtained had a reasonable assurance engagement been

performed.

We believe that the evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis

for our conclusion. Our responsibilities under this standard are further described in the

“Auditor’s responsibilities for the assurance engagement” section of our report.

Our independence and quality management

We are independent of the Group in accordance with the International Ethics Standards

Board for Accountants’ International Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (IESBA Code)

and the additional ethical requirements applicable in Denmark. We have also fulfilled our

other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements and the IESBA Code.

Deloitte Statsautoriseret Revisionspartnerselskab applies International Standard on Quality

Management 1, ISQM1, which requires the firm to design, implement and operate a system

of quality management including policies or procedures regarding compliance with ethical

requirements, professional standards and applicable legal and regulatory requirements.

Other matter

The comparative information included in the Sustainability statement of the Group for the

financial year 2023 was not subject to an assurance engagement on sustainability information

prepared in accordance with the Danish Financial Statements Act section 99a. Our conclusion is

not modified in respect of this matter.

Inherent limitations in preparing the Sustainability statement

In reporting forward-looking information in accordance with ESRS, management is required to

prepare the forward-looking information on the basis of disclosed assumptions about events

that may occur in the future and possible future actions by the Group. Actual outcomes are

likely to be different since anticipated events frequently do not occur as expected.

Management’s responsibilities for the Sustainability statement

Management is responsible for designing and implementing a process to identify the

information reported in the Sustainability statement in accordance with the ESRS and for

disclosing this Process as part of the General information. This responsibility includes:

• understanding the context in which the Group’s activities and business relationships take

place and developing an understanding of its affected stakeholders;

• the identification of the actual and potential impacts (both negative and positive) related to

sustainability matters, as well as risks and opportunities that affect, or could reasonably be

expected to affect, the Group’s financial position, financial performance, cash flows, access

to finance or cost of capital over the short-, medium-, or long-term;

• the assessment of the materiality of the identified impacts, risks and opportunities related

to sustainability matters by selecting and applying appropriate thresholds; and

• making assumptions that are reasonable in the circumstances.

Management is further responsible for the preparation of the Sustainability statement, in

accordance with the Danish Financial Statements Act section 99a, including:

• compliance with the ESRS;

• preparing the disclosures within the Environmental information of the Sustainability

statement, in compliance with Article 8 of the Taxonomy Regulation;

• designing, implementing and maintaining such internal control that management

determines is necessary to enable the preparation of the Sustainability statement that is

free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; and

• the selection and application of appropriate sustainability reporting methods and making

assumptions and estimates that are reasonable in the circumstances.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the assurance engagement

Our objectives are to plan and perform the assurance engagement to obtain limited

assurance about whether the Sustainability statement is free from material misstatement,

whether due to fraud or error, and to issue a limited assurance report that includes our

conclusion. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if,

individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence decisions of

users taken on the basis of the Sustainability statement as a whole.

As part of a limited assurance engagement in accordance with ISAE 3000 (Revised) we

exercise professional judgement and maintain professional scepticism throughout the

engagement.

Our responsibilities in respect of the Process include:

• Obtaining an understanding of the Process but not for the purpose of providing a

conclusion on the effectiveness of the Process, including the outcome of the Process;

• Considering whether the information identified addresses the applicable disclosure

requirements of the ESRS, and

• Designing and performing procedures to evaluate whether the Process is consistent with

the Group’s description of its Process, as disclosed in 1.4 Double materiality assessment of

the Sustainability statement.

Our other responsibilities in respect of the Sustainability statement include:

• Identifying disclosures where material misstatements are likely to arise, whether due to

fraud or error; and

• Designing and performing procedures responsive to disclosures in the Sustainability

statement where material misstatements are likely to arise. The risk of not detecting a

material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as

fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the

override of internal control.

Summary of the work performed

A limited assurance engagement involves performing procedures to obtain evidence about

the Sustainability statement.

The nature, timing and extent of procedures selected depend on professional judgement,

including the identification of disclosures where material misstatements are likely to arise,

whether due to fraud or error, in the Sustainability statement.

In conducting our limited assurance engagement, with respect to the Process, we:

• Obtained an understanding of the Process by performing inquiries to understand the

sources of the information used by management; and reviewing the Group’s internal

documentation of its Process; and

• Evaluated whether the evidence obtained from our procedures about the Process

implemented by the Group was consistent with the description of the Process set out in 1.4

Double materiality assessment of the Sustainability statement.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Financial statements / Statements and auditor's report / Independent auditor’s limited assurance report on Sustainability statement 123

In conducting our limited assurance engagement, with respect to the Sustainability

statement, we:

• Obtained an understanding of the Group’s reporting processes relevant to the preparation

of its Sustainability statement (including the consolidation processes) by obtaining an

understanding of the Group’s control environment, processes and information systems

relevant to the preparation of the Sustainability statement but not evaluating the design of

particular control activities, obtaining evidence about their implementation or testing their

operating effectiveness;

• Evaluated whether material information identified by the Process is included in the

Sustainability statement;

• Evaluated whether the structure and the presentation of the Sustainability statement are in

accordance with the ESRS;

• Performed inquiries of relevant personnel and analytical procedures on selected

information in the Sustainability statement;

• Performed substantive assurance procedures on selected information in the Sustainability

statement;

• Evaluated methods, assumptions and data for developing material estimates and forward-

looking information and how these methods were applied; and

• Obtained an understanding of the process to identify taxonomy-eligible and taxonomy-

aligned economic activities and the corresponding disclosures in the Sustainability

statement.

Copenhagen, 4 February 2026

Deloitte

Statsautoriseret Revisionspartnerselskab

Business Registration No. 33 96 35 56

Anders Vad Dons Sumit Sudan

State-Authorised Public Accountant State-Authorised Public Accountant

mne25299 mne33716

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Financial statements / Statements and auditor's report / Independent auditor’s limited assurance report on Sustainability statement 124

Financial statements of the parent company

The following pages comprise the financial statements of the parent company, the legal entity Novo Nordisk A/S. Apart from ownership of the subsidiaries in the

Novo Nordisk Group, activities of the parent company mainly comprises sales, research and development, production, corporate activities and support functions.

Income statement

For the year ended 31 December

DKK million Note 2025 2024

Net sales 2 289,015 261,712

Cost of goods sold 3 (73,168) (48,930)

Gross profit 215,847 212,782

Sales and distribution costs 3 (49,129) (48,921)

Research and development costs 3 (49,049) (40,296)

Administrative costs 3 (2,561) (1,905)

Other operating income and expenses 1,095 692

Operating profit 116,203 122,352

Profit in subsidiaries, net of tax 8 7,070 8,578

Financial income 4 10,348 6,230

Financial expenses 4 (10,495) (12,568)

Profit before income taxes 123,126 124,592

Income taxes (22,744) (22,908)

Net profit 100,382 101,684

Balance sheet

At 31 December

DKK million Note 2025 2024

Assets

Intangible assets 6 86,049 93,202

Property, plant and equipment 7 119,882 86,376

Financial assets 8 145,275 116,186

Other receivables and prepayments 9 5,697 3,429

Total non-current assets 356,903 299,193

Raw materials 13,678 11,075

Work in progress 23,062 20,439

Finished goods 6,276 5,038

Inventories 43,016 36,552

Trade receivables 3,115 3,289

Amounts owed by affiliated companies 42,674 47,106

Tax receivables — 7

Other receivables and prepayments

6,795 6,402

Receivables 52,584 56,804

Marketable securities 498 10,653

Derivative financial instruments 11 6,682 6,326

Cash at bank 21,112 11,750

Total current assets 123,892 122,085

Total assets 480,795 421,278

DKK million Note 2025 2024

Equity and liabilities

Share capital 10 446 446

Net revaluation reserve 12,907 18,952

Development costs reserve 2,104 1,994

Reserve for cash flow hedges and

exchange rate adjustments 3,570 (4,243)

Proposed dividends 35,330 35,100

Retained earnings 137,475 91,074

Total equity 191,832 143,323

Borrowings 12 113,360 85,368

Deferred income tax liabilities 5 5,802 4,886

Other provisions 1,799 1,576

Total non-current liabilities 120,961 91,830

Borrowings 12 10,764 11,557

Derivative financial instruments 11 2,026 7,531

Trade payables 10,906 9,099

Amounts owed to affiliated companies 119,090 137,678

Tax payables 4,196 3,883

Other liabilities 21,020 16,377

Total current liabilities 168,002 186,125

Total liabilities 288,963 277,955

Total equity and liabilities 480,795 421,278

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Financial statements / Financial statements of the parent company 125

Equity statement

DKK million

capital

Net

revaluation

reserve

Development

costs reserve

Reserve for

cash flow

hedges and

exchange rate

adjustments

Proposed

dividends

Retained

earnings 2025 2024

Balance at the beginning of the year 446 18,952 1,994 (4,243) 35,100 91,074 143,323 105,682

Net profit 7,057 51,993 41,332 100,382 101,684

Dividend received from subsidiaries (4,676) 4,676 — —

Exchange rate adjustments (7,692) (67) (7,759) 3,066

Development costs 110 (110) — —

Realisation of previously deferred (gains)/losses on cash flow hedges 5,763 5,763 (1,547)

Deferred gains/(losses) on cash flow hedges open at year-end 4,339 4,339 (5,763)

Transactions with owners:

Reduction of the B share capital — —

Dividends paid during the period (51,763) (51,763) (44,140)

Purchase of treasury shares (1,439) (1,439) (20,181)

Share-based payments 983 452 1,435 2,289

Other adjustments (1,717) 1,791 74 401

Tax on equity entries (2,222) (301) (2,523) 1,832

Balance at the end of the year 446 12,907 2,104 3,570 35,330 137,475 191,832 143,323

Refer to note 4.3 in the Consolidated financial statements for details on the number of shares, treasury shares and total number of A and B shares in Novo Nordisk A/S.

Refer to note 4.2 in the Consolidated financial statements for details on the dividends paid and shares repurchased in Novo Nordisk A/S.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Financial statements / Financial statements of the parent company 126

Notes

1 Accounting policies

The financial statements of the parent company have been prepared in accordance

with the Danish Financial Statements Act (Class D) and other accounting regulations

for companies listed on Nasdaq Copenhagen.

The accounting policies for the financial statements of the parent company are

unchanged from the previous financial year. The accounting policies are the same as

for the Consolidated financial statements with the differences described below. For a

description of the accounting policies of the Group, refer to the Consolidated

financial statements.

No separate statement of cash flows has been prepared for the parent company;

refer to the statement of cash flows for the Group.

Supplementary accounting policies for the parent company

In the Parent Financial Statements the acquisition of three fill-finish sites from Novo

Holdings A/S during 2024 is accounted for as acquisition of shares in subsidiaries and

intangible assets (access to capacity).

Intangible assets (access to capacity)

Access to capacity asset represents a right that Novo Nordisk A/S has acquired to

access and control the production capacity of three fill-finish sites acquired by

subsidiaries of Novo Nordisk A/S in 2024. Access to capacity asset is amortised

over 10 years.

Financial assets

In the financial statements of the parent company, investments in subsidiaries and

associated companies are recorded under the equity method, using the respective

share of the net asset values in subsidiaries and associated companies. The equity

method is used as a measurement method rather than a consolidation method.

The net profit of subsidiaries and associated companies less unrealised intra-group profits

and amortisation of goodwill is recorded in the income statement of the parent company.

To the extent that net profit exceeds declared dividends from such companies, the net

revaluation of investments in subsidiaries and associated companies is transferred to net

revaluation reserve under equity according to the equity method.

Goodwill recognised in subsidiaries is amortised over 3-23 years, which reflects

the useful life of the underlying assets and activities generating the goodwill.

Amounts owed by affiliates, where settlement is neither planned nor likely within

the foreseeable future, are treated as part of net-investments in subsidiaries, with

exchange rate adjustments recognised directly in equity through reserve for cash

flow hedges and exchange rate adjustments.

Tax

For Danish tax purposes, the parent company is assessed jointly with its Danish

subsidiaries. The Danish jointly taxed companies are included in a Danish on-account

tax payment scheme for Danish corporate income tax. All current taxes under the

scheme are recorded in the individual companies. Novo Nordisk A/S and its jointly

taxed subsidiaries are included in the joint taxation of the parent company,

Novo Holdings A/S.

2 Net sales

DKK million 2025 2024

Net sales by segment

Obesity and Diabetes care

288,847 261,556

Rare disease 168 156

Total net sales 289,015 261,712

Net sales by geographical segment

US Operations 159,077 155,197

International Operations:

EUCAN 57,313 47,855

Emerging Markets 25,527 22,879

APAC 17,506 12,425

Region China 29,592 23,356

Total net sales 289,015 261,712

Net sales are attributed to a geographical segment based on location of the customer.

For definitions of segments, refer to note 2.2 in the Consolidated financial statements.

3 Employee costs

DKK million 2025 2024

Wages and salaries 29,821 25,252

Share-based payment costs 452 626

Pensions 2,531 2,211

Other social security contributions 466 417

Other employee costs 1,548 1,371

Total employee costs 34,818 29,877

Average number of full-time employees 31,059 29,288

Year-end number of full-time employees 26,773 31,096

For information regarding remuneration to the Board of Directors and Executive

Management, refer to note 5.4 in the Consolidated financial statements.

4 Financial income and financial expenses

DKK million 2025 2024

Interest income relating to subsidiaries 418 227

Interest income relating to external counterparties 1,089 1,589

Foreign exchange gain (net) 8,675 —

Financial gain from forward contracts (net) — 4,355

Capital gain from marketable securities (net) — 2

Other financial income 166 57

Total financial income 10,348 6,230

Interest expenses relating to subsidiaries 6,369 6,763

Interest expense relating to external counterparties 1,547 529

Result of associated company 13 4

Foreign exchange loss (net) — 5,076

Financial loss from forward contracts (net) 2,405 —

Capital loss from marketable securities (net) 9 —

Other financial expenses 152 196

Total financial expenses 10,495 12,568

5 Deferred income tax assets/(liabilities)

DKK million 2025 2024

Net deferred tax asset/(liability) at the beginning

of the year (4,886) (6,282)

Income/(charge) to the income statement 1,699 (349)

Additions from acquisitions — 254

Income/(charge) to equity (2,615) 1,491

Net deferred tax asset/(liability)

at the end of the year (5,802) (4,886)

The Danish corporate tax rate is 22% in 2025 (22% in 2024), which is used for the

calculation of the deferred tax liability.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Financial statements / Financial statements of the parent company 127

6 Intangible assets

DKK million

Intellectual

property rights

and similar

rights

Software and

other

intangibles 2025 2024

Cost at the beginning of the year 102,660 4,670 107,330 35,657

Additions during the year 3,561 439 4,000 72,692

Disposals during the year (1,184) (31) (1,215) (1,019)

Cost at the end of the year 105,037 5,078 110,115 107,330

Amortisation and impairment losses at the beginning of the year 12,015 2,113 14,128 6,902

Amortisation during the year 7,214 260 7,474 1,399

Impairment losses for the year 2,456 39 2,495 6,056

Amortisation and impairment losses reversed on disposals during the year — (31) (31) (229)

Amortisation and impairment losses at the end of the year 21,685 2,381 24,066 14,128

Carrying amount at the end of the year 83,352 2,697 86,049 93,202

Intangible assets primarily relate to intellectual property rights and similar rights, which includes access to capacity asset (acquired in 2024) amounting to DKK 50,665 million

(DKK 57,496 million in 2024), and software and other intangibles, which mainly consists of internally developed software and costs related to major IT projects. Intangible assets

which are not yet available for use amount to DKK 15,854 million (DKK 17,610 million in 2024). For further information on impairments, refer to note 3.1 in the Consolidated

financial statements.

7 Property, plant and equipment

DKK million

Land and

buildings

Plant and

machinery

Other

equipment

Assets

under

construction 2025 2024

Cost at the beginning of the year 27,168 27,904 5,134 61,030 121,236 86,351

Additions during the year 2,270 1,683 365 35,925 40,243 35,819

Disposals during the year (99) (162) (145) (3,211) (3,617) (934)

Transfer from/(to) other items 1,102 1,452 398 (2,952) — —

Cost at the end of the year 30,441 30,877 5,752 90,792 157,862 121,236

Depreciation and impairment losses at the beginning of the year 13,338 18,230 3,292 — 34,860 32,529

Depreciation for the year 1,417 1,283 418 — 3,118 2,938

Impairment losses for the year 64 186 105 3,211 3,566 322

Depreciation reversed on disposals during the year (85) (159) (109) (3,211) (3,564) (929)

Depreciation and impairment losses at the end of the year 14,734 19,540 3,706 — 37,980 34,860

Carrying amount at the end of the year 15,707 11,337 2,046 90,792 119,882 86,376

Of which related to leased property, plant and equipment 1,832 — 81 — 1,913 1,461

Leased property, plant and equipment primarily relates to lease of office buildings, warehouses, laboratories and vehicles.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Financial statements / Financial statements of the parent company 128

8 Financial assets

DKK million

Investments

in subsidiaries

Amounts

owed by

affiliated

companies

Investment in

associated

company

Other

securities and

investments 2025 2024

Cost at the beginning of the year 93,778 2,839 105 963 97,685 63,171

Investments during the year 33,757 1,703 82 35,542 34,990

Divestments and repayments during the year (373) (130) (503) (476)

Cost at the end of the year 127,535 4,169 105 915 132,724 97,685

Value adjustments at the beginning of the year 18,904 (90) 48 (361) 18,501 24,372

Profit/(loss) after tax 7,070 (13) 7,057 8,574

Dividends received (4,676) (4,676) (21,762)

Divestments during the year 94 94 —

Effect of exchange rate adjustment charged to the income statement 63 63 42

Effect of exchange rate adjustment charged to equity (7,692) (67) (7,759) 3,066

Share-based payments 983 983 1,663

Other adjustments (1,717) 5 (1,712) 2,546

Value adjustments at the end of the year 12,872 (157) 35 (199) 12,551 18,501

Carrying amount at the end of the year 140,407 4,012 140 716 145,275 116,186

The presentation of Financial assets was updated to enhance clarity and readability by grouping items into broader categories of a similar nature. Comparative figures impacted

were restated accordingly without impact on net book values.

For a list of companies in the Novo Nordisk Group, refer to note 5.6 in the Consolidated financial statements.

9 Other receivables and prepayments

Other receivables and prepayments includes prepayments of DKK 10,134 million

(DKK 7,571 million in 2024), primarily related to prepaid contract manufacturing

and R&D activities

10 Share capital

For information on share capital, refer to note 4.3 in the Consolidated financial

statements.

11 Derivatives

For information on derivative financial instruments, refer to note 4.5 in the

Consolidated financial statements. All derivatives in the group are entered into

with Novo Nordisk A/S as the counterpart.

12 Borrowings

DKK million 2025 2024

Within 1 year 10,764 11,557

1-5 years 59,378 63,815

More than 5 years 53,982 21,553

Total borrowings 124,124 96,925

Borrowings mainly consist of loans from Novo Nordisk Finance (Netherlands) B.V.

related to issuance of Eurobonds to fund the acquisition of subsidiaries and intangible

assets. For further information on borrowings, refer to note 4.6 in the Consolidated

financial statements.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Financial statements / Financial statements of the parent company 129

13 Related party transactions

The parent company's transactions and obligations with related parties correspond to

those reported in note 5.4 to the Consolidated financial statements, except for those

listed below where the parent company's share is reported.

Parent company's share of transactions with related parties

DKK million 2025 2024

Catalent Group

Services provided by Catalent 526 —

Novonesis Group

Services provided by Novo Nordisk (37) (38)

Services provided by Novonesis 167 115

Other subsidiaries of Novo Holding A/S

Services provided to Novo Nordisk 78 34

NNIT Group

Services provided by NNIT 168 189

Novo Nordisk A/S is included in the Consolidated financial statements of the Novo

Nordisk Foundation.

14 Fee to statutory auditors

DKK million 2025 2024

Statutory audit

14 14

Audit-related services 4 3

Tax advisory services 7 4

Other services 6 13

Total fee to statutory auditors 31 34

1. 2024 statutory audit fee includes DKK 5 million of additional fees mainly related to business

acquisitions.

15 Commitments and contingencies

DKK million 2025 2024

Commitments

Leases

1,4

511 1,346

Research and development obligations 21,523 31,511

Research and development - potential milestones

18,744 33,614

Commercial product launch - potential milestones

25,561 15,749

Purchase obligations relating to investments in

property plant and equipment 6,750 4,956

Purchase obligation relating to contract manufacturers 91,031 71,061

Other purchase obligations

5,618 6,338

Guarantees given for subsidiaries

140,183 68,081

Other guarantees 1,014 1,003

1. Lease commitments predominantly relate to lease agreements executed but not commenced

and estimated variable property taxes and low value assets. 2. Potential milestone payments are

associated with uncertainty because they are linked to successful achievements in research

activities; refer to note 5.2 in the Consolidated financial statements. 3. Guarantees given for

subsidiaries mainly relate to guarantees towards Novo Nordisk Finance (Netherlands) B.V. related to

issuance of Eurobonds. 4. Committed service costs have been reclassified from ‘Leases’ to ‘Other

purchase obligations’ to better reflect the nature of these commitments. Comparative figures have

been restated accordingly.

Novo Nordisk A/S and its Danish subsidiaries are jointly taxed with the Danish

companies in Novo Holdings A/S. The joint taxation also covers withholding taxes

in the form of dividend tax, royalty tax and interest tax. The Danish companies are

jointly and severally liable for the joint taxation. Any subsequent adjustments to

income taxes and withholding taxes may lead to a larger liability. The tax for the

individual companies is allocated in full on the basis of the expected taxable income.

For information on Purchase obligations related to contract manufacturers, refer to

note 5.2 in the Consolidated financial statements. For information on pending

litigation and other contingencies, refer to notes 3.6 and 5.2 in the Consolidated

financial statements.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Financial statements / Financial statements of the parent company 130

More information

Additional reporting

Novo Nordisk provides additional disclosure to satisfy legal requirements and stakeholder interests.

Supplementary reports can be downloaded at: www.novonordisk.com/annualreport, while additional information

can be found at: www.novonordisk.com.

Annual Report

This Annual Report is Novo Nordisk’s full statutory Annual Report pursuant to Section 149(1) of the Danish

Financial Statements Act. The statutory Annual Report will be presented and adopted at the Annual General

Meeting on 26 March 2026 and will subsequently be submitted to and be available at the Danish Business

Authority. The consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report have been prepared in

accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board

(IASB) and in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards endorsed by the EU and further requirements in the

Danish Financial Statements Act.

The Sustainability statement included in this Annual Report has been prepared in accordance with the European

Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS) as required by the Danish Financial Statement Act, as well as article 8

in the EU Taxonomy regulation.

Form 20-F

The Form 20-F is filed using a standardised reporting form so that investors can evaluate the company alongside

US domestic equities. It is an annual reporting requirement of the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)

for foreign private issuers with equity shares listed on exchanges in the United States.

Corporate Governance Report

The Corporate Governance Report discloses Novo Nordisk’s compliance with corporate governance to

meet the requirements of the Danish Financial Statements Act.

Remuneration Report

The Remuneration Report describes the remuneration awarded or due during 2025 to members of the Board

and Executive Management registered with the Danish Business Authority in accordance with section 139b of

the Danish Companies Act. The Remuneration Report is submitted to the Annual General Meeting for an

advisory vote.

Disclaimer

The patients, employees and relatives portrayed in this Annual Report and ancillary reports have participated

of their own accord and solely to express their own personal opinions on topics referred to, which do not

necessarily reflect the views and opinions of Novo Nordisk. Use of the pictures as illustrations is in no way

intended to associate the patients, employees or relatives with the promotion of any Novo Nordisk products.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / More information 131

Additional Sustainability statement information

(part of Sustainability statement)

Table 1 - Sustainability statement policy overview

Policy Most senior accountable Scope Internationally recognised instruments Availability Pages covered

OneCode Executive Management All Representatives UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights Externally, Link 51, 52, 53, 55, 75-77

Labour Code of Conduct Executive Management All Employees* ILO's Declaration on Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work Externally, Link 57

Health and Safety Executive Management All Operations* ISO 45001 Externally, Link 57, 59

Diversity and Inclusion Executive Management All Employees* N/A Externally, Link 57, 60

Responsible Sourcing Standards Senior VP of Global Solutions Global Activities UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights

OECD Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises on Responsible

Business Conduct

Eight ILO Conventions

International Bill of Human Rights

Externally, Link 63, 71, 75, 77

Human Rights Commitment Chief Compliance Officer All Activities International Bill of Human Rights

ILO Declaration on Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work

The Convention on the Rights of the Child

Externally, Link 51-52, 71

Environmental Executive Management Global Activities ISO 14001

ISO 50001

Externally, Link 63, 68, 72, 74

Anti-retaliation Chief Compliance Officer All Representatives N/A Externally, Link 76

Global Procurement Corporate VP of Corporate Procurement All Sourced Goods and Services N/A N/A 76

Bioethics Policy Executive Management Global Activities Declaration of Helsinki

ICH Good Clinical Practice

Nuremberg Code

Belmont Report

UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights

UNESCO’s Universal Declaration on Bioethics and Human Right

Externally, Link 75, 78

*Policies related to 'Own workforce' excludes NNE, as the subsidiary has its own process in place.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Additional Sustainability statement information (part of the Sustainability statement) 132

Tables in accordance with ESRS 2 General Disclosures and the EU Taxonomy Regulation:

Table 2 – Other legislation

The table below includes all of the data points that derive from other EU legislation as listed in ESRS 2 appendix B,

indicating where the data points can be found in our report and which data points are assessed as not applicable to

Novo Nordisk.

Disclosure requirement Data point

SFDR

reference

Pillar 3

reference

Benchmark

regulation

reference

EU Climate

Law

reference Page

ESRS 2 GOV-1

21 (d)

ESRS 2 GOV-1

21 (e)

ESRS 2 GOV-4

ESRS 2 SBM-1

40 (d) i

Not applicable

ESRS 2 SBM-1

40 (d) ii

Not applicable

ESRS 2 SBM-1

40 (d) iii

Not applicable

ESRS 2 SBM-1

40 (d) iv

Not applicable

ESRS E1-1

16 (g)

Not material

ESRS E1-4

ESRS E1-5

40-43

ESRS E1-6

53-55

ESRS E1-7

Not applicable

ESRS E1-9

Phase-in

ESRS E1-9

66 (a); 66 (c)

Phase-in

ESRS E1-9

67 (c)

Phase-in

ESRS E1-9

Phase-in

ESRS E2-4

Not applicable

ESRS E3-1

Not applicable

ESRS E3-1

Not applicable

ESRS E3-4

28 (C)

ESRS E3-4

Not material

ESRS 2- IRO 1 - E4

16 (a) i

Phase-in

ESRS 2- IRO 1 - E4

16 (b)

Phase-in

ESRS 2- IRO 1 - E4

16 (c)

72, 73

ESRS E4-2

24 (b)

ESRS E4-2

24 (c)

Not applicable

ESRS E4-2

24 (d)

Disclosure requirement Data point

SFDR

reference

Pillar 3

reference

Benchmark

regulation

reference

EU Climate

Law

reference Page

ESRS E5-5

37 (d)

ESRS E5-5

ESRS 2- SBM 3 - S1

14 (f)

Not material

ESRS 2- SBM 3 - S1

14 (g)

Not material

ESRS S1-1

Not material

ESRS S1-1

Not material

ESRS S1-1

ESRS S1-3

32 (c)

58, 76

ESRS S1-14

88 (b), 88 (c)

ESRS S1-14

88 (e)

Phase-in

ESRS S1-16

97 (a)

ESRS S1-16

97 (b)

ESRS S1-17

103 (a)

ESRS S1-17

104 (a)

Not material

ESRS 2- SBM 3 - S2

11 (b)

ESRS S2-1

ESRS S2-4

Phase-in

ESRS S3-1

Not material

ESRS S3-1

Not material

ESRS S3-4

Not material

ESRS S4-1

53, 55

ESRS S4-4

Phase-in

ESRS G1-1

10 (b)

Not applicable

ESRS G1-1

10 (d)

Not applicable

ESRS G1-4

24 (a)

ESRS G1-4

24 (b)

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Additional Sustainability statement information (part of the Sustainability statement) 133

Table 3 – Disclosure requirements in ESRS covered by the Sustainability statement Table 4 – List of incorporations by reference

ESRS 2 – General disclosures ESRS E2 – Pollution

ESRS E5 – Resource use and

circular economy

ESRS S2 – Workers in the

value chain

ESRS disclosure requirement Incorporation by reference

Disclosure requirement Page Disclosure requirement Page ESRS 2 GOV-1 (21 a-e, 22a-d, 23 a, b); G1

GOV-1 (5 a, b): Roles and responsibilities

of the Board of Directors and Executive

Management

See Annual review, section 'Governance' pages 35-40 (incl. Sustainability

statement: table 3.3.3 'Diversity metrics – Management levels' on page 61).

For additional details on Board competences, see Corporate Governance

Report p. 4, section 'Board competences and composition'

BP-1: Basis for preparation 47 ESRS 2 IRO-1: Processes 74 Disclosure requirement Page Disclosure requirement Page

BP-2: Specific circumstances 47 E2-1: Policies 74 ESRS 2 IRO-1: Processes 68 ESRS 2 SBM 2: Stakeholders 48

GOV-1: Governance roles 40 E2-2: Actions 74 E5-1: Policies 68 ESRS 2 SBM 3: Strategy 71 ESRS 2 GOV-2 (26 a-c): Overseeing

sustainability matters and sustainability

matters discussed; ESRS 2 GOV-5 (36e):

Periodic reporting of risks

See Corporate Governance Report, page 4-7, sub-section ‘4. Board of

Directors' and '5. Board Committees', Annual review, section 'Governance'

pages 35-40, 'Sustainability commitment' pages 32-34, and 'Risk

management' section pages 41-42

GOV-2: Governance 40 E2-3: Targets N/A E5-2: Actions 68, 69 S2-1: Policies 71

GOV-3: Incentives schemes 40 E2-4: Pollution N/A E5-3: Targets 69 S2-2: Processes 71, 76

GOV-4: Due diligence 47 E2-5: Substances 74 E5-4: Resource inflows 69 S2-3: Remediate impacts 71, 76 ESRS 2 GOV-3 (29 a-e): Incentive schemes

dependent on sustainability-related targets

and performance metrics

See Remuneration Report, pages 13-15, 3.5 ‘Short-term incentive programme

2025’ and pages 16-19, 3.6-3.8 ‘Long-term incentive programmes 2023, 2024

and 2025– programme design’, page 5, table 1, rows: Short-term cash-based

incentive programme and Long-term share-based incentive programme for

the Board of Directors, and page 9, table 7, rows: Short-term incentive

programme (STIP) and Long-term incentive programme (LTIP) for

Executive Management

GOV-5: Risk management 47 E2-6: Financial effects N/A E5-5: Resource outflows 69, 70 S2-4: Actions 71

SBM-1: Value chain 10 E5-6: Financial effects N/A S2-5: Targets N/A

SBM-2: Stakeholders 48

ESRS E3 – Water and

marine resources

SBM-3: Strategy 9, 49

ESRS S1 – Own workforce

ESRS S4 – Patient protection and

quality of life

IRO-1: Processes 49 Disclosure requirement Page Disclosure requirement Page ESRS E1, 13 (related to ESRS 2 GOV-3):

Portion of total expensed remuneration to

registered executives dependent on

performance against climate related

targets; ESRS 2 GOV-3 (29 d): Portion of

total expensed variable remuneration to

registered executives dependent on

performance against ESG related targets

See Remuneration Report, pages 13-15, 3.5 ‘Short-term incentive programme

2025’, pages 16-19, 3.6-3.8 ‘Long-term incentive programmes 2023, 2024 and

2025– programme design’, and page 20, table 24

IRO-2: ESRS DR's covered 134 ESRS 2 IRO-1: Processes 72 ESRS 2 SBM 2: Stakeholders 48 Disclosure requirement Page

E3-1: Policies 72 ESRS 2 SBM 3: Strategy 57 ESRS 2 SBM 2: Stakeholders 48

ESRS E1 – Climate change

E3-2: Actions 73 S1-1: Policies 57, 59, 60 ESRS 2 SBM 3: Strategy 51

Disclosure requirement Page E3-3: Targets N/A S1-2: Processes 57, 58, 76 S4-1: Policies 52, 53, 55

ESRS 2 GOV-3: Governance 134 E3-4: Water consumption 73 S1-3: Remediate impacts 58, 76 S4-2: Processes 52, 55

E1-1: Transition plan 63, 64, 65 E3-5: Financial effects N/A S1-4: Actions 58, 59, 60 S4-3: Remediate impacts 52, 55 ESRS 2 SBM-1 (40 a i, ii, e-f): Sustainability-

related goals and significant products

See Annual review, section 'Product overview' on p. 25 for product overview,

'Sustainability commitment' pages 32-34, and 'Commercial execution' p. 20-25

for key markets (and as additional reference within the Sustainability

statement: see p. 58, table 3.1.1 'Employees and employee turnover')

ESRS 2 SBM-3: Strategy 63 S1-5: Targets 59 S4-4: Actions 52-56

ESRS 2 IRO-1: Processes 63

ESRS E4 – Biodiversity

and ecosystems

S1-6: Own employees 58 S4-5: Targets 54

E1-2: Policies 63 S1-7: Non-employees N/A ESRS 2 BP-2 (12): Forward-looking information See Annual review, page 17, section ‘Financial performance’, sub-chapter

'Forward-looking statements'

E1-3: Actions 65 Disclosure requirement Page S1-8: Bargaining coverage 58

ESRS G1 – Business conduct

E1-4: Targets 64 E4-1: Transition plan 72 S1-9: Diversity 60-61 Disclosure requirement Page ESRS 2 SBM-1 (40g; 42, b-c): Business model

and value chain

See Annual review, section 'Purpose, strategy and culture' p. 9 and p. 10 on

'Value creation' showcasing the stages from resources to patients, and

Strategic Aspirations on p. 13

E1-5: Energy consumption 65 ESRS 2 SBM-3: Strategy 72 S1-10: Adequate wages 57 ESRS 2 GOV-1: Governance 37, 38, 40

E1-6: Scopes 1, 2, and 3 66 ESRS 2 - IRO 1: Processes 72 S1-11: Social protection N/A ESRS 2 IRO-1: Processes 75

E1-7: GHG removals N/A E4-2: Policies 72 S1-12: Disabilities N/A G1-1: Corporate culture 75, 76 ESRS S4-4 MDR-A (33b): Overview of what

action is planned or underway to pursue

material opportunities for the undertaking

in relation to consumers and/or end-users

See Annual review, section 'Innovation and therapeutic focus', p. 27-32,

for an overview of opportunities to accelerate healthcare innovation

across obesity, diabetes and rare diseases

E1-8: Internal carbon pricing N/A E4-3: Actions 73 S1-13:Training N/A G1-2: Suppliers 77

E1-9: Financial effects N/A E4-4: Targets N/A S1-14: Health and safety 59 G1-3: Prevention 76

E4-5: Impacts 72, 73 S1-15: Work-life balance 57 G1-4: Incidents 76

E4-6: Financial effects N/A S1-16: Compensation 60 G1-5: Political influence 77, 78

S1-17: Complaints 58 G1-6: Payment practices 77

1. In addition, a detailed description of the material IROs is given in the topical sections of this Sustainability statement.

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Additional Sustainability statement information (part of the Sustainability statement) 134

EU Taxonomy – Contextual information, accounting policies and templates

Taxonomy-related disclosure process

The Taxonomy disclosure process follows three main steps: screening, assessment and eligibility

and alignment reporting. Potentially eligible economic activities are identified in line with the

technical annexes of the Climate Delegated Act (Annex I on the climate change mitigation and

Annex II on climate change adaptation) and the Environmental Delegated Act (Annexes I–IV). In

line with the amended Annex I of the Disclosures Delegated Act, and following changes in our

reporting scope, heating and cooling (4.15), wastewater (5.3), passenger vehicles (6.5), and land

acquisition (7.7) have been reviewed at a high level and deemed non-assessed and non-material

for the reporting period, and are therefore excluded from further EU Taxonomy assessment.

Taxonomy-alignment – Minimum safeguards

Novo Nordisk upholds responsible business practices in line with minimum safeguards.

• We are committed to respecting human rights across our value chain, with due diligence aligned

to the Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights and OECD Guidelines for Multinational

Enterprises on Responsible Business Conduct (see section 6 'Workers in the Value Chain', p. 71)

• We strictly prohibit bribery and corruption and comply with all relevant laws and industry codes.

Our anti-corruption programme includes audits, training and third-party due diligence (see

section 9 'Business conduct' on p. 75).

• We act responsibly and transparently in all tax matters, in full compliance with applicable tax

regulations and the spirit of the law.

• We value fair competition and comply with laws governing our relationships with suppliers,

customers, and competitors. Employees are trained to uphold these standards.

Table 5a – Proportion of turnover and CapEx from products or services associated with Taxonomy-eligible

or Taxonomy-aligned economic activities – disclosure covering year 2025

Financial year 2025

KPI (1)

Total

(2)

Proportion of

Taxonomy-

eligible

activities

(3)

Taxonomy-

aligned

activities

(4)

Proportion of

Taxonomy-

aligned

activities

(5)

Breakdown by environmental objectives of Taxonomy-aligned activities

Proportion of

enabling

activities

(12)

Proportion of

transitional

activities

(13)

Not assessed

activities

considered

non-material

(14)

Taxonomy-

aligned

activities in

financial year

(N-1)

(15)

Proportion of

Taxonomy-

aligned activities

in previous

financial year

(N-1)

(16)

Climate

change

mitigation

(6)

Climate

change

adaptation

(7)

Water

(8)

Circular

Economy

(9)

Pollution

(10)

Biodiversity

(11)

mDKK % mDKK % % % % % % % % % % mDKK %

Turnover 309,064 100 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

CapEx 94,249 63 5,835 6 6 0 0 0 0 0 3 3,494 3

Contextual information

On 04 July 2025, the European Commission introduced simplification measures for the EU Taxonomy

under a new Delegated Act, effective 1 January 2026 and applicable to the 2025 financial year. We have

chosen to adopt the new rules already, for financial year 2025.

In 2025, the reporting scope and data collection process remained unchanged. The Taxonomy

KPIs include all fully consolidated companies of the Novo Nordisk Group. As no activities

contribute to multiple environmental objectives, KPI disaggregation is not applicable. For

Turnover and CapEx allocation, we identify relevant income, purchases, and measures, linking

them to primary economic activities in the Climate and Environmental Delegated Acts to avoid

double counting. No restatements of 2024 figures.

ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Total Turnover

Total revenue from sale of goods, as defined under IFRS Accounting Standards (see note 2.1 'Net sales

and rebates' on p. 88 in the Consolidated financial statements). The turnover KPI is defined as

Taxonomy-eligible turnover divided by total turnover.

Capital expenditures (CapEx)

Additions to fixed assets (including finance leases) and intangible assets. Additions resulting from

business combinations are also included. Goodwill is not included in CapEx because it is not defined as

an intangible asset in accordance with IAS 38. The eligible CapEx KPI is defined as Taxonomy-eligible

CapEx divided by total CapEx (see notes 3.1 'Intangible assets' on p. 94 and 3.2 'Property, plant and

equipment' on page 96 in the Consolidated financial statements). The aligned CapEx KPI is defined as

Taxonomy-aligned CapEx divided by total CapEx.

OpEx immateriality

• In accordance with the new

Delegated Act, we have opted to

not report on OpEx eligibility due

to immateriality.

• Eligible OpEx only includes R&D

costs directly related to the

manufacturing process.

• We allocate only a small part of

R&D related to CMC (Chemistry,

Manufacturing and Control

Development and Scaling), and

the remaining R&D is related to

patents etc.).

• For this reason, OpEx is

immaterial.

• Total OpEx: 49,308 mDKK

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Additional Sustainability statement information (part of the Sustainability statement) 135

Table 5b – Proportion of turnover from products or services associated with Taxonomy-eligible

or Taxonomy-aligned economic activities – disclosure covering year 2025

Reported KPI Turnover

Financial year (N) 2025

Economic Activities (1)

Code

(2)

Proportion of

Taxonomy

eligible

Turnover

(3)

Taxonomy-

aligned KPI

(4)

Taxonomy-

aligned KPI

(5)

Environmental objective of Taxonomy-aligned activities

Enabling

activity

(12)

Transitional

activity

(13)

Proportion of

Taxonomy-

aligned in

Taxonomy-

eligible

(14)

Climate change

mitigation

(6)

Climate change

adaptation

(7)

Water

(8)

Circular

Economy

(9)

Pollution

(10)

Biodiversity

(11)

% mDKK % % % % % % %

(E where

applicable)

(T where

applicable)

Manufacture of medical products 1.2 100 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Sum of aligned per objective 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Total KPI (Turnover) 100 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Table 5c – Proportion of CapEx from products or services associated with Taxonomy-eligible

or Taxonomy-aligned economic activities – disclosure covering year 2025

Reported KPI CapEx

Financial year (N) 2025

Economic Activities (1)

Code

(2)

Proportion of

Taxonomy-

eligible CapEx

(3)

Taxonomy-

aligned KPI

(4)

Taxonomy-

aligned KPI

(5)

Environmental objective of Taxonomy-aligned activities

Enabling

activity

(12)

Transitional

activity

(13)

Proportion of

Taxonomy-

aligned in

Taxonomy-

eligible

(14)

Climate change

mitigation

(6)

Climate change

adaptation

(7)

Water

(8)

Circular

Economy

(9)

Pollution

(10)

Biodiversity

(11)

% mDKK % % % % % % %

(E where

applicable)

(T where

applicable)

Manufacture of medical products 1.2 42 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Construction of new buildings 7.1 18 5,835 6 6 0 0 0 0 0 34

Renovation of existing buildings 7.2 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Sum of aligned per objective 6 6 0 0 0 0 0

Total KPI (CapEx) 63 5,835 6 6 0 0 0 0 0 10

–

Novo Nordisk Annual Report 2025 / Additional Sustainability statement information (part of the Sustainability statement) 136

Novo Nordisk A/S – Novo Alle 1, 2880 Bagsværd, Denmark – CVR no. 24256790,

+45 4444 8888 (switchboard), novonordisk.com